UNIVERSITY OF GHANA

VOLUME 4

HANDBOOK FOR THE BACHELOR'S DEGREE

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS FOR PROGRAMMES IN THE
HEALTH SCIENCES
September, 2015 – July, 2017

1
© The University of Ghana

A publication of the Academic Affairs Directorate: compiled and typeset by the

Academic Affairs Directorate of the Registrar’s Offices, University of Ghana, Legon.

For all enquiries in connection with this Handbook, write to:

The Director (Academic Affairs Directorate)

University of Ghana
Registrar's Offices
P. O. Box LG 25
Legon
Accra, Ghana

2
NOTE TO THE UNDERGRADUATE HANDBOOKS
Undergraduate Handbooks of the University of Ghana are published in four
volumes as follows:

VOLUME 1: REGULATIONS GOVERNING UNDERGRADUATE STUDY

AND UNIVERSITY EXAMINATIONS
VOLUME 2: COURSE DESCRIPTIONS OF PROGRAMMES IN THE
HUMANITIES
VOLUME 3: COURSE DESCRIPTIONS OF PROGRAMMES IN THE
SCIENCES
VOLUME 4: COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND REGULATIONS FOR
PROGRAMMES IN THE HEALTH SCIENCES

Undergraduate students should therefore have Volume 1 and either Volume 2,

3 or 4 of the Handbooks, depending on the programme they have been offered.

3
 TABLE OF CONTENTS

1. University Required Courses.. .. .. .. .. ..

2. Sports for Academic Credit Programme .. .. .. ..
3. College of Health Sciences
Administration .. .. .. .. .. ..
4. School of Biomedical and Allied Health Sciences .. .. ..
Curriculum for Biomedical Sciences:
Admission Requirements and Regulations for the
Bsc. Degree Programmes:.. .. .. .. ..
Bsc. in Dental Laboratory Science .. .. .. ..
Bsc. in Dietetics .. .. .. .. .. ..
Bsc. in Physiotherapy .. .. .. .. ..
Bsc. in Medical Laboratory Sciences .. .. ..
Bsc. in Radiography .. .. .. .. ..
5. School of Medicine and Dentistry.. .. .. .. ..
Admission Requirements and Regulations for the
Clinical Parts of the Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor
of Surgery (MB, ChB) and the Bachelor of Dental
Surgery (BDS) Degree Programmes.. .. .. .. ..
Department of Biomaterial Science .. .. .. ..
Department of Community and Preventive Dentistry .. ..
Department of Oral Biology .. .. .. ..
Department of Oral Pathology and Oral Medicine .. ..
Department of Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery .. ..
Department of Orthodontics and Paedodontics .. ..
Department Of Restorative Dentistry .. .. ..
Department Of Anaesthesia .. .. .. ..
Department Of Community Health .. .. .. ..
Centre for Tropical Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics ..
Department of Child Health .. .. .. ..
Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology .. .. ..
Department of Medicine and Therapeutics .. .. ..
Department of Psychiatry .. .. .. .. ..
Department of Radiology .. .. .. .. ..
Department of Surgery .. .. .. .. ..
The Graduate Entry Medical Programme.. .. .. ..
6. School of Nursing.. .. .. .. .. .. ..
7. School of Pharmacy.. .. .. .. .. … ..
8. School of Public Health.. .. .. .. ..
9. Academic Calendar .. .. .. .. .. ..

4
 THE UNIVERSITY OF GHANA
GENERAL INFORMATION

Postal Address - P. O. Box LG 25, Legon, Ghana

Fax - (233-302) 500383/502701
Telephone - (233-302) 500381/500194/502255/502257/
502258/500430/500306/514552
E-mail - academic@ug.edu.gh
pad@ug.edu.gh

Overseas Address - The Overseas Representative

Universities of Ghana Office
321 City Road, London, ECIV ILJ, England
Tel: 44 (0) 207-2787-413
Fax: 44 (0) 2077-135-776
E-mail: ugoouk@aol.com

Academic Year - August to May

Language of Instruction - English

All communication should be addressed to:

THE REGISTRAR
UNIVERSITY OF GHANA
P.O. BOX LG 25
LEGON, GHANA

5
 UNIVERSITY REQUIRED COURSES

The University has, beginning from the 2010/2011 academic year, introduced a unique general
education programme which is intended to provide a rewarding experience for all students who
undertake undergraduate studies in the University. The interdisciplinary courses in the
programme, which are intended to foster broad student familiarity with key advances in the
humanities, science and technology, are the following:

Course Code Course Title Target Group

UGRC 110 Academic Writing I All students

UGRC 120 Numeracy Skills Students in the Humanities except those offering
Economics, Computer Science, Mathematics,
Statistics and Business Administration
UGRC 131- Understanding Human Students in the Basic and Applied Sciences
136* Societies
UGRC 141- Science and Technology Students in the Humanities
146** in our Lives
UGRC 150 Critical Thinking and All students
Practical Reasoning
UGRC 160 Introduction to Literature Students in the Humanities offering, Computer
Science, Mathematics, Statistics and Business
Administration
UGRC 170 General Mathematics Students in the Humanities offering Economics
NOT for students with Economics and
Mathematics/Statistics subject combinations
UGRC 210 Academic Writing II All students

UGRC 220- Introduction to African All students

238*** Studies

* See write up below on structure for Understanding Human Societies

* *See write up below on structure for Science and Technology in our Lives
* **See write up below on structure for Introduction to African Studies

It is expected that these compulsory courses will, in combination with students’ main areas of
study, produce students who are equipped to meet the development needs of Ghana and Africa,
and equip graduates of the University of Ghana to be confident, rounded scholars, capable of
holding their own with graduates from any part of the world.

NOTE: Details of the semesters in which students of various Schools are expected to take
University Required Courses may be found in the programme structure for each
Department/School.

UGRC 110: Academic Writing I

The main objective of Academic Writing I is to equip students with the language skills that will
enable them to read and write effectively. Students will be taken initially through fundamental
issues in grammar and composition in order to consolidate their language skills in these areas.
Subsequently, reading and writing skills relevant to university work will be introduced. These will
include the structure of the essay, unity, completeness and coherence in essay writing;
summarizing as a skill basic to exposition, writing from sources, referencing skills and avoiding
plagiarism. The course will be taught in small groups and class activities are characterised by
group work, oral presentations and extensive practical assignments.

UGRC 120: Numeracy Skills

6
This course is designed for students to acquire basic numeracy skills needed for solving real life
problems. It involves the following: review of basic algebraic skills; rates (fractions, proportions
and percentages); approximating numbers (rounding up of numbers and significant numbers);
mathematical reasoning, (deductive and inductive reasoning); statements; truth tables; necessary
and sufficient conditions; basic set theory; nature and uses of statistics; sources of data; data types
and measurement scales; methods of data manipulation (aggregation and interpretation); basic
probability with illustrations from various disciplines; establishing relationships between
variables, and the use of basic computer packages such as Excel in analyzing data.

UGRC 131-136 Understanding Human Societies

These courses are designed for students pursuing science-related programmes at the undergraduate
level. The aim of the courses is to introduce students to the broad array of issues that shape human
societies. Students are expected to select only one out of the six modules provided: the economy
and business; culture and development; governance in the information society; human behaviour
and the social environment; religion and societies; and language in society.

Descriptions of Modules:
UGRC 131: Understanding Human Societies/Culture and Development
This module introduces students to culture-development linkages. It delineates the basic concepts
of culture, resources and development and how these concepts holistically constitute the basis of
human society. Approaches to understanding human society, both past and present, form the
foundation for understanding cultural formations and the diverse resource usages.

UGRC 132: Understanding Human Societies/Religion and Societies

This module aims at introducing students to the on-going debate on the role of religion in human
societies. It focuses on religious perspectives on social issues and discusses the way religion
impacts social and political structures such as leadership and the family, as well as the
environment. Students will in the end appreciate the synergy between science and religion in
providing the wellbeing of all creation. Topics to be treated will include origins of religion,
science and religion, religion in the modern world, religion and health, religion and the
environment, gender, religion and cultural values.

UGRC 133: Understanding Human Societies/Economy and Business

This module is designed to offer students the opportunity of understanding the environment within
which business operates in Ghana. The module places emphasis on the extent to which
geographical, political, socio-cultural, economic and international forces have shaped the growth
and practice of business and management in Ghana over time. It is also designed to help students
to understand some macroeconomic issues with particular reference to the Ghanaian economy.
More specifically, macroeconomic issues such as inflation, unemployment, poverty, exchange rate
and economic growth will be discussed.

UGRC 134: Understanding Human Societies/Language in Society

This module is aimed at giving students a basic understanding of what language is and how it
works in every human society. The course will help students to appreciate how language is used as
a tool for doing things in the world. It shows how the study of language is at the intersection of the
humanities and the social and natural sciences and how linguists conduct the business of studying
language. Some of the topics to be covered are: the nature and functions of language, the language
situation in Ghana, language, power and gender, as well as levels of linguistic analysis.

UGRC 135: Understanding Human Societies/Human Behaviour and the Social Environment
This module is designed to introduce students to human behaviour and the social environment.
There are various dimensions to social issues and it is useful for students to get to know a wide
range of these issues that concern them and the people around them. It also adds to their existing
stock of knowledge.

UGRC 136: Understanding Human Societies/Governance in the Information society

7
This exposes students to the concepts of good governance and the information society, and the
relationship between information and the key elements of good governance such as the rule of law,
transparency and accountability. The module further examines the nature, scope and importance of
governance and the relationship between the various institutions of governance in a modern
society. The way public services ethics promotes good governance is also explored. Finally, the
module takes a look at information literacy and sources of official information.

UGRC 141-146: Science and Technology in our Lives

These courses deal with the application of science to everyday life. The courses will, therefore,
include material to assist students to appreciate the foundations of scientific thought, the
application of science and technology and demands of changing societies for scientific and
technological advancement. The courses are expected to foster broad familiarity with key
advances in science and technology. The courses will be delivered through lectures, tutorials, class
exercises, homework assignments, and examinations.

There are six modules/areas including: Earth Resources, Geohazards, Chemistry and Life, Food
and Nutrition in everyday life, Everyday Physics, and Animals as Friends of Humans. Students are
expected to select only one out of the six modules provided.

UGRC 141: Science and Technology in our Lives/Everyday Physics

The course presents some of the basic principles of physics that are useful for understanding and
explaining everyday physical phenomena. Participants will learn about the laws of motion and
how principles of mechanics are applied in everyday objects such as seat belts and airbags. The
properties of semiconductors and their application to microelectronics will also be discussed. In
addition, concepts in energy, both renewable and non-renewable, electricity, and electrical safety
measures will be discussed.

UGRC 142: Animals as Friends of Humans

The course is a general introduction to animal species and groups commonly found in our
environments - understanding their life styles, their interactions with humans, roles and
contributions to the environment, and how to manage and conserve them. These include
vertebrates, invertebrates like insects, and pathogenic organisms that cause diseases.

UGRC 143: Science and Technology in our Lives/Earth Resources

The earth is endowed with rich resources, many of which are indispensable to mankind. Many of
these resources are covered by the earth and need to be uncovered for easy access and for our
benefit. This course is aimed at providing students with the basic understanding of what resources
are in general; with specific emphasis on earth resources. The course will assist students
appreciate the fundamentals of scientific thought and the application of science and technology in
gaining access to many of the resources that are hidden deep beneath the earth. Some of the topics
to be covered include: our earth resources, alternative energy sources, groundwater resources,
mineral deposits and fossil fuels.

UGRC 144: Science and Technology in our Lives/Geohazards

The course introduces students to various geological hazards, with an emphasis on an
understanding of the natural processes that operate on our planet Earth, both at the surface and
deep within the interior. The course also examines the causes and effects of these hazards and the
appropriate preventive measures. Processes examined include:
 Earthquakes and associated hazards
 Volcanic activities and hazards related to volcanoes
 Mass wasting and their impact on the environment
 Waste disposal and management problems, and the potential impact of wastes on the
environment
 Medical geology which looks at the processes responsible for the release of chemicals
and naturally occurring dangerous geologic elements onto the environment, the

8
 mechanisms through these elements enter our body and the accompanying health effects
on humans, animals and plants living in that environment
 Greenhouse effect and climate change
 Flooding

UGRC 145: Science and Technology in our lives/Food and Nutrition in Everyday life
This course is designed to offer students the opportunity to understand, know and apply the
principles of the science of food and nutrition to promote health. The course will give an overview
of the differences between nutrition and food science as well as transitions in the food industry and
nutrition. The nutrients in food, food types, food habits and effects, food security, water as a
nutrient, food safety and nutrition will be covered. The significance of breastfeeding in infant
nutrition, health and national development will also be discussed.

UGRC 146: Science and Technology in our lives/Chemistry and Life

This course is aimed at giving students a basic understanding of the application of chemistry to in
our lives. The course will expose students to the importance of the atmosphere and the chemistry
involved in how various pollutants arise as well as how the atmosphere can be protected. Global
warming, the water we drink as well as sources of energy will also be examined. This will enable
students to make informed decisions in these areas on the choices they will make in the near
future.

UGRC 150: Critical Thinking and Practical Reasoning

An essential element in the training of social studies and humanities students is providing a
corrective and diagnostic skill set that enables students to discriminate logically between:
rhetorical ploys that give motives vs. arguments providing good logical reasons for believing an
assertion. Students need to recognise the contrast between inductive and deductive reasoning and
the different types of support yielded by each, to evaluate the quality of evidence confirming an
empirical hypothesis about human conduct, to maintain individual professional and scholarly
discretion in the face of peer pressure and mob mentality. Those enrolled in this course will be
provided the vocabulary and techniques to employ critical thought and practice within the
academic arena and beyond.

UGRC 160: Introduction to Literature

This course will engage students in careful reading and analysis of a challenging selection of
literary works from a range of genres including the novel, the short story, poetry and drama. The
focus will be on intensive reading and discussion of the literature to inculcate in students the skill
of interpretation. Students are expected to be active readers as they analyze and interpret textual
detail, establish connections among their observations and draw logical inferences leading toward
an interpretive conclusion. They will be introduced to formal features of the selected texts,
including plot, character and language, as well as to the links between literature and life, to make
them better readers of their world. The course will include a writing component that focuses on
expository, analytical and argumentative writing about the literature. In short, students will read,
discuss and write about texts while developing skills such as the sophisticated use of literary
elements and terminology, close readings of various texts, creating, drafting and editing analytical
essays.
At the completion of this course, the students will be able to:
• Make warranted and reasonable assertions about an author’s arguments
• Recognize and use literary terms
• Apply literary terminology to fiction, drama, and poetry
• Analyze different genres of literature, particularly short stories, novels, drama and poetry
• Read literary texts closely
• Read, understand and write analytical literary essays
• Recognize and assess the elements of different literary genres

UGRC 170: General Mathematics

General Mathematics I (Non-Mathematics students in Economics) deals with the following topics:

9
Indices and Logarithms; Equations and inequalities; Functions and graphs; Arrangements and
selections; Binomial theorem; Limits, differentiation and integration. The course objectives
include:
 Acquire conceptual understanding and problem solving skills in mathematics
 Manipulate and simplify algebraic expressions and solve their equations
 Analyze polynomial, rational and trigonometric functions
 Understand the concepts of Differentiation and Integration
 Use the techniques, skills and strategies above to solve variety of practical problems in
the social, managerial and life sciences with special emphasis on business and
economics.

UGRC 210: Academic Writing II

Academic Writing II is a follow-up to Academic Writing I and builds upon the skills acquired in
the first year. Students will be required to read and critique a variety of academic essays in their
areas of study. Writing activities will derive from these reading tasks and students will be guided
to develop their writing through process writing which involves: pre-drafting, drafting, re-writing
and revising. In this broad context, students will revise and consolidate their grammar through
proof reading and editing activities. The course will also involve training students to write from
multiple sources as a preparation for doing research-based writing. Activities will be geared
towards getting students to develop the skills of extracting and sorting information from multiple
sources and synthesizing them into coherent arguments in an essay. Students will be required to
write such a synthesis essay for assessment. Subsequently, students will be introduced to academic
presentation skills.
The Language Centre will teach the Academic Writing II course in all programmes in Level 200,
except the following:
 The School of Engineering which has opted to offer Technical Report Writing (FAEN
206) in lieu of Academic Writing II.
 The School of Agriculture and some departments in the Schools of Physical and
Biological Sciences have opted to provide their own courses in the second six weeks of
the first semester of Level 200 (Academic Writing II). Programme-specific lectures in
Academic Writing in the second half of the first semester will be run.

UGRC 220-239: Introduction to African Studies

This course introduces students to the field of African Studies including Africa’s histories, peoples
and cultures. It begins with a general introduction to the discipline, its history and values;
continues with an introduction to Gender Studies in Africa; and thereafter students select from an
extensive and diverse menu of ‘electives’. While all students take the general introduction and the
introduction to gender, students are registered into the electives that they will take in the second
half of the semester.
The general introduction serves as the springboard from which to launch the entire course.
Objectives of the course:
 To help students appreciate the contemporary value of African Studies as an area of
enquiry.
 To help students engage with discourses on African realities.
 To encourage students to appreciate the African Identity.
 To help students develop a sense of Self Determination in the global world.
 To make students aware of the negative stereotypes about Africa and to encourage them
to challenge these stereotypes.
 To help students develop appropriate methodologies and frameworks for examining
Africa and its past through multi-disciplinary approaches.
 To highlight some of Africa’s contributions to world civilizations and knowledge
generation.
 To enhance students’ knowledge in specific areas of African Humanities and Social
Sciences

10
The overall introduction covers three weeks, including two hours of lectures, and one hour of
tutorials per week.

Introduction to Gender
The main objective of this two week introduction (four hour), is to help students appreciate the
gendered nature of African societies, how this impacts development, and state as well as civil
society responses to gender inequalities. This component explains key concepts in African gender
studies and explains why and how we address gender issues in African studies. This component
of the course also makes a case for transforming gender relations on the basis of three
justifications: (1) citizenship rights and the constitution, (2) development imperatives, and (3) the
promotion of gender equitable cultures. The role of individual and group agency and leadership in
changing gender relations will be highlighted.

The introduction to gender covers three weeks, including two hours of lectures, and one hour of
tutorials per week. Also included is a practical activity, typically a film show.

At the end of the first 6 weeks students take part in a continuous assessment exercise.

Elective Component:
In the second half of the semester students join one of 19 pre-selected “elective” classes, each of
which is described below. An examination for each of these is carried out at the end of the
semester.

UGRC 220: Introduction to African Studies/ Appropriate Technology for Development in

Africa
Course Description
The course is introduced by defining important concepts and theories of Appropriate Technology,
emphasizing that it is technology that is appropriate, most suitable, practicable, and result oriented.
It reviews the most dominant, but simple technologies used at local community levels. These
include patterns of industrial and trade regimes in Africa, technologies used in rural energy
production and consumption, water resource management technologies, and inter-agency
collaboration in rural development activities, using these appropriate technologies. The course
concludes by examining the gender dynamics and rural governance systems as critical thresholds
for the understanding of appropriate technology use, and development prospects in Africa.
Course Objectives:
The objectives of the course are as follows:
 Equip students with knowledge and appreciation of basic definitions and debates around
rural development and appropriate technology practice in Africa
 Assist students appreciate appropriate technologies which are used in rural development,
 Deepen students’ understanding of the prospects and challenges of rural development
using specific technologies within specific contexts
 Develop the capacity of students to appreciate the intricate relations among appropriate
technologies, rural development and development prospects in Africa.

UGRC 221: Introduction to African Studies/African Art, its Philosophy and Criticism
Course Description
This course is designed to introduce students to an understanding of African art and its conceptual
framework as evidence of material culture, actively involved in the historical process and life of
the African. As a cultural practice, it forms the bedrock of African aesthetic expression. The
course argues that the environment, availability of materials for producing art, different histories
and external influences, have affected African art and its development. The course proposes that
African art is reflective and representative of African belief, philosophy, values and taste, and is
used in several social, political and religious functions. As a fairly new field of discipline, the
course introduces students to forms of art, historical and theoretical enquiries and approaches to
the subject, such as art as history, history as an art, aesthetics, style, subject and subject matter
interpretations and meanings, visual narratives, gender perceptions, roles and representations, art

11
criticism and contemporary discourses on the practice of art on the continent.
Course Objectives:
The aim of this course is
 to develop in the second year university students within a six week period, an
understanding of what African art is
 to establish a rational basis for African art appreciation, criticism, and discourse,
 to develop criteria for judgment in African art.

UGRC 222: Introduction to African Studies/ Africa in the Contemporary World

Course Description
This course introduces students to the major social, economic and political developments in
Africa. It explores key issues, trajectories, themes, actors, debates, strategies and challenges facing
contemporary African states, placing them in historical and global contexts. Key themes include:
Economic and Political Crises; Political Transitions and Democratization; International Actors,
Aid and Development, Peace and Security, Civil Society and Governance, Identity and Politics as
well as Regionalism and Renaissance of African Unity. By the end of the course, students are
expected to acquire deeper understanding not only of the major issues, actors, themes and
institutions in socio-economic and political developments in Africa but also appreciate Africa’s
interactions with the rest of the world, and how Africa’s past has shaped its contemporary social,
economic and political conditions as well as key challenges facing African states in the 21st
Century.
.
UGRC 223: Introduction to African Studies/ Africa and the Diaspora
Course Description
This course is designed to provide a general overview of the voluntary and involuntary journeys,
life experiences, as well as the general culture of Africans in the Diaspora. It will also discuss
some of the surviving African cultural elements in the Americas, and analyze certain cultural and
political coping/resistance strategies. The course hopes to demonstrate the resilience of African
culture as expressed in music, literature, language, religious beliefs, festivals and art. It will
critique some of the ideological bases for the various slave-trading epochs, and suggest ways of
enhancing the African image within the global community. Furthermore, it will and discusses
some notable contributions of the African Diaspora to the body of world civilization.
Course Objectives
The course aims to enable students to:
 Recall Africans’ movements and contacts with other continents and countries.
 discuss the slave trades and analyse the reasons why Africans, more than any other race,
have been enslaved by people of other continents
 analyse some of the cultural and political coping/resistance strategies including
maroonage, the civil rights movements, Negritude, Pan-Africanism
 discuss the retention and creolization of some of the surviving African cultural elements
in the Americas
 analyse contemporary migrations and discuss ways of enhancing the African image
within the global community.

UGRC 224: Introduction to African Studies/African Popular Culture: Traditional Festivals

and Funeral Ceremonies
Course Description
This course is a general survey of African festivals and funeral ceremonies. It is intended to make
the under-graduate students conscious of the two events in their own communities, and also to
help them identify, classify, perceive and understand the relative importance of these popular
events. Assuming anthropological, sociological and folkloristic perspective, this course will
examine ‘Traditional Festivals’ and ‘Funeral Ceremonies’ as two components of ‘African Popular
Culture’. The course will pay particular attention to conflicts in these social phenomena and their
respective roles in African societies.

12
Course Objectives:
The objectives of the course are as follows:
 To demonstrate to students the ritualistic and ceremonial functions in the festival and
funeral ceremonies which bring together members of African communities for a common
purpose.
 To help students understand the different categories of the two events, their definitions,
morphologies which in the future may help them in their own community endeavours.
 To enable students understand how the drama of the festival and funeral ceremonies
bring to light happiness, hope, despair, anxieties, contradictions and conflict between the
forces of continuity and change in the African world.

UGRC 225: Introduction to African Studies/African Dance

Course Description
This course is to introduce level 200 students to Traditional African Dance. The course will give
students the opportunity to understand the role of dance in the Ghanaian Society since the dance is
part and parcel of our life cycle. Further explanation of the principles of African Dance
movements, and historic and cultural contexts in which the dances are presented will also be
explained. Emphasis is placed on the relationship between dance and music, while increasing
strength, flexibility, and developing rhythmic sensitivity. By the end of the seven weeks, the
student should be able to dance at least three Traditional dances to the drum language. This
introductory course has theory and practical components.

Dance was, and continues to be, a very important aspect of who we are as Africans. It
encompasses all four areas, which make up our living beings. Dance is spiritual, intellectual,
emotional, and physical and dances should be appreciated and accepted as they are presented.
Dance in the context of African Tradition is very patent to the life of Africans. To the African,
Life with its rhythms and cycle is Dance. We dance to celebrate life, to show appreciation for all
the gifts bestowed upon us by the Creator God, in our lives today, and all the generations past
since the beginning of time. The dances reflected our daily lives but were represented as bigger,
greater and more wonderful.
Course Objectives:
The course aims to equip students to:

* develop the expressive qualities of the body through dance.

* Fully integrate foot patterns, torso and upper body sequences and the nuances of each
dance learned.
* Acquire a broader basis for personal creativity.
* To understand the history and cultural context for a given dance form.
* To increase individual stamina, flexibility of movement and musicality.
* To understand the relationship between music and dance.
* To use the whole body with musical sensitivity.
* Demonstrate a deep exploration of the qualitative aspects of movement sequences with a
projection of energy while dancing.
* Demonstrate (through dancing) the formal connections between specific musical
accompaniment and movements of each dance learned.
* To appreciate the significance of dance in the socio-cultural development of the African.
* To understand the value and cultural importance of dance movements and symbolic
gestures.

UGRC 226: Introduction to African Studies/African Drama

Course Description
Drama is a universal phenomenon deriving from play and manifesting in important aspects of
human spirituality. The rich ritual and ceremonial life which characterizes the social, political and
religious institutions of Africa has deep roots in indigenous dramatic traditions of Africa. Selected
ceremonies, festivals and rituals will be analyzed to reveal their representation of and interface
with institutions of leadership on the one hand and gender on the other. The course will also look

13
at drama as an art form and briefly trace its evolution. It is intended to undertake a systematic
survey of contemporary forms of drama and theatre and to provide students with the critical tools
to both evaluate and appreciate this important art form. The course will provide students with the
opportunity to observe and participate in theatrical manifestations such as plays and festivals.
Given the wide range of dramatic works produced in Africa, works studied in this course will be
changed from time to time.
Course Objectives:
At the end of this course, students will be able to
 Identify forms of drama in African society
 Competently discuss the representation of gender issues and relationships through
drama
 Competently analyze the interface between drama and leadership
 Demonstrate familiarity with the art of stagecraft
 Show familiarity with key playwrights and their works

UGRC 227: Introduction to African Studies/African Music

Course Description
The course aims at introducing non-music majors to some of the basic but key concepts in African
music, their meanings, scopes, as well as the thought systems that underpin the creation,
performance and consumption of music in sub-Saharan Africa. To give meaning to the intellectual
and creativity dimensions of the discipline, the course is presented in two parts- i.e. theory and
practical.
Topics to be explored in the more theoretical class discussions include the definitions, categories
and characteristics of African Music; Music, language and surrogacy; Uses and functions of music
(including court music), music and the related arts, as well as the gendered spaces in African
music practice.
Course Objectives: It is expected at the end of the course that, students’ intellectual curiosity
about indigenous conceptions about African musical forms, their functions would be aroused in
order to…
 Appreciate the values of indigenous African music from African perspective
 Question some stereotypes about African traditional music

UGRC228: Introduction to African Studies/Chieftaincy and Development

Course Description
Chieftaincy is about the best known and the most cherished institution in most parts of Africa, yet
very few people are conversant with its internal workings. This course provides students with a
general overview of the chieftaincy institution and its relationship to development in Africa. It also
examines how the Chieftaincy institution changed through time. The course will empower
students with analytical skills that would enable them understand how chiefs function in their
communities and how they adapt themselves to the modern dynamics of political state formation
in Africa.

UGRC 229: Introduction to African Studies/ Culture and Development

Course Description,
This is a semester long course scheduled for the first semester and repeated in the second
semester. The course discusses the cultural issues that underpin the quest for socio-political,
economic, religious and technological advancement, and the need to preserve orjettison, or
reshape, where necessary, certain endogenous values, beliefs, behaviours, and attitudes, and to
exploit their beneficial aspects while at the same time discussing potential strategies for coming to
terms with the unsavoury aspects of some indigenous norms and practices.
Course Objectives:
The course aims among other things at:
 Providing basic information on African developmental and cultural issues, such as
languages, peoples, institutions, belief systems and practices;
 Giving students a conceptual appreciation of African, particularly Ghanaian,

14
 culture/cultures;
 Enhancing students’ ability to identify and evaluate important contemporary cultural
debates and issues in relation to current modalities and determinants of human
development.
The approach centres on lectures, discussions and tutorials. Power Point presentations are an
essential tool for teaching this course. The lecturer also communicates with students through a
course website accessible through the SAKAI e-learning tool lodged on the University of Ghana
website. Lecture notes and copies of e-journal reading materials are posted there for students’
benefit.

UGRC 230: Introduction to African Studies/ Gender and Culture in Africa

Course Description
This course examines how culture shapes the positions of women and men in African societies and
analyses cultures and cultural practices as dynamic, contested and rooted in socio-economic
conditions and power relations. Key concepts in gender studies are analyzed in relation to debates
about accepted notions of culture. In this introductory class, we provide students with the
opportunity to interrogate the ways in which gender is embedded in various social institutions
including the family, the media, religious, political and economic institutions. Students will be
encouraged to reflect on their own experiences of gender, and their role in reinforcing and
transforming the nature of gender relations in society.
Course Objectives:
The objectives of the course are as follows:
 Critically examine existing assumptions about gender and culture
 Gain an understanding about how gender relations are shaped by power relations and
cultural practices in different socio-economic contexts
 Examine how cultural forms manifest unequal power relations within society.

UGRC 231: Introduction to African Studies/Gender and Development

Course Description
This course will introduce students to key concepts and issues in gender and development with a
focus on Africa. It argues that development is not a neutral process, but impacts on men and
women differently. Key topics will include issues of production and reproduction as well as men
and women’s access to resources in Africa such as land, labour, credit, time and social capital. The
course will also examine the gendered implications of natural resource management and
sustainable development as well as decision making. It will further examine state and civil society
responses to gender issues in Africa. The main objectives of this foundation course is to sensitize
students to gender issues and enable students recognize and understand the relevance of gender as
a development issue and how gender inequalities impact negatively on development.
Course Objectives:
The objectives of the course are as follows:
 understand the key concepts in gender and development
 apply gender analysis to development issues
 recognize the relevance of gender in structuring access, citizenship and rights to
resources in Africa
 appreciate and understand how development policies and processes work to have
differential impacts on men and women
 Understand state and civil society responses to gender inequalities

UGRC 232: Introduction to African Studies/Issues in Africa’s Population

Course Description
This course introduces students to the key debates around issues in Africa’s population. Africa’s
population is distinct in many respects. Students will receive an overview of significant aspects of
demographic concepts and population - its composition, growth etc. - and related issues such as
human resource development, socio-economic development, environmental sanitation and
preservation, and migration. Challenges associated with some of these issues will be addressed at

15
various levels, with special attention paid to the population of Ghana. The so-called impact of the
rapid population growth rate on development in the sub-region has been an important issue of
debate so far as the population of Africa and development is concerned. Though there are no
definite conclusions, there has been growing consensus among many governments, policy-makers,
and researchers that population variables influence development in Africa. The need to
understand the relationship among Africa’s population and related issues is urgent, not only for
policy-makers of today but also for students who are future leaders and/or policy-makers. The
challenges of other population issues such as environmental change, HIV/AIDS and gender are
also of equal importance.
Course Objectives:
The course aims to teach students the following:
 The features that distinguish sub-Saharan populations from those of the major regions of
the world.
 The status and condition of Africa’s population, as well as transitions in its populations.
 The linkages between population processes and political, socio cultural and
environmental variables.

UGRC 233: Introduction to African Studies/Our African Heritage through Literature

Course Description:
Africa as a cultural space reflects an intriguing unity in diversity. Word smithery is a vital element
of the cultural life of the region. Literature as a performance art takes a central role in a range of
contexts formal, sacred, popular and profane and therefore permeates the rich ceremonial life of
African peoples. A functional analysis of the literature will demonstrate the extent to which it
reveals notions of gender and leadership in African society. This course also intends to explore
the creative ways in which primary values have been, and continue to be expressed, explored and
contested in African societies.
The course seeks to introduce students to the notion of a living literary culture in Africa,
discussing issues such as values and worldviews, writing, performance, context and keys to
informed literary analysis. Case studies will mainly be drawn from performance and writing
traditions of societies in West, East and Southern Africa. In addition, the more recent domination
of Africans by Arabs and Europeans has occasioned the evolution of a significant body of written
literature with powerful artistic and political significance. The course will also discuss the
thematic concerns of literary artists putting works into social and political perspective from a local
and global point of view.
Course Objectives:
At the end of this course students will be enabled to:
 apply literary tools relevant to the study of African literature in its various forms
 engage in an enlightened discussion about selected works and artistes in the field of
African literature,
 Comprehend the role of literature in society, particularly as a vehicle of notions of gender
and leadership.

UGRC 234: Introduction to African Studies/Philosophy in African Cultures

Course Description
This course intends to introduce students to philosophical thought in African cultures,
emphasizing its relation and relevance to contemporary African cultures and development. Topics
will include the African cosmologies, concepts of God, the deities, ancestors; African communal
and individualist values, concept of the human being, destiny, evil and ethics/morality, gender and
race.
Course Objectives
At the end of the course students will be enabled to:
 Know what constitutes philosophy and the various trends in African Philosophy
 Understand and engage meaningfully in the contemporary discourse on the status of
African philosophy
 Appreciate the philosophical underpinnings of traditional African thoughts

16
  Evaluate the relevance of African philosophy to African development.

UGRC 235: Introduction to African Studies/Dagbani

Course Description
This is a beginner’s course for non-native speakers of a Ghanaian language-Dagbani. The course
is designed to introduce second year students who cannot speak, understand or read Dagbani to the
language. It is a semester- long course to be taken in either the first or second semester of every
academic year at the discretion of the student. It is a three credit course, and two contact hours will
be used every week for teaching and an additional hour for tutorials. The main components of the
course are:
 Issues in African languages
 Reading, comprehension and vocabulary development
 Grammar
 Writing
 Listening and Speaking
 The culture of the language community
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, students will be enabled to:
 Understand common issues that pertain to African Languages.
 Acquire the skill of learning a Ghanaian language through listening, speaking, writing
and translation in order to function in the language effectively in formal and informal
conversations.
 Know the basic grammatical structures of the language so that they can use them
effectively in both oral and written communication.
 Obtain an insight into the culture of the community whose language they have studied.

UGRC 236: INTRODUCTION TO AFRICAN STUDIES/EWE

Course Description
This is a beginner’s course for non-native speakers of a Ghanaian language-Ewe. The course is
designed to introduce second year students who cannot speak, understand and read Ewe to the
language. It is a semester-long course to be taken in either the first or second semester of every
academic year at the discretion of the student. It is a three credit course. Two contact hours will be
used every week for teaching and an additional hour for tutorials. The main components of the
course are:
 Issues in African languages
 Reading, comprehension and vocabulary development
 Grammar
 Writing
 Listening and Speaking
 The culture of the language community
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, students will be enabled to:
 Understand common issues that pertain to African Languages.
 Acquire the skill of learning a Ghanaian language through listening, speaking, writing
and translation in order to function in the language effectively in formal and informal
conversations.
 Know the basic grammatical structures of the language so that they can use them
effectively in both oral and written communication.
 Obtain an insight into the culture of the community whose language they have studied.

UGRC 237: INTRODUCTION TO AFRICAN STUDIES/GA

Course Description
This is a beginner’s course for non-native speakers of a Ghanaian language-Ga. The course is
designed to introduce second year students who cannot speak, understand and read Ga to the
language. It is a semester-long course to be taken in either the first or second semester of every

17
academic year at the discretion of the student. It is a three credit course. Two contact hours will be
used every week for teaching and an additional hour for tutorials. The main components of the
course are:
 Issues in African languages
 Reading, comprehension and vocabulary development
 Grammar
 Writing
 Listening and Speaking
 The culture of the language community
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, students will be enabled to:
 Understand common issues that pertain to African Languages.
 Acquire the skill of learning a Ghanaian language through listening, speaking, writing
and translation in order to function in the language effectively in formal and informal
conversations.
 Know the basic grammatical structures of the language so that they can use them
effectively in both oral and written communication.
 Obtain an insight into the culture of the community whose language they have studied.

UGRC 238: INTRODUCTION TO AFRICAN STUDIES/ASANTE TWI

Course Description
This is a beginner’s course for non-native speakers of a Ghanaian language-Twi. The course is
designed to introduce second year students who cannot speak, understand and read Twi to the
language. It is a semester-long course to be taken in either the first or second semester of every
academic year at the discretion of the student. It is a three credit course. Two contact hours will be
used every week for teaching and an additional hour for tutorials. The main components of the
course are:
 Issues in African languages
 Reading, comprehension and vocabulary development
 Grammar
 Writing
 Listening and Speaking
 The culture of the language community
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, students will be enabled to:
 Understand common issues that pertain to African Languages.
 Acquire the skill of learning a Ghanaian language through listening, speaking, writing
and translation in order to function in the language effectively in formal and informal
conversations.
 Know the basic grammatical structures of the language so that they can use them
effectively in both oral and written communication.
 Obtain an insight into the culture of the community whose language they have studied.

UGRC 239: SOCIAL FRAMEWORKS OF DEVELOPMENT

Course Description
This course examines the social dimensions of rural development by critically investigating
development theories and how they impact on different social groups. Development theories
claim to be based on technical considerations, expertise and blueprints. However they are often
built on biases that create winners and losers and marginalise some sectors of society. The course
examines the changing frameworks of development over time, the strengths and weaknesses of
various development theories, and the frameworks they use to analyse African societies. The
course also examines various tensions and interests in development theories and policies including
tensions between developed and developing countries within a globalised framework; urban and
rural interests; peasant farmers and commercial farmers within a national framework; and between
youth and elders, and males and females within the local community context. It also examines the

18
tensions between the economic and social objectives of development.
Course Objectives
The course will enable students to:
 Understand various development theories and social development literature from the
1940s to present;
 Critically examine development policy and theories and its impact on society;
Appreciate the importance of social participation in development and policy initiatives

INSTITUTE OF AFRICAN STUDIES

ADMINISTRATION
Akosua Adomako Ampofo - Professor/ Director
BSc, MSc (KNUST), PGD (Dortmund)
PhD (Vanderbilt)
Olive Adjah - Senior Assistant Librarian
BA, Dip (Ghana), MA (Liverpool)
Thomas Kwame Aning - Principal Archivist
Dip. Admin (Ghana), MA (London)
Martin De Porres Maaseg - Archivist
BA, MA (Ghana)
Sebastian Kojo Amanor - Associate Professor
BA (Hons), MA, PhD (Lond) (Deputy Director)
Albert Kanlisi Awedoba - Professor
BA, MA (Ghana), DPhil (Oxford)
Owusu Brempong - Senior Research Fellow
BA (Hons) (Iowa), MA, PhD (Indiana)
Osman Abdu-Rahnan Alhassan - Research Fellow
BA (Hons) (Ghana), MPhil (Bergen), PhD (Ghana) (Co-ordinator)
Esi Sutherland-Addy - Associate Professor
BA (Ghana), MA (Calif) (Co-ordinator)
Mercy Akrofi-Ansah - Research Fellow
BA, P.G.D.E., MPhil (Ghana), PhD (Manchester)
Edward Nanbigne - Research Fellow
Dip. English (Winneba), BA, MPhil (Ghana)
Irene Odotei - Associate Professor
BA, PhD (Ghana)
Kojo Opoku Aidoo - Research Fellow
BA (Hons), MPhil, PhD (Ghana) (Head of Unit)
Ebenezer Ayesu - Research Fellow
BA, MPhil (Ghana), PhD (Indiana)
Richard Asante - Research Fellow
BA, MPhil, PhD (Ghana)
Michael Kpessa - Research Fellow
BA (Ghana), MA (Brock), PhD (McMaster)
Samuel Ntewusu - Research Fellow
BA, MPhil (Ghana), PhD (Leiden)
Godwin Kwafo Adjei - Research Fellow
Dip. Music (Winneba), BA, MPhil, PhD (Ghana) (Co-ordinator)
Moses Nii-Dortey Research Fellow
Dip. Mus/Ed, BEd (UEW), MPhil (Ghana)
Benjamin Obido Ayettey - Tutor
Dip. (Ghana), MFA (Arizona State). (Ag. Artistic Director)
Zakariah Zablong Abdallah - Tutor
Dip (Ghana), MA (Ghana)
Kwame Amoah Labi - Senior Research Fellow
BA (Hons) (KNUST), MPhil (Ghana), PhD (Ghana) (Deputy Director)
Thomas Kwame Aning - Principal Archivist
Dip. Admin (Ghana), MA (London)

19
 LANGUAGE CENTRE

The Language Centre was founded in 1970 as a Centre for research in language use in Ghana,
having the status of a department in the Faculty of Arts. For the first ten years of its existence, it
was supported by a grant from the Carnegie Corporation, which funded the building it occupies.
The focus of the Centre is on research and teaching related to the improvement of performance in
the languages used in Ghana as vectors of education, culture and community interaction – English,
the official language, and various Ghanaian languages. Besides running courses in English for
Academic Purposes for students of the university, the Centre offers a one-year Certificate in
English Proficiency Course for students from non-English speaking countries and further provides
opportunities for the general publicto improve their English as well as Ghanaian language skills.

FACULTY
Gordon Senanu Kwame Adika - Senior Research Fellow
BA,PhD (Ghana), MPhil (Cantab) (Acting Director)
Sika Jacobs-Quashie - Lecturer
BA,MPhil (Ghana),PhD (Birmingham)
Vera Ekuwa Mansa Arhin - Lecturer
BA (Cape Coast), MA (London), MPhil, PhD (Ghana)
David Ako Odoi - Lecturer
BA, MPhil (Cape Coast), PhD (Ghana) (Coordinator, Academic Writing)
Charles Cofie Asante - Lecturer
BA (Ghana), MA (UCLA), PhD (Ulster) (Coordinator, English Proficiency)
Nana Ama Agyeman - Tutor
BA (Ghana), MPhil (Trondheim)
Seth Nii Moi Allotey - Tutor
BA, MA (Ghana)

CERTIFICATE IN ENGLISH PROFICIENCY

LANG 001: WRITING SKILLS I (3 Credits)

This is a basic writing skills course designed to gradually introduce the students to continuous or
paragraph writing in the English language. The dominant technique employed in the course is
guided writing, which is intended to boost the confidence of the students, particularly those who
have no previous experience of writing in English. By the end of this course, the students should
have improved their paragraph-writing ability in English, developed the ability to construct
paragraphs on the basis of topic, unity, coherence and cohesion, and developed the ability to
recognize incorrect grammar and word choice in sentences and paragraphs.

LANG 002: WRITING SKILLS II (3 Credits)

This course is intended to introduce the students to the practice of academic writing in the English
language. Students will be taught to write thematically beyond the paragraph level, and be able to
handle descriptive and analytical writing for academic purposes. By the end of this course, the
student should have acquired a heightened sense of awareness of the special demands of academic
writing, developed a better understanding of the application of various rhetorical functions in
English, including description, definition, exemplification and classification, be better able to
produce coherently written paragraphs, and should have been exposed to a variety of samples of
academic writing.

LANG 003: READING & COMPREHENSION SKILLS I (3 Credits)

This course is designed to encourage critical thinking and reading, and to promote vocabulary
building by teaching essential vocabulary in context. The students also benefit from extensive

20
reading activities.By the end of this course, the students should have improved their ability to
independently read and understand general English texts, developed the ability to make
appropriate inferences and deductions from texts, improved their ability to read and analyze
academic and general texts in a critical manner, acquired the ability to work out the meanings of
unfamiliar words through the use of context clues, and increased their overall reading speed.

LANG 004: READING & COMPREHENSION SKILLS II (3 Credits)

This higher-level reading comprehension component of the Proficiency Programme aims to
develop the reading and comprehension speed of the students up to an intermediate level through
the combined use of skimming, scanning and detailed reading of authentic English texts. Note-
taking and summarizing techniques will also be taught as a means of developing reading and
comprehension abilities. By the end of this course, the students should have the ability toskim the
main ideas of a text as a pre-reading technique, scan a text for specific information, make
informed guesses of the meanings of unfamiliar words with the help of context, take notes of the
salient points of relevant paragraphs in a text as a means of achieving comprehension, and
demonstrate comprehension of a text by correctly summarizing the main ideas.

LANG 005: LISTENING & SPEAKING SKILLS I (3 Credits

This course is designed to fill gaps in the listening and speaking competence of the students and
provide the necessary finish to any rough edges in their pronunciation and improve their
familiarity with a variety of English accents. The course will provide ample opportunities for the
trainees for debates, role-play and dialogue practice in the language laboratory. By the end of this
course, the trainees should have improved their fluency and ability to engage in social
conversations in English, improved their ability to engage in English conversations with native
speakers of English, improved the accuracy of their English pronunciation, and acquired the basics
of using persuasive arguments in English in support of a position they have taken in a discussion
or debate.

LANG 006: LISTENING & SPEAKING SKILLS II (3 Credits)

This course aims to raise the listening and speaking competence of the students from intermediate
to a higher intermediate level. By the end of this course, the students should have the ability to
engage in conversations in English dealing with problem-solving, understand and respond
appropriately to English speakers with different accents, deliver short presentations, and use
higher-level persuasive arguments in English in support of a position they have taken in a
discussion or debate.

LANG 007: STRUCTURE OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE I (2 Credits)

This component of the Certificate of English Proficiency programme is a basic grammar course
designed to build upon and develop the existing grammar skills of the students. It is designed to
concentrate on the functions of the English verb in its three basic tense forms. By the end of this
course, the students should have generally improved the grammatical accuracy of their spoken and
written sentences, grasped the correct use of English articles; the simple, continuous, perfect and
future tenses; sentence patterns and pronouns, including the interrogative, negative, wh-questions;
the use of prepositions of place, movement and time; the modal system in English; passive
sentences; and relative clauses.

LANG 008: STRUCTURE OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE II (2 Credits)

This is an English grammar course designed to consolidate the students’ existing grammar skills,
and also to raise their awareness of possible pitfalls in grammatical usage in conversation and
writing. By the end of this course, the students should have developed the ability to recognize
incorrect grammar and word choice in sentences and paragraphs, improved the grammatical
accuracy of their spoken and written sentences, developed an awareness of the functions and
correct use of modals, interrogatives, negation and passive structures in the English language.

LANG 009: LITERATURE IN ENGLISH I (4 Credits)

This course is designed to enable the students to appreciate literature in the English language. The

21
three branches of literature, namely drama, poetry and prose, are explored through private reading,
class discussion and performance. By the end of this course, the students should have acquired
enough appreciation of drama, poetry and prose in the English language to motivate them to read
for pleasure, built up their English vocabulary and stock of English expressions to a degree that
should make them become independent readers, developed ways to apply the rules learned in
grammar lessons in their reading and vice versa, gained some exposure to the cultures of English
speakers, as represented in their writing.

LANG 012: LITERATURE IN ENGLISH II (4 Credits)

This is a higher-level course designed to build upon and consolidate the skills taught in the
companion literature course of the preceding semester. It should help the students to experience
more appreciation of literature in the English language. Three new titles of drama, poetry and
prose are explored through private reading, class discussion and performance. By the end of this
course, the students should have significantly increased their English vocabulary and knowledge
of English idioms to make them more confident users of the language, significantly improved their
strategies in applying the rules learned in grammar lessons in their reading and vice versa, learned
to apply the skills acquired in the Reading and Comprehension course in their reading of literature,
and gained further exposure to the cultures of English speakers, as represented in their writing.

SPORTS FOR ACADEMIC CREDIT

The University has, beginning from the 2011/2012 academic year, introduced a sports for
academic credit programme.
The introduction of the programme is based on the recognition that there is the need to integrate
sports into the academic programme of the University, which would enable students earn credits
for sports and sport-related courses, which would count towards their total credits earned. The
reason for awarding credits for sports participation is to encourage and reward students who spend
their time, energy and resources to train and compete for honours to the University and the nation.

Students can be considered for sports credit from their second year based on their previous sports
performance in the University. Enrollment is on the basis of application to and recommendation
from the Sports Directorate and approved by the appropriate Dean. Sports performers can earn a
maximum of three credits per year on the programme, with a maximum of six credits during their
course of study in the University.
Courses under the programme will be graded in accordance with the University of Ghana grading
system. Practical and theory sections will take 50% each of the final grade.

COURSE OUTLINES (THEORY)

SPAC 210 BASIC ANATOMY 2 credits
The course introduces students to the study of the human body in stand and in motion.
Course Objectives
 To define the anatomic parts in 3-dimensional space.
 To describe the human body and how it works in motion and in stand.
Course Content
Introduction to the history of Anatomy. General constitution of the human body and its shape.
Anatomical positions. Locomotor system. Muscular system. Nervous system. Respiratory system.
Digestive system. Reproductive system. Excretory system. Cardiovascular system. Endocrine
system. Blood system and immunity. Metabolism.

SPAC 220 SOCIOLOGY OF SPORTS 2 credits

The course analyzes human interaction and studies the application of scientific methods in the
observation and analysis of social phenomenon in sports.
Course Objectives

22
 To provide candidates with opportunities to learn the basic elements of sociology as an
analytical behavioral science. It also assists students in developing an awareness of the processes
involved in human interaction.
 To define the basic knowledge of sociology and theories of social life.
Course Content
Theories in sociology, Theories about sports and society. Sports and socialization.Current status of
sociology of sports. Sports and aggression among spectators. Sports and global political processes.

SPAC 230 SPORTS THEORY 2 credits

This course focuses on the theory behind the practice of sports such as skill analysis and coaching
philosophies.
Course Objectives
To familiarize students with the knowledge of the theories in sports coaching, organization and
management.
Course Content
Skill analysis and acquisition. Motivation techniques. Teaching progression. Coaching methods.
Game Management. Ethical behavior and qualities of professionals in the field of sports.

SPAC 240 SPORTS PHYSIOLOGY 2 credits

This course provides basic principles of physiology of exercise, and the physiological effects on
the human organism under different intensities, duration and environment.
Course Objectives
 To acquaint students with the knowledge of how the body systems function in athletes during
both wellness and illness/injury. Students will then apply their knowledge in understanding and
recognizing injury and illness in athletes in order to assist in the prevention and care of athletic
injuries and illnesses.
 To familiarize students with the knowledge of the organ systems and how each functions in
the physically active individual.
Course Content
Introduction to physiology. Organ systems - organs that make up each system, functions of each
system. Types of body tissues. Body composition. Effect of exercise on body systems. Common
sports injuries pertaining to the body systems. Energy expenditure and fatigue. Measuring energy
expenditure. Energy expenditure at rest and during exercise. Fatigue and its causes. Exercise in hot
and cold environment: Thermoregulation. Physiological response to exercise in the heat and in the
cold. Acclimatization: Prolonged exposure to altitude.

SPAC 250 HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF SPORTS 2 credits

The course covers the history of contemporary sports and physical activity. The subject provides
students with reasoning mechanisms, the evolution of sports and the analysis of present realities.
Course Objectives
Students should be able:
 To define the general streams in the history of sports and physical activity, to understand the
current realities of sports and its social and cultural dynamics.
 To appreciate the main actors of modern sport and physical activity, in their social and
cultural context.
 To evaluate and analyze behaviours, habits and values of sport and physical activity in
different social contexts.
Course Content
Genesis of modern sport and physical activity. Medieval and pre-industrial leisure, game and
physical activity. The transition to modern game, culture, performance and education. Theoretical
models of sport. The German example. The French example. The Swedish example. Organization,
dissemination and social discrimination at the turn of the century. Sports and ideology:
interpretation. Basic philosophical issues and sports evolution from local, national and
international events. History of Sports in Ghana, All African Games, Commonwealth Games and
Olympic Games.

23
SPAC 260 ELEMENTS OF SPORTS FITNESS 2 credits
This course introduces students to the concept of fitness and wellness and how they relate to
quality of life.
Course Objectives
To familiarize students with basic knowledge of diet, exercise, stress management, health and
other areas
of total wellness and their impact on maintaining healthy lifestyle.
Course Content
The concept of fitness and health. The meaning of physical fitness. Component of physical fitness.
The development of the components of physical fitness. Selected lifetime fitness activities. The
concept of wellness. The relationship of fitness to wellness. Exercise and fitness. Principles of
physical activities. Body systems and physical fitness. Weight management. Fitness assessment
and exercise testing for cardio-respiratory fitness, body composition, muscle flexibility. Substance
abuse and sexually transmitted diseases and stress management.

SPAC 310 SPORTS INJURIES 2 credits

This course introduces students to the basic injuries associated with the physical activities and the
methods to prevent them and manage them if they should occur.
Course Objectives
 This course is intended to provide students with the basic injuries in sports participation; how
to assess them, prevent them and manage them.
 To identify the causes of sports injuries and how they can be avoided.
 To define knowledge about the general principles of initial treatment of injuries.
Course Content
Common Fitness/Sports injuries. Prevention of injuries. Treatment and management of injuries.
Muscle soreness.
Tendonitis. Lower back pain. Injuries to lower extremities. Heat stress. Exercise in the cold.

SPAC 320 SPORTS PSYCHOLOGY 2 credits

This course leads students to understand how personality, self conceit, self-esteem, self efficacy
and other psychological characteristics relate to participation and performance in sport and
physical activity. It also helps students analyze and understand motivational bases for sports as
well as barriers to participation and special motivational issues in competitive sports.
Course Objectives
 To explore core issues and related intervention strategies in working with athletes
and recreational exercisers to enhance performance and participation.
 To define motivational bases for sports as well as barriers to participation and special
motivational issues in competitive sports.
Course Content
Motivation in Sports and Exercise. Attention, Concentration and Cognitive styles. Psychological
benefits of Sports and Exercise. Group Dynamics and Leadership. Strategies for managing arousal
and anxiety in athletic performance.
Principles of goal setting as applied to physical activity participation and performance. Values of
imagery training and how it can be applied in sports and exercise.

SPAC 330 ECONOMICS OF SPORTS 2 credits

Investigates what economics has to say about sports as an economic activity: what tools of
economic analysis apply to sports. Economics of sports focuses on professional and college
sports.
Course Objective
 To give students the theoretical knowledge of the emergence and growth of commercial
sports and the general characteristics of commercial sports.
Course Content
Economic motives and the globalization of commercial sports. Media coverage and spectator

24
interest. The use of sports for global expansion. Owners, sponsors and promoters in commercial
sports.

SPAC 340 SPORTS: LAW AND PRACTICE 2 credits

This course examines some of the most common legal problems encountered both on and off the
playing field. It will concentrate on practical issues and will be presented by legal practitioners,
academics and professionals with rich experience in sports management and administration.
Course Objective
This course is intended to familiarize students with the important areas that provide the
foundational principles that drive the outcome of most legal disputes arising in the sports industry.
Course Content
The Governance of Sports. Contractual relations in sports. Athlete employment contracts. The role
of the agent in professional sports. Legal aspects of sports injuries. Sports marketing, sponsorship
and ambush marketing. Appearance contracts. Constitutional and policy issues in sports. The legal
regulations of doping. Alternative dispute resolution in sport. The legal regulation of sports
Governing Bodies. Antitrust.

SPAC 350 SPORTS NUTRITION 2 credits

An introduction to nutrients and sources, digestive and metabolic processes and the health impact
of nutrient deficiencies and excesses.
Course Objectives
 To familiarize students with the fundamentals of sports nutrition as it relates to the physically
active. Students will gain an understanding of the importance of sustaining the body with
adequate nutrition through food and dietary supplements.
 Students will also discover the sports nutrition products available to fulfill the requirements
of the physically active, ranging from the everyday exercise enthusiast to the serious athlete.
Course Content
An Introduction to sports nutrition. Basic nutrition essentials for sportsmen/sportswomen.
Preparing the body nutritionally for exercise. Injury and recovery – what happens to the body
during exercise and how to feed it for recovery. Strength and Speed - Nutrition for top athletes.

SPAC 360 PRINCIPLES OF SPORTS PERFORMANCE 2 credits

This course is designed to study issues relating to causes of human performance and motor
behavior over the lifespan.
Course Objectives
 To familiarize students with the principles underpinning human performances at the same
time as improving their own performances in all spheres of life
 To acquaint students with lifestyle management issues and their impact on performance.
Course Contents
Definition of principles. Components of Sports Performance. Internal and External factors of
performance. Principles of human performance. Principles of goal setting. Principles of coaching.
Test and Measurement of motor abilities. Selection in sports. Strategies and Tactics in sports
performance. Psychological and sociological principles in sport performance.

SPAC 370 SPORTS MANAGEMENT 2 credits

This course is designed to provide students with an overview of the basic organizational, and
business principles and structure of sport, fitness and leisure industries.
Course Objective
 Students will acquire knowledge necessary to successfully manage any governmental/non-
governmental sports institution.
Course Content
The evolution of Sport Management. Scope of Sports Management. Sports Marketing: Strategies
and Tactics. Factors involved in Sports Marketing. Sponsorship of sports events. Strategic
planning and management in sports. Planning, Funding and Managing sports events. Sports
facility management. Leadership in sports organizations.

25
SPAC 380 SPORTS COMMUNICATION 2 credits
This course introduces students to communication skills necessary for adjustment and success in
sports.
The course provides an opportunity for students to learning principles of effective behavior in
sports to
reinforce these skills to develop confidence in both spoken and written communications.
Course Objectives
 Define communication and identify the elements of a communication system
 List the various communication media
 Identify barriers to effective communication in sports
 Explain basic technical jargons in sports
 Describe the various communication contexts in sports
 Communicate nonverbally in sports
 Explain the ethics of sports communication.
Course Content
The concept of communication & communication theory. Communication media. Barriers to
effective communication in sports. Basic communication skills in sports. (Communication and the
Self, Interpersonal communication (two-persons), Group communication (speaking & leading
discussions), Fundamentals of public speaking, Intercultural communication). Nonverbal
communication in sports. Communications ethic in sports

SPAC 281 - 295 SPORTS SPECIFIC EVENTS/DISCIPLINES (PRACTICALS)

Students will receive instructions in the basic skills, tactics and techniques of the sport.
Course Objectives
Students will acquire skills and knowledge necessary for participation as a competitive, fitness or
leisure time activity.
Course Content
History and development of the game. Basic rules and regulations. Basic Skills. Governing bodies
at local, regional, national and international levels. Organizing sport events.

SPAC 281 Athletics 1 credit

SPAC 282 Badminton 1 credit
SPAC 283 Basketball 1 credit
SPAC 284 Boxing 1 credit
SPAC 285 Cricket 1 credit
SPAC 286 Goalball 1 credit
SPAC 287 Handball 1 credit
SPAC 288 Hockey 1 credit
SPAC 289 Martial Arts 1 credit
SPAC 291 Soccer 1 credit
SPAC 292 Swimming 1 credit
SPAC 293 Table Tennis 1 credit
SPAC 294 Tennis 1 credit
SPAC 295 Volleyball 1 credit

26
 COLLEGE OF HEALTH SCIENCES
Medical Sciences became part of the University of Ghana’s educational programmes in 1962 when
the first batch students was admitted to pursue courses for a degree in medicine. The plan then was to
have American government funding for buildings for the Medical School. The proposed medical
school was also to be staffed mainly by expatriates. For political and other reasons, this plan was
aborted in 1964. The government of Ghana with Dr. Kwame Nkrumah as President, rather decided to
have a Medical School fully owned by Ghana and with Ghanaian management and teaching staff. In
1964, Professor C.O. Easmon was appointed first Dean of the Ghana Medical School. The Basic
Sciences were located in temporary buildings at the Korle Bu Hospital, which was made a teaching
hospital to provide clinical training for medical students. The first batch of 39 doctors graduated
from the School in 1969. Their performance, academically and soon thereafter in practice, attracted
early recognition of the School by the General Medical Council of Great Britain in 1970.

In 1974, the UGMS initiated the development of a Dental School. The Basic Dental Science courses
were offered at the Medical School; the dentistry students pursued clinical programmes at the
University of Lagos, Nigeria, the University of Manchester and the University of London, UK. In 1992,
the clinical courses became fully localized. The University therefore granted dentistry a faculty status.
The first batch of locally produced dental surgeons graduated in 1997.

In 1979, the Noguchi Memorial Institute for Medical Research (NMIMR) was established with
sponsor-ship from the Japan government through the Ministry of Finance and Economic Planning. This
Research Institute was sited on the plot of the University of Ghana earmarked for the permanent
medical school. To date, NMIMR is the permanent structure of the medical complex to have been
developed at this site.

In 1994, the University of Ghana, in collaboration with the Ministry of Health, brought into being the
School of Public Health for graduate courses leading to the award of MPH, MPhil and PhD degrees.
This School is currently located in rooms of the Institute of Statistical, Social and Economic Research
and in the Department of Statistics. Permanent building for the School have started with the
construction of the Bill Gates Centre for Malaria Research and Control at the site for the medical
complex at the main University. The School has six departments and these offer various courses at the
postgraduate level.

The Ministry of Health, in 1998, initiated the establishment of a School of Allied Health Sciences to
produce medical and dental technical graduates through the Medical School. Programmes for this
school included physiotherapy, medical laboratory science, radiography and therapy radiography.
Academic Board and the University Council approved this proposal in 1999. In the year 2001, this
School came into being. An earlier Diploma in Medical Laboratory Technology also sponsored by the
Ministry of Health in 1994 was phased out, with the birth of the School of Allied Health Sciences.

On December 13, 1997, the Academic Board recommended to Council for its approval, the
establishment of a College of Health Sciences in the University, to serve as an umbrella organization
for all the Schools/Institutes classified under the healing arts of the University. The objectives of the
College were clearly stated, as follows:

° to provide a central administration for the constituent schools/institutes;

° to harmonize academic work of the constituent schools/institutes;
° to foster active interaction of Faculty, Administration and other Staff of the constituent
school/institutes;
° to facilitate and promote maximum utilization of human and other resource;
° to assist constituent schools/institutes achieve academic excellence in health education by
actively supporting the development of their teaching and research programmes leading to
the award of higher degree;
° to ensure the development of sustainable health education and programmes.

27
The College has the following as foundation Schools and Institutions:
° The University of Ghana Medical School
° The University of Ghana Dental School
° The School of Public Health
° The School of Allied Health Sciences
° The School of Nursing
° The Noguchi Memorial Institute for Medical Research
° The School of Pharmacy

The College is headed by a Provost who is appointed by the University Council on the
recommendation of the Appointments Board. Each School/Institute is headed by a Dean or Director
who is appointed on the recommendation of the Appointments Board.

COLLEGE ADMINISTRATION
Yao Tettey - Provost
M.B, Ch.B., DCP, FWACP, FGCP
Amma Kwaa - College Secretary
BA, Grad. Dip, (Ghana),Grad Cert. (Bradford)
Abayomi Moshood-Amusa - Ag. Finance Officer
BSc. (Hons), MBA (Finance), ACCA
E. Poku-Sarkodee - Senior Assistant Registrar
BA(Hons), (MPA Thesis option) (Ghana),
IPMA (UK), CIAMC (Ghana)
Yvonne Lartey - Assistant Registrar
BA (Hons), (Ghana), Mphil (Trondhein)
Peter Osei-Fosu - Assistant Registrar
BA (Ghana) PGDE, (Cape Coast)MPA (Ghana)
Susie Lamptey - Assistant Registrar
Dip Theatre Arts, (Ghana)CIM (UK) CIAMC(Ghana)
Kwaku Amponsah - Assistant Registrar
BA (Hons), (Ghana) MPA (Ghana)
Augustine Amissare - Assistant Registrar
BA (Ghana) Mphil (W’ba), APR (IPR, Ghana)
Israel Agbo - Financial Accountant
CA (Ghana), MBA (Finance)
Gladys Agyemang-Serebour - Projects Accountant
BSc. (Admin) Accounting, EMBA (Finance)

28
 SCHOOL OF BIOMEDICAL AND ALLIED HEALTH SCIENCES

ADMINISTRATION
Patrick Ferdinand Ayeh-Kumi - Associate Professor/Dean
Dip. (Denmark), B.Sc., M.Phil., PhD. (Ghana)
Richard Daah - School Officer/ Snr Assistant
BA (Hons), MPA (Ghana) Registrar
Florence Twum - Chief Accounting Assistant

CURRICULUM FOR BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES: LEVEL 100, 200 AND 300 COURSES

FACULTY
BASIC SCIENCES AND PARACLINICAL DEPARTMENTS
Clifford Nii Boi Tagoe - Professor
MB ChB (Gh), PhD (Leicester)
Aaron Nii Lante Lawson - Professor
MB ChB (Gh), PhD (Leicester)
Yao Tettey - Professor/Provost
MB ChB (Gh), DCP (London), FWACP
Albert George Baidoo Amoah - Professor
MB ChB (Gh) PhD(Surrey), MRCP (U)K, FRCP,
FWACP
T. D. Osafo - Professor
MB ChB, DCP, DPath, MRCPath., FRCPath
Jehoram Tei Anim - Professor
MB ChB, FWACP
Agyeman Badu Akosa - Professor
MB ChB, DCP, FWACP
Edwin K. Wiredu - Professor
MB ChB (Gh), MRCPath, MIAC, FWACP
Julius Abraham Addo Mingle - Professor
B.Pharm (UST), Dip.Bact (Tor), MSc, PhD (Conn)
George Lutterodt - Professor
BSc., MSc. PhD
Andrew A. Adjei - Professor
MSc (Japan), PhD (Japan)
Patrick Ferdinand Ayeh-Kumi - Associate Professor/Dean
Dip. (Denmark), B.Sc., M.Phil., PhD. (Gh)
Frederick Kwaku Addai - Associate Professor/HOD
BSc (Gh), PhD (Leicester)
George Asare Ankra-Badu - Associate Professor
MB ChB (Gh), MRCPath, MSc, FWACP,FRCPath
Mercy Jemima Newman - Associate Professor
MB ChB (Gh), MSc (Lond), FWACP
IFA Hesse - Associate Professor
BSc. MB ChB, PhD, MRCP, FGCP
Richard K. Gyasi - Associate Professor/HOD
MB ChB (Gh), DCP, FWACP
Joseph Kpakpo Acquaye - Associate Professor
MB ChB (Lond), Dip. Clinical Path (Lond),
Dip. RC Pathology (UK), FWACP
Stephen Asante-Poku - Associate Professor
BSc (K’si), PhD (Windsor)
Eric Sampane- Donkor - Associate Professor
BSc. (Hons.), M.Phil (Gh.),PhD
Yaw Afrane - Associate Professor
PhD
Kwesi Agyei Bugyei - Associate Professor
BVSc VMD, MSc PhD (Guelph)

29
Festus Komla Adzaku - Associate Professor
MB ChB (Gh.), PhD (London)
Paul Kwesi Buamah - Senior Lecturer
BSc. (Hons.), MSc. DIC, MBBS, C.Chem.
MRSC. MD (London), MB Ch
Ivy Ekem - Senior Lecturer
MB ChB (Gh), FWACP
Edeghonghon Olayemi - Senior Lecturer / HOD
MBBS, FWACP
Abeyie B. Atonsah Prempeh - Senior Lecturer
BSc (Lond), MB ChB (Gh), PhD (Lond)
Esther Dennis - Senior Lecturer
BSc, MSc (Gh), M’Phil (Gh) PhD (Gh.)
Sylvester Yaw Oppong - Senior Lecturer
MB ChB (Gh) PhD (Leeds)
Henry Asare-Anane - Senior Lecturer / HOD
BSc. (Gh), M’Phil (Gh) PhD
Bartholomew Dzudzor - Senior Lecturer / HOD
BSc (Gh), M’Phil (Gh), PhD (Gh.)
Nii Ayite Aryee - Senior Lecturer
BSc (Gh), M’Phil (Gh), PhD (Japan)
Theophilus Kweku Adiku - Senior Lecturer/HOD
BSc.(Hons (Gh) PhD (University of Reading)
Kwamena Wiberforce Sagoe - Senior Lecturer
BSc (Gh), MSc (Sweden)PhD (Gh.)
Patience Tetteh-Quarcoo - Senior Lecturer
BSc.(Gh.), M.Phil. (Gh.), PhD
Simon K Attah - Senior Lecturer
BSc. MSc, PhD
Elizabeth S. Bannerman - Senior Lecturer
BSc. PhD
Isaac Asiedu-Gyekye - Senior Lecturer /HOD
MSc. Ph.D (Pyatigorsk, Russia)
Daniel Ansong Antwi - Senior Lecturer/HOD
BSc Dip Ed(UCC) PhD (USC)
Yvonne Dei-Adomankoh - Lecturer
MB ChB, FWACP
John Ahenkorah - Lecturer
BSc. (Hons.), Dip. Educ. (UCC),
M.Phil.(Gh.), PhD(Leicester)
Saviour Kwaku Adjenti - Lecturer
BSc. (Hons.) UST, M.Phil. (Gh.), PhD
Kevin Kofi Adutwum-Ofosu - Lecturer
BSc. (Hons.) Dip. Educ. (UCC),
M.Phil. (Gh.), PhD
Bismark Afedo Hottor - Lecturer
MB ChB (Gh), PhD (Leicester)
Seth Amanquah - Lecturer
BSc. (Gh), M’Phil, PhD (Gh)
Nicholas Dzifa Dayie - Lecturer
BSc (Hons.) M.Phil, PhD
Charles Antwi-Biosiako - Lecturer
BSc. (Hons.) (Zoology) M.phil
Grace Ababio - Research Fellow
PhD
Micheal Blay - Assistant Lecturer
BSc.(Hons.) M.Phil. (Gh.)
Seth Kwabena Amposah - Assistant Lecturer
BSc M..Phil. (Gh)
Charles Awortwe - Assistant Lecturer
MPhil

30
1.0 GENERAL REGULATIONS
As pertains in the University Handbook

2.0 ADMISSION TO THE SCHOOL OF BIOMEDICAL AND ALLIED HEALTH

SCIENCES:

2.1 THE PRE-CLINICAL PROGRAM

Further to the General Regulations regarding admission into the University of Ghana,
admission to the School of Biomedical and Allied Health Sciences for the Pre-Clinical
Programme and MB ChB Programme shall follow a written entrance examination and an
interview of eligible candidates to be based on Senior High School performance
(WASSCE results). However, all GCE A’ Level, International Baccalaureate and its
equivalent applicants would be considered, and admitted to Level 100.

3.0 ACADEMIC YEAR/STRUCTURE

3.1 THE ACADEMIC SESSION
This shall comprise two semesters.
Semesters 1 & 2 (in the Faculty of Sciences) shall be used to upgrade the level of science
of the WASSCE and other candidates. During this first year of the programme a
semester shall be of 16 weeks duration, which will be structured as follows:
- 13 weeks of Teaching
- 1 week of Revision
- 2 weeks of Examinations.

3.2 PROGRESSION
To progress to Level 200 a candidate shall be required to make a minimum Cumulative
Grade Point Average (CGPA) of 2.0 that is Grade C, which is equivalent to mark of 60 –
64% (interpreted as average by the new Student Handbook for College of Heath
Sciences).

3.3 SEMESTERS 3, 4, 5 & 6 (PRE-CLINICAL PROGRAMME)

A semester shall be of 18 weeks duration and be structured as follows:
- 15 weeks of Teaching
- 2 weeks of Revision
- 1 week of Examinations

4.0 LEVELS 200 & 300 MODULES

Students shall be taken through the following Modules: Cell Biology, Genes in Health
and Disease, Muscle-skeletal System, Cardiovascular and Respiratory Systems, Nutrition
and Metabolism, Urinary System, Body Fluids and Acid Base Regulation,
Gastrointestinal System, Mechanism of Disease, Infection and Immunity, Reproductive
and Endocrine System, Neuroscience, Head and Neck, Haemopoietic and
Lymphoreticular Systems, and Clinical Pharmacology, Emergency Medicine and Clinical
Seminars

5.0 DEFINITION OF MODULE

i) A module shall be defined as a course run for one day (six/seven hours) per
week per semester
ii) Two/Three- hour Team Based Learning = 1 session
iii) Two/Three-hour Practical = 1 session

31
6.0 GRADING SYSTEM FOR MODULES
6.1STUDENTS PERFORMANCE IN A MODULE SHALL BE GRADED AS FOLLOW:

LETTER GRADE MARKS GRADE POINT INTERPRETATION

A 80-100 4.0 OUTSTANDING
B+ 75 - 79 3.5 Very Good
B 70 – 74 3.0 Good
C+ 65 – 69 2.5 Fairly Good
C 60 - 64 2.0 Average
D+ 55 - 59 1.5 Below Average
D 50 - 54 1.0 Marginal Pass
*E 45 - 49 0.5 Unsatisfactory
F 0 - 44 0 Fail

Other Grades include:

GRADE INTERPRETATION Grade Point
X Fail 0
Z Disqualification 0
I Incomplete 0
Y Continuing 0
AUDI Audit 0

6.2 DEFINITION OF GRADES

PASS GRADE: Grade A- C constitute Pass grades
FAILURE GRADES: Grade D, F, X, Z constitue failure grades
CONTINUING: A grade Y (for Continuing) shall be awarded at the end of a semester to
any student who is taking a module which continues into the next semester.
AUDIT: A grade AUDI shall be awarded for attendance at lectures but where no
examination is taken, or where an examination is taken, but no mark can be returned, for
good reasons.

6.3 NON- COMPLETION OF MODULE:

i) A grade I (for incomplete) shall be awarded to a student who is unable to
complete a module for reasons adjudged by the Board of Examiners as
satisfactory. Such a student shall be expected to complete the Module the
very next time the module is available.
ii) A grade X shall be awarded to a student who is unable to complete a module
for reasons adjudged by the Board of Examiners as unsatisfactory.

7.0 DISQUALIFICATION
i) A grade Z denotes Disqualification from an examination as a result of an
examination malpractice or offense, and shall be awarded whenever it is
established that a candidate had attempted to gain an unfair advantage in an
examination, be it in a principal subject or an Ancillary or any other paper.
ii) A candidate awarded a grade Z may be debarred from taking a University
Examination for a stated period, or indefinitely, or may be expelled from
the University altogether.
iii) A grade Z may be awarded only by the Board of Examiners.

8.0 PROBATION AND WITHDRAWAL

A student who obtains a grade less than Grade C (60%) in a module shall be eligible for
the Supplementary Examinations.
A student who fails to obtain the requisite passes in all modules after the Supplementary

32
 Examinations shall be asked by the School Officer to repeat the year and the modules.
A student who fails to obtain the requisite pass in all the modules after repeating the year
shall be asked by the School Officer to withdraw from the School of Biomedical and
Allied Health Sciences.
A student can proceed to the next stage of the programme if and only if he/she has passed
all the modules of the preceding level.

9.0 DURATION OF PROGRAMME

The minimum period for the Pre-Clinical Sciences programme shall be 4 semesters and
the maximum period shall be 8 semesters.
A candidate who is unable to complete his/her programme within the maximum period
allowed shall lose all credits accumulated. Such a candidate shall not be allowed to re-
apply for admission into the Pre-Clinical Sciences/ MBChB degree programme.

10.0 INTERRUPTON OF STUDY PROGRAMME

A student may break his/her study programme but may not break for more than 4
continuous semesters, so however that the maximum period allowable for the completion
of the programme is not exceeded. Such a student shall be allowed to continue the
programme from where he/she had left off.
A student who wishes to interrupt his/her course of study shall apply in advance to the
Dean of the School of Biomedical and Allied Health Sciences, stating reasons why he/she
wants to interrupt his/her study programme, and permission duly granted before he/she
leaves the University. The decision of the Dean shall be communicated to the
applicant by the School Officer before he/she leaves the University.
A student who breaks his/her studies for more that 4 continuous semesters shall be
deemed to have lost any accumulated credits. Such a student may be allowed to re-apply
for admission to the School of Biomedical and Allied Health Sciences.
Where the ground for interruption of studies is medical, the Head of Medical School
Clinic/University Hospital shall be required to advise the Dean on the propriety and
length of period of interruption. The Dean shall cause the Head of Medical School
Clinic/ University Hospital to investigate any medical report reaching his office from any
health delivery facility outside the Medical School Clinic/University Hospital and advice
accordingly.

11.0 SCHEME OF EXAMINATION FOR THE PRE-CLINICAL PROGRAMME

A final (end-of-semester) examination shall normally be required as a part of every
module. An examination schedule showing time and place of examination for each
module shall be published each semester.
The marks obtained in the end-of-semester examination shall contribute 60% of the grade
for the module while continuous assessment shall contribute the remaining 40% (except
for practicals or other modules which may be assessed entirely by continuous
assessment).

12.0 ELIGIBILITY FOR EXAMINATIONS

A student shall attend all such lectures, tutorials, seminars and practicals and undertake
all other assignments as approved by the University.
Each Department shall, with the approval of the Academic Board, determine the
requirements for the subjects/modules they offer.
Further to 12.1 above, a student shall attend lectures, tutorials, practicals and other
activities prescribed for the modules for which he/she has registered, and to execute all
assignments given.
A student who does not fulfil the requirements for any module /subject shall not be
allowed to take the examination for that module.
In any case, a student who is absent for a cumulative period of 21 days from all lectures,
tutorials, and other activities prescribed for any module in any semester shall be deemed
to have withdrawn from the module. Such a student shall not be permitted to sit for the

33
 semester examination.

13.0 REGISTRATION FOR EXAMINATION

Registration for a School of Biomedical and Allied Health Sciences Examination shall
require endorsement of the Registration Form by the Head of Department/ Module
Leader to the effect that the candidate has pursued satisfactorily the approved course(s) of
study being offered over the prescribed period, and has attended at least 85% of lectures,
tutorials, practicals and other activities prescribed for the module(s). A candidate’s
registration shall not be valid unless it is so endorsed.
Endorsed as in (13.1) above shall be withheld if a candidate is not deemed to have
followed satisfactorily the approved module of study (as in section 12).
In any event of the withholding of an endorsement, the Head of Department/Module
Leader shall request the confirmation by the Board of the School of Biomedical and
Allied Health Sciences.

14.0 SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATIONS

The Examinations’ Board shall decide whether a student who fails in any module shall be
allowed to re-write the examination in the failed module as a Supplementary Examination
(to be held in the Long Vacation). If he/she passes the supplementary Examination he/she
shall be awarded a grade not higher than C ( ie 60 - 64%). For allied health related
courses, a student who fails in any course shall be allowed to re-write the examinationin
the failed course as a Supplementary Examination.If he/she passes the supplementary
examination, he/she shall be awarded a mark no exceeding 50%.
Supplementary Examination shall not include continuous assessment marks.
Supplementary Examination shall be held six weeks after the main examination.
A student shall be allowed to re-write Supplementary Examinations in not more than 3
modules at any time. A student who at any time would be required to re-write
Supplementary Examinations in more than 3 modules shall repeat the year.
For allied health related courses a student shall not be allowed to take more than 5
courses in all subject areas at any one time as supplementary examinations.Allied Health
Students who at any time would be required to re-write Supplementary Examinations in
more than 5 subject areasshall repeat the year.

15.0 DEFERMENT OF EXAMINATION

On Grounds of Ill- Health: A student has satisfied all the requirements as specified in
Section 14, but if unable to take the main (end of semester) examination on the grounds
of Ill- health, shall, on application to the School Officer, and on provision of a Medical
Certificate issued or endorsed by the Head of the Medical School Clinic/ University
Hospital be allowed to take supplementary examination as his/her main examination. He
/she shall be credited with the grade obtained in the supplementary examination.
Subsequent application for deferment, on grounds of ill- health, shall be subject to a
Medical Certificate issued by a properly constituted Medical Board.

On Grounds other than Ill-health: In cases of deferment on grounds other than ill-
health, the Dean of the School of Biomedical and Allied Health Sciences shall invite the
applicant for interview. It shall be the students’ responsibility to satisfy the School of
Biomedical and Allied Health Sciences beyond reasonable doubt why he/she wishes to
defer the examinations.
In all cases of deferment of examinations, the applicant(s) shall obtain written responses
from the School Officer before leaving the School of Biomedical and Allied Health
Sciences.

16.0 EXAMINERS’ BOARD

As pertains under the New Collegiate System

34
17.0 DECLARATION OF RESULTS
Results of semester examinations, taken at the end of each semester shall normally be
published by the College Secretary. A result slip indicating the student’s performance in
the examination shall be made available to the student.

18.0 FACULTY REQUIRED COURSES

i) Psychology
ii) Medical Sociology
iv) Medical Computer Literacy
Students are required to take the following courses in the Departments of Sociology and
Psychology at the University of Ghana:
PSYC 201: Introduction to General Psychology (3 Credits)
SOCI 316: Medical Sociology (3 Credits)
MEDS 301: Medical Computer Literacy (2 Credits). The course in the
Medical Computer Literacy is run by the College Library.

18.1 COURSE OBJECTIVES

The main objective of the course is to equip students with the requisite skills and
knowledge to reflect the rapid changes in technology and the increasing availability of
electronic sources that are changing library services. The course also would equip the
student with skills that will enable them to be in a better position to be more independent
in information seeking. At the end of the course the student will:
1) be able to appreciate the various strategies of information retrieval and the
wide range of information sources available.
2) be knowledgeable in the use of the computer as an electronic resource.

19.0 ORGANIZATION OF CURRICULUM

The curriculum organization is modular and the instructional design is outcome-driven.
In addition, the two-year pre-clinical programme is divided into four semesters of
eighteen weeks per semester.
The following indicates the structure of the curriculum:
 Programme will be run on semester basis.
 Each module will deal with the topic or system of the body in an integrated and
interdisciplinary way.
 Four modules will/should be completed in each of semesters three to five, and
three modules in semester 6.
 Teaching methodologies will be as follows:
- Didactic expert presentation (Lecture)
- Facilitated and Team-based/problem-based/case-based learning
- Laboratory practicals and simulations.
- Tutorials/seminars and small group discussions

20.0 ASSESSMENT
Assessment of students will be in the form of Formative and Summative. Attendance at
allscheduled events is compulsory; attendance will be monitored and will form part of
the assessment
 Formative Assessment( In-course Assessment)
Students will be assessed through:
- MCQ
- Short essays
- Objective Structured Clinical Examination (OSCE)
- Objective Structured Practical Examination (OSPE)
- Orals

35
 - Team- based Learning
 Summative assessment (End of Semester Assessment)
At the end of each semester students will be assessed through:
- MCQ
- Long/short essays
- Objective Structured Clinical Examination (OSCE)
- Objective Structured Practical Examination (OSPE)
- Orals

 Weighting of component:
- Formative Assessment- 30%
- Summative Assessment- 70%
In the summative assessment, there should be standardization in the methods of
assessments of the various modules. Clinical Seminars will be formally assessed as part
of Module BAHS 336:Clinical Pharmacology, Emergency Medicine, Transfusion
Medicine and Clinico-Pathological Conferences/Seminars at the end of semester six and
will be graded as pass or fail. In order to proceed to the clinical phase of the training a
student will have to obtain a pass (pass mark is 60 %) in all modules.

21.0 STUDENT IN GOOD STANDING

A student in good standing shall be one whose Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA)
is at least 2.00 (Grade C)

22.0 MODULE CODE

The letter code for the programme is BAHS (Biomedical Allied Health Sciences)

22.1 MODULE LEADER

A Module Leader will be the person responsible for coordinating all the activities within
a module and should be teaching a topic(s) in the module. A Module Leader in
conjunction with members of the module team will be responsible for the day to day
management of the module within the programme including the design, teaching and
learning approaches. The module leader shall be a faculty member of School of
Biomedical and Allied Health Sciences and shall be appointed by the Dean.
The Module Leader will also ensure that:
a. Content and learning outcomes for each module are written.
b. Assessment procedures are adhered to.
c. The coordination and monitoring of assignments are done.
d. Questions for modules are collated.
e. Evaluation for the module for subsequent improvement is carried out.
f. The module team meets at least twice every semester

23.0 PROGRAMME ORGANIZATION

Modules BAHS 231, 233, 235, 237 would be studied during semester three; modules
BAHS 232, 234, 236, 238 in semester four; modules BAHS 331, 333, 335, 337 in
semester five and modules BAHS 332, 334, 336 in semester six. Each module will run
on the same day each week for 15 consecutive weeks. Attendance at all scheduled events
is compulsory.

Semesters 1 and 2 (in the Faculty of Science) shall be used to upgrade the level of science
of the SSSCE candidates to levels currently prevailing at the GCE Advanced Level in the
Sciences. During this first year of the programme a semester shall be of 16 weeks
duration, which will be structured as follows:
13 weeks of Teaching
1 week of Revision
2 weeks of Examinations.

36
Levels 100 Biological Sciences Option: All the courses in Level 100 are
compulsory.

SEMESTER ONE
COURSE CODE TITLE CREDITS
UGRC 150 Critical Thinking and Practical Reasoning* 3
ABCS 101 Introduction to Animal Biology 3
CHEM 111 General Chemistry I 3
CHEM 110 Practical Chemistry 1
PHYS 101 Practical Physics I 1
PHYS 113 Mechanics and Thermal Physics 2
MATH 101 General Mathematics 3
UGRC 110 Academic Writing* 3
TOTAL CREDITS 19
*University required course

SEMESTER TWO
COURSE CODE TITLE CREDITS
UGRC 110 Academic Writing II* 3
UGRC 130 Understanding Human Societies* 3
BOTN 104 Growth of Flowering Plants 3
CHEM 112 General Chemistry II 3
CHEM 110 Practical Chemistry 1
PHYS 102 Practical Physics II 1
PHYS 114 Electricity and Magnetism 2
UGRC 220-238 Introduction to African Studies* 3
TOTAL CREDITS 19
*University required courses

SEMESTER THREE
CONTRIBUTING
MODULE CODE MODULE TITLE
DEPARTMENTS
Anatomy, Medical Biochemistry,
BAHS 231 Cell Biology pharmacology and Physiology
Medical Biochemistry, Pathology,
BAHS 233 Genes in Health and Pharmacology and Haematology
Disease
Anatomy, Pharmacology, Chemical
BAHS 235 Musculo-Skeletal Pathology, Physiology, and
System Radiology
Cardiovascular and Physiology, Pathology, Anatomy,
BAHS 237 Respiratory Systems I Pharmacology, Microbiology
Medicine and Child Health

37
SEMESTER FOUR
CONTRIBUTING
MODULE CODE MODULE TITLE
DEPARTMENTS
Gastrointestinal System Pharmacology, Anatomy,
BAHS 232 Chemical Pathology, Physiology,
Pathology, Microbiology
Child Health, Medicine, and Surgery
Mechanism of Disease Pathology, Chemical Pathology,
BAHS 234 Internal Medicine and Child Health
Anatomy, Maxillofacial Surgery,
BAHS 236 Head and Neck ENT, Basic Dental Science and
Ophthalmology
Cardiovascular and Pharmacology, Physiology,
BAHS 238 Respiratory Pathology, Anatomy, Medicine,
Systems II Child Health and Microbiology

SEMESTER FIVE
CONTRIBUTING
S MODULE CODE MODULE TITLE DEPARTMENTS
BAHS 331 Nutrition and Medical Biochemistry, Chemical
Metabolism Pathology, Physiology, Medicine,
Child Health, Haematology,
Pharmacology, Dietetics and
Psychology/ Psychiatry

BAHS 333 Urinary System, Body Chemical Pathology, Surgery,

Fluids and Acid Physiology, Internal Medicine,
Base Anatomy, Pharmacology,
Regulation Anesthesia, Microbiology and
Pathology.
BAHS 335 Infection and Immunity Microbiology, Community Health,
Child Health, Internal Medicine,
Obst. & Gynae., Pathology and
Pharmacology
BAHS 337 Reproductive and Pathology, Obst.&Gynae., Anatomy,
Endocrine Physiology, Chemical Pathology,
System Internal Medicine, Pharmacology and
Microbiology.

SEMESTER SIX
CONTRIBUTING
MODULE CODE MODULE TITLE
DEPARTMENTS
BAHS 332 Neuroscience Anatomy, Physiology, Pathology,
Pharmacology, Neurosurgery,
Internal Medicine and Child Health
BAHS 334 Haemopoietic and Haematology, Pathology, and
Lymphoreticular Systems Anatomy
BAHS 336 Clinical Pharmacology, Internal Medicine, Pharmacology,
Emergency Medicine, Child Health, Surgery, Obst. &
Transfusion Medicine Gynae., Pathology, Haematology,
and Clinico-Pathological Chemical Pathology and Psychiatry.
Conferences/Seminars

38
 DETAILS OF MODULES
BAHS 231 Cell Biology
The module aims at helping students explain the concept of the cell as the basic functional unit of
life, its embryological derivations, and formation of tissue types, general relationship between cell
and tissue function, and the effects of drugs on cell function. The content of the course will
include: Cell Structure, embryologic development and tissue types; Cell physiology, General and
Autonomic Pharmacology; Integumentary System; Structure of macromolecules; Enzymes:
catalysis, kinetics, regulation, clinical enzymology.

BAHS 232 Gastrointestinal System

The module aims at helping the student understand the normal structure and variations, function,
and development of the human gastrointestinal and hepatobiliary systems and how their structure
and functions are altered in common diseases. The pharmacology of drugs used in the treatment
and management of common diseases of the systems will be discussed. Other topics to be covered
include histology and gross anatomy of organs of the gastro-intestinal system as well as diseases
and infections of the gastrointestinal and hepatobiliary tracts. Pharmacologic properties of drugs
used to treat and manage gastrointestinal disorders.

BAHS 233 Genes in Health and Disease

To enable students to understand the fundamental processes of the flow of biological information,
inheritance, mutation and how these relate to disease causation and response to treatment.
Principles of gene and chromosomal analysis, the issues concerning genetic screening, gene
therapy and appreciation of the central nature of genetics to modern medicine shall be explained.
The course content will cover areas such as: Nucleotides and nucleosides structure and
metabolism, nucleic acids structure and function, Chromosomes and gene structure and regulation,
Processes of gene expression and its associated mutations and disorders.

BAHS 234 Mechanism of Disease

The aim of this module is to introduce students to the scientific basis of disease and help them to
understand how a variety of agents and factors cause different basic pathological processes, the
underlying mechanisms of these processes and how these subvert morphology and/or function of
tissues, organs, systems and the whole human body and result in disease. Topics to be treated
include: Characteristic and nomenclature of disease; cellular basis of disease; cellular response to
injury. Disorders of blood flow; Tumors and tumor markers.

BAHS 235 Musculo-Skeletal System

The module is designed to equip students with knowledge of the structure and functions of the
musculoskeletal system, in order to understand the pathophysiological manifestations, associated
disease-causing microorganisms and the management of its disorders. Course content will include:
Osteology of upper and lower limbs; Brachial and lumbo-sacral plexuses; Appendicular muscles;
Interpretation of normal radiological images; Electrochemical events at the neuromuscular
junction; Joint infections; Diseases of bones and joints; Hormonal regulation and drug treatment of
musculoskeletal disorders

BAHS236 Head and Neck

This module will equip students with adequate knowledge of the anatomy and function of the head
and neck region and apply it to physical examination of patients with pathologies of the region.
Students will also be able to, interpret normal and pathological radiological images and understand
the principles of surgery of the region. Course content will include: Introduction to head & neck;
Functional anatomy of the cranial; Cranial nerve palsies; The scalp; Triangles of the neck; The
ear; The orbit & contents; Development of the face and pallate and associated anomalies.

BAHS 237 Cardiovascular and Respiratory Systems I

The aim of this module is to study the basic concepts of anatomy, physiology, microbiology and
pharmacology that are essential for understanding the structural and functional disturbances
caused by cardiovascular and respiratory diseases. Topics to be covered include: The thoracic

39
cage; Pleurae and lungs; Mechanics of respiration and pulmonary circulation; Mediastinum
including the heart and the great vessels; Electrical activity of the heart and the principles of
electrocardiography; Pulmonary gas exchange and transport; Common cold viruses and
myxoviruses, causative agents of pneumonia including pulmonary tuberculosis.

BAHS 238 Cardiovascular and Respiratory Systems II

This module focuses on relating the causes, structural changes and pathophysiological
mechanisms underlying the clinical manifestations of cardiovascular and respiratory diseases. The
pharmacological properties of drugs used in the treatment and management of cardiovascular and
respiratory diseases will also be covered. Course content will cover: Control of tissue blood flow;
Transport of gases in blood; control of breathing; and cardiovascular-respiratory adjustments in
health; Pharmacology of drugs used in the treatment and management of hypertension, ischaemia
and heart failure; Pharmacology of anti-asthmatic drugs, mucolytics and respiratory stimulants.

BAHS331 Nutrition and Metabolism

This module aims at helping students acquire knowledge about the sources and utilization of
nutrients, energy balance, tissue metabolism and its control by the endocrine system; sufficient for
them to understand the metabolic basis and treatment of diseases as well as appropriate dietary
modifications in the prevention and management of pathological conditions. Topics to be treated
include: Dietetics and the role of dieticians in the healthcare process; Sources of nutrients, macro-
and micronutrients and antioxidants. Energy balance and obesity; Estimation of energy and
nutrition and dietary management of some selected medical disorders.

BAHS332 Neuroscience
This module will equip students with knowledge of the structure and functions of the nervous
system including the central, autonomic and peripheral nervous system in normal states. Students
would understand the common microbial infections and pathological diseases of the nervous
system and how these impact function and appreciate the effect of drugs on function of the
nervous system in health and disease. Course content will cover the following areas: Internal and
external features of the brainstem; Ascending and descending pathways; Ventricular system and
CSF; Embryology of the Central Nervous System.

BAHS 333 Urinary System, Body Fluids and Acid Base Regulation
This module is designed to help students correlate structure to functions of the kidney, as well as
the pathophysiology and microbial infections of the urinary system, and the need for the regulation
of body fluids and acid-base balance of the body. Topics to be covered include: Water and
electrolyte regulation, Acid-base disorders, Disorders of renal function, Urinalysis, Biology and
microbial causes of urinary tract infection, diagnosis and treatment, Diuretic agents, Development
of the urinary system and congenital abnormalities and Gross anatomy and histology of the
urinary system

BAHS 334 Haemopoietic and Lymphoreticular Systems

The aim of this module is to outline the structure and function of the haemopoietic,
lymphoreticular and haemostatic systems; the pathophysiology of diseases which arise from them
and how they are affected by diseases from other systems. The course content will cover the
following areas: Introduction to Haematology and Haematopoiesis. Haemolytic Anaemias.
Primary and secondary lymphoid organs. White Blood Cells and their benign disorders.
Haemostasis and Thrombosis. Haematological Malignancies and Oncogenesis. Haematology in
systemic diseases: haematological changes in HIV.

BAHS 335 Infection and Immunity

This module is designed to introduce students to basic knowledge of the characteristics of
infectious agents of medical importance and the interactions between them and humans as well as
the environment that results in disease. Investigation, treatment, prevention and control of
microbial diseases caused will be emphasized. Other topics to be treated include: General
characteristics, structure and classification of bacteria, parasites, fungi, viruses, Chlamydiae,

40
mycoplasma and rickettsiae; treatment, Host parasite relationships. Innate and acquired immunity;
mechanism of immune response; tolerance and autoimmunity; immunodeficiency; transplantation;
immunosuppressants, immunostimulants; chemotherapeutic agents.

BAHS 336 Clinical Pharmacology, Emergency Medicine,Transfusion Medicine and

Clinico-Pathological Conferences/Seminars
The module aims tointegrate preclinical science concepts, social, behaviouraland pharmacological
sciences in the context of their application to clinical medicine with emphasis on deeper
understanding of patient care in the emergency setting. Toxicology: Principles of toxicology,
Environmental toxicology, Occupational toxicology, Agents of domestic poisoning, Therapeutic
drugs commonly involved in poisoning in man. Stem cell transplant: HLA and Blood groups;
Stem cell transplant Clinical Blood transfusion: Donor selection, blood testing and grouping and
blood components, Concept of safe blood transfusion, hazards of transfusion therapy

Clinico-Pathological Conferences/ Seminars:

Competencies: At the end of the
Departments
Seminar Topic Time seminar, the student should be able
responsible
to:
CNS: Describe the underlying Medicine,
Cerebrovascular 3 hour pathophysiological processes Pathology, Clinical
disease (Stroke) duration involved in cerebrovascular diseases Pharmacology,
and relate them to their emergency Surgery,
presentation and initial management Microbiology
Renal: Acute 3 hour Describe the underlying Medicine,
Kidney Injury duration pathophysiological and biochemical Pathology,
processes involved in acute kidney Chemical Pathology
injury and relate them to their and Surgery
emergency presentation and initial
management
Musculoskeletal: 3 hour Describe the underlying Haematology,
Sickle Cell Crises duration pathophysiological processes Medicine and
involved in acute presentation of Pathology
Sickle cell disease and relate it to its
management
Endocrine: 3 hour Describe the underlying Haematology,
Diabetic duration pathophysiological processes Medicine and
involved in acute presentation of Pathology
Sickle cell disease and relate it to its
management
Emergencies 3 hour Pathophysiological and biochemical Pathology,
duration basis of diabetic emergencies and Chemical Pathology
relate them to their management and Medicine

Infectious 3 hour Recognise these conditions in acutely Medicine, Pathology

Diseases: duration ill patients and direct them to the and Microbiology
HIV/AIDS; T.B. appropriate departments

BAHS 337 Reproductive and Endocrine System

This module aims at developing student’s understanding of theprocesses of human reproduction
and subsequent development through puberty to adulthood. It focuses on relating genetic changes
and environmental agents including micro-organisms to development of patho-physiological
changes that result in reproductive and endocrine disorders, the laboratory investigations and
diagnoses and effects of drugs used in ameliorating these disorders. Pubertal changes in male and

41
female; menstrual disorders and menopause; contraception; infertility; maternal physiology;
lactation will also be treated.

CURRICULUM FOR ALLIED HEALTH SCIENCE RELATED PROGRAMMES

FACULTY
ALLIED HEALTH SCIENCES
Ajediran Idowu Bello - Senior Lecturer/ HOD
B.Sc., M.Sc. PhD (Ibadan)
Samuel Yaw Opoku - Senior Lecturer/HOD
B.Sc. (Howard), PhD (Lond)
Richard Harry Asmah - Senior Lecturer/ HO D
B.Sc. M.Phil (Gh) PGD (Jap)
George Asare - Senior Lecturer
B.Sc., M.Sc. (KNUST), PhD. (South Africa)
Michael Mark Addae - Senior Lecturer
Cert in Med. Lab Tech., (Lond), M.Phil (Gh), PhD
Samuel S. Antwi-Baffour - Senior Lecturer
B.Sc., MSc., PhD. (Lond), PhD
Eric Kwasi Ofori - Senior Lecturer
B.Sc. (KNUST), Ph.D, (Liverpool)
Samuel Anim-Sampong - Senior Lecturer
B.Sc., M.Phil. (Gh) PhD. (KNUST)
A. Afrifa - Senior Lecturer
PhD
Matilda Asante - Lecturer/HOD
B.Sc. (Ghana), PhD (Lond)
C.A. Brown - Lecturer
B.Sc., M.Phil., PhD. (Gh)
Mahmood Abdulai Seidu - Lecturer
B.Sc. (Bristol) M.Phil.,(Gh), PhD
Isaac Anim-Baidoo - Lecturer
B.Sc., M.Phil. (Ghana), PhD
A. Martin-Odoom - Lecturer
B.Sc., MSc. (KNUST), PhD
Enid Owusu - Lecturer
Dip Lab Tech, BSc.(UCC), M.Phil. (Gh), PhD
George Antepim Pesewu - Lecturer
B.Sc. (UG.) MSc. (KNUST), PhD. (Lond)
Joana Ainuson-Quampah - Lecturer
PhD
Akua Serwaa Obeng-Folson - Lecturer
PhD
Neal Boafo - Lecturer
PhD
Benjamin Arko-Boham - Lecturer
PhD
Joel Yarney - Lecturer
MB.Ch.B FWACP
Verna Vanderpuye - Lecturer
MB.Ch.,B FWACP
Vincent Kwaku Hewlett - Lecturer
MBCh.B.(Gh),FWACS, FGCP, ExMBA
Adwoa Adjei Nkansah - Lecturer
MB.Ch.B, FWACP
Anna Dedei Kuevi - Lecturer
B.Sc. M.Phil (Gh)
Freda Intiful - Lecturer
B.Sc. M.Phil (Gh)

42
Laurene Boateng - Lecturer
B.Sc. (KNUST), PGDE(UCC), M.Phil (Gh)
N.I. Nii-Trebi - Lecturer
B.Sc., M.Phil. (Gh)
S. F. Cudjoe - Lecturer
Dip in MLT M.Phil. (Gh) MSc (Lond)
William Kwadwo Antwi - Lecturer
M.Sc
Lawrence Arthur - Lecturer
Dip in Rad. (Lond), PGCE (UCC), MSc. (Kingston)
Jonathan Quartey - Lecturer
Cert. Med. Lab. Tech.(Gh), B.Sc. (Amsterdam)
M.Sc. (Ibadan, MHPE (Maas)
Gifty G. Nyante - Lecturer
B.Sc. (Armstd), MSc. (Cape Town)
Rebecca Steele-Dadzie - AssistantLecturer
B.Sc. M.Phil. (Gh)
Frank Hayford - Assistant Lecturer
MPhil
Samuel Nii Adu Tagoe - Assistant Lecturer
B.Sc. (KNUST), M.Phil. (Gh)
Emmanuel Bonney - Assistant Lecturer
MPhil
David Nana Adjei - Assistant Lecturer
B.Sc. (KNUST), M.Phil. (Gh)
Ampadu Ewurama Dedea - Assistant Lecturer
B.Sc., M.Phil. (Gh)
Nii Koney-Kwaku Koney - Assistant Lecturer
B.Sc., M.Phil. (Gh)
Ransford Kyeremeh - Assistant Lecturer
B.Sc. (KNUST), M.Phil. (Gh)
Peter O. Ndaah - Assistant Lecturer
MSc, (UK)
Ellen Serwaah Adomako - Assistant Lecturer
MSc, (UK)
Emmanuel Ayittey Tagoe - Assistant Lecturer
B.Sc.), M.Phil. (Gh)
Broderick Y Amoah - Assistant Lecturer
M.Phil
Kennedy Bentum - Assistant Lecturer
M.Phil
K.O. Appiah Kubi - Assistant Lecturer
B.Sc. (Gh), M.Sc. (Cardiff)
Bertha Oppong-Yeboah. - Assistant Lecturer
MSc
Josephine Ahenkorah - Assistant Lecturer
MSc
Harriet Abbey - Assistant Lecturer
M.Sc
Noah Obeng-Nkrumah - Assistant Research Fellow
M.Phil
Georgina Awuah-Mensah - Assistant Research Fellow
M.Phil
Samuel K.W. Otoo - Clinical Tutor
MSc.
Anna Hughton - Clinical Tutor
MCSP, MScPT(Alberta)
Gloria Amegatcher - Clinical Tutor
M.Sc
James N. Kwadzo Gawugah - Clinical Tutor
B.Sc. (Ghana) M.Sc. (Kingston)

43
Kofi Kyei-Adesi - Clinical Tutor
M Sc
Derrick Seyram Sule - Clinical Tutor
Cert. in Radiologic Tech., B.Sc. (Gh), MSc. (U.K)
Nana Akua Victoria Owusu - Clinical Tutor
MSc
Clement Amponsah - Clinical Tutor
MSc
Bernard Botwe - Clinical Tutor
MSc
Josephine Ohenewaa Bamfo - Clinical Tutor
MSc
Richard Appiah - Clinical Tutor
MPhil
Seth Emmanuel Adotei Allotey - Clinical Tutor
MSc
Peter O. Ndaa
MSc (Occup. therapy) UK; BSc OT, UK
Ellen Serwaa Adomako
MSc (Occup. Therapy), UK; BSc (Psycology), Ghana.
Seth Emmanuel Adotei Allotey
MSc (Construction Mgt), Ghana; BSc (B Tech), Ghana

BSC DENTAL LABORATORY SCIENCE

PROGRAMME OBJECTIVES
a. The Bachelor of Science in Dental Laboratory Sciences [B.Sc. (DLS)]
programme is to provide opportunities for students, to develop and demonstrate
knowledge and understanding; with intellectual abilities, professional, practical
and key skills necessary to consider the human body as a mechanical system;
together with the theoretical basis of engineering materials needed in designing
health and safety requirements.

b. In addition, the application of design principles; understanding human tissue

reactions; as well as the need to apply research, are all very important in the
programme. At the end of the B.Sc. (DLS) programme the students should
gain a solid grounding, sound knowledge and understanding of the:
Fundamental construction and technical design factors relevant to dental
laboratory sciences; Relevant physical and scientific concepts and principles
applied to fabricating dental appliances, prostheses and the materials
associated with them; Anatomy and physiology of the head and neck;
Professional and ethical responsibilities of the dental laboratory scientist;
Health and safety issues, including legislation; Dental team, its function and
values, the roles and responsibilities; Biomaterials, behavioural and
biomedical sciences; Relevance and role of continual professional
development; Application and relevance of research to the practice of dental
laboratory sciences; and Clinical significance of dental laboratory sciences.

44
 LEVEL 100 COURSES
(All the Courses at Level 100 are Compulsory)

SEMESTER 1
Course Code Course Title Credit(s)
STAT 101 Introduction to Statistics 3
BAHS 103 Introduction to Microbiology 3
CHEM 111 General Chemistry 1 3
PHYS 143 Mechanics and Thermal Physics 3
S
EABCS 101 Introductory Animal Biology 3
MBAHS 113 Introduction to Computer Studies 1
EUGRC 150 Critical Thinking and Practical Reasoning 3
SUGRC 110 Academic Writing I 3
TTOTAL CREDITS: 22
ER 2

Course Code Course Title Credit(s)

SAHS 102 Human Anatomy 3
SAHS 104 Human Anatomy Practical 1
SAHS 106 Basic Physiology 3
SAHS 108 Basic Physiology Practical 1
SAHS 112 Introductory Psychology for Allied Health 2
Sciences
SAHS 122 Introductory Biochemistry 2
GSPH 214 Writing for Public Health 3
UGRC 220 Liberal and African Studies 3
DLAB 102 Introduction to Dental Laboratory Sciences 1
DLAB 104 Basic Dental Material Science 1
DLAB 106 Introduction to Dental Morphology 1
TOTAL CREDITS: 21

DLAB 100 VOCATIONAL TRAINING I 3

This is a 4-week inter-semester Dental Laboratory training period at the end of Semester
2 to allow students to obtain practical hands-on experience. Students shall be evaluated at
the end of the Vocational Training. The course is a pre-requisite for all Level 200
courses in Dental Laboratory Sciences.

45
 LEVEL 200 COURSES
All the Courses at Level 200 are Compulsory

SEMESTER 3
Course Code Course Title Credit(s)
SAHS 205 Basic Computer Applications 3
SAHS 211 Statistics 2
PSCY 307 Human Growth and Development I 3
SOCI 316 Medical Sociology 3
DLAB 201 Dental Material Science I 2
DLAB 203 Dental Morphology 2
DLAB 205 Dental Morphology Practicals 1
DLAB 207 Dental Anatomy 1
DLAB 209 Complete Dentures I 1
DLAB 211 Complete Dentures Practicals I 1
DLAB 213 Removable Orthodontics I 1
DLAB 215 Removable Orthodontic Practicals I 1
TOTAL CREDITS: 21

SEMESTER 4
Course Code Course Title Credit(s)
DLAB 202 Oral Pathology 3
DLAB 204 Oral Radiology 3
DLAB 206 Dental Materials Science II 2
DLAB 208 Complete Dentures II 1
DLAB 212 Complete Dentures Practicals II 1
DLAB 214 Removable Orthodontics II 1
DLAB 216 Removable Orthodontic Practicals II 1
DLAB 218 Removable Partial Dentures I 2
DLAB 222 Removable Partial Dentures Practicals I 1
DLAB 224 Fixed Prosthodontics I 2
DLAB 226 Fixed Prosthodontic Practicals I 1
TOTAL CREDITS: 18

DLAB 200 VOCATIONAL TRAINING II 3

This is a 6-week inter-semester Dental Laboratory training period at the end of Semester
4 (i.e. during the long vacation) to allow students to obtain practical hands-on experience.
Students will undertake Dental Laboratory training in an accredited Dental Laboratory.
Students shall be evaluated at the end of the vocational training. The course is a pre-
requisite for all Level 400 courses in Dental Laboratory Science.

46
 LEVEL 300 COURSES
All the Courses at Level 300 are Compulsory

SEMESTER 5
Course Code Course Title Credit(s)
SAHS 301 Research Methodology 2
DLAB 301 Maxillofacial Prosthesis I 3
DLAB 303 Complete Dentures III 2
DLAB 305 Complete Dentures Practicals III 1
DLAB 307 Fixed and Functional Orthodontics 3
DLAB 309 Fixed and Functional Orthodontics Practicals 1
DLAB 311 Removable Partial Dentures II 2
DLAB 313 Removable Partial Dentures Practicals II 1
DLAB 315 Fixed Prosthodontics II 2
DLAB 317 Fixed Prosthodontics Practicals II 1
TOTAL CREDITS: 18

SEMESTER 6
Course Code Course Title Credit(s)
SAHS 302 Health Law and Ethics 2
DLAB 302 Maxillofacial Prosthesis II 2
DLAB 304 Introduction to Dental Implant Prosthesis 2
DLAB 306 Complete Dentures IV 2
DLAB 308 Complete Dentures Practicals IV 1
DLAB 312 Fixed Prosthodontics III 2
DLAB 314 Fixed Prosthodontics Practicals III 1
DLAB 316 Removable Partial Dentures III 2
DLAB 318 Removable Partial Dentures Practicals III 1
SLAB 306 Clinical Observation 3
TOTAL CREDITS: 18

DLAB 300 Vocational Training III 3

This is a 6-week inter-semester Dental Laboratory training period at the end of Semester
6 (i.e. during the long vacation) to allow students to obtain practical hands-on experience.
Students will undertake Dental Laboratory training in an accredited Dental Laboratory.
Students shall be evaluated at the end of the Vocational Training. The course is a pre-
requisite for all Level 400 courses in Dental Laboratory Science.

47
 LEVEL 400 COURSES
All the Courses at Level 400 are Compulsory

SEMESTER 7
Course Code Course Title Credit(s)
SAHS 401 Principles of Management 3
DLAB 401 Dental Laboratory attachment in Fixed 3
Prosthodontics
DLAB 403 Dental Laboratory attachment in Removable 3
Partial Dentures
DLAB 405 Dental Laboratory attachment in Complete 3
Dentures
DLAB 407 Dental Laboratory attachment in Removable 3
Orthodontics
DLAB 420 Research Project 4
TOTAL CREDITS: 19

SEMESTER 8
Course Code Course Title Credit(s)
SAHS 402 Applied Health Sciences Management 3
DLAB 402 Applied Fixed Prosthodontics 3
DLAB 404 Applied Removable Partial Dentures 3
DLAB 406 Applied Complete Dentures 3

DLAB 408 Applied Removable Orthodontics 3

DLAB 420 Research Project 4
TOTAL CREDITS: 19

DLAB 102 Introduction to Dental Laboratory Sciences

The aims of this Course are to introduce students to skills required for the successful and safe
manipulation of materials and to the techniques required to construct dental prosthesis; to develop
skills in relation to time management required to complete the various exercises within the Course;
to develop basic skills to produce simple dental appliances; and to develop knowledge and
understanding of requirements of simple dental appliances. Course content includes dental laboratory
safety procedures and precautions including cross-infection decontamination and health and safety
legislation. Concepts and techniques associated with the construction of dental casts in dental stone,
dental articulators, semi-adjustable and fully adjustable, special trays in shellac, acrylic and metal,
occlusal rims in wax, direct and indirect relining repairs, tissue protectors and orthodontic base
plates.

DLAB 104 Basic Dental Material Science

This Course aims at developing an understanding of the general requirements of materials for both
intra-oral and dental laboratory use; to foster an understanding of the structure of dental materials –
their advantages and limitations. Areas to be covered include: Selection, evaluation and properties of
dental materials. Impression materials, their classifications, constituents and functions. Dental
plasters, manufacturing properties, classifications and uses. Dental waxes, base plate materials and
their constituents, properties, classifications and uses. Dental separating materials, their
classifications and uses. Dental abrading and polishing materials, their classifications and uses.
Dental polymers, their manufacturing properties and handling characteristics.

DLAB 106 Introduction to Dental Morphology

The aim of this Course is to describe and understand important anatomic features, normal
morphology and various nomenclature systems of the human dentition. The following areas will also

48
be covered; Dental morphology nomenclature and usage; Crown morphology; Root morphology;
Roots in upper anterior and lower anterior; Deciduous and permanent teeth; and anatomical
classification of teeth and names of surfaces.

DLAB 201 Dental Material Science I

The aims of this Course are to develop an understanding of the general requirements of materials for
both intra-oral and dental laboratory use; to foster an understanding of the structure of dental
materials and their advantages and limitations. Course content will include: Materials for intra-oral
and dental laboratory use; Materials used for safe construction of dental appliances and restorations;
Basic principles underlying materials technology, including the properties, processing and safe
manipulation of dental materials; Current basic laboratory practices and performances and the
properties and preparation of dental materials; Classification of dental materials according to
structure and physical properties; Evaluation of the suitability of dental materials in relation to
structure, physical and chemical properties.

DLAB 203 Dental Morphology

The aim of this Course is to describe anatomic features, normal morphology and understand the
occlusal relationship of human dentition. Course content will include; Description of the unique
anatomic features for all teeth in human dentition;identification of occlusal problems: Common
clinical dental restorative procedures;Embrasures, contact points, and their relation to disease,
anatomic changes due to age, developmental pits and grooves, accurate recording, documentation,
contours and relationships, tooth eruption and exfoliation.

DLAB 205 Dental Morphology Practicals

The aim of this Course is to draw and carve important anatomic features, normal morphology and
appreciate the occlusal relationship of human dentition. By the end of the Course, students should
be able to draw and carve different views of all the teeth by their contours and anatomic features;
appreciate the unique anatomic features for all the teeth in human dentition; and identify occlusal
problems and record their presence.Carving in plaster/pumice and wax blocks of crown and root
of permanent teeth, embrasures and contact points, developmental pits and grooves, contours and
relationships, and anatomic changes due to age.

DLAB 207 Dental Anatomy

The aim of this Course is to appreciate anatomic factors affecting the design of prostheses,
restorations and orthodontic appliances and to facilitate communication within the dental team. By
the end of the Course, students should be able to illustrate a detailed knowledge and demonstrate
an understanding of: Temporomandibular joint; Muscles of mastication, depression, tongue, facial
expression, soft and hard palates, and pharynx; Facial and cranial skeleton; Teeth and surrounding
structures, the oral cavity and other relevant surrounding structures of the head and neck; Oral
environment and common disorders of the oral cavity; relate the above to the construction of
dental restorations and appliances; and communicate clearly and accurately in oral and written
forms within the dental team, Skeletal anatomy of the human head and neck. The anatomy of the
orofacial musculature; Anatomy of the masticatory system and its effects on the oral environment.
Patterns of tooth loss and eruption; and an outline of disorders and diseases, which affect the oral
cavity.

DLAB 209 Complete Dentures I

The aims of this course are to introduce students to the use of dental articulators, clinical records
and the principles of tooth arrangement; and to develop an understanding of the conditions needed
to maximise the function of dentures. By the end of the course, students should be able to make
models from different types of impression materials; demonstrate an understanding of the
suitability of types of material used to construct special trays; recognise the types and functions
of dental articulators; recognise the types and functions of occlusal rims in the construction of
dentures; select the correct mould and shade of acrylic teeth for set up; and demonstrate an
understanding of single arch restoration in the construction of upper and lower complete dentures
for class 1 skeletal jaw relationships in balanced articulation; Impression casting and Model

49
making. Special trays. Occlusal rims. Types of dental articulators; Types of dental facebows.
Mounting of models on different types of dental articulators.

DLAB 211 Complete Dentures Practicals I

The aim of this Course is to introduce students to the different types of impression materials and
approaches of making models from each. By the end of the Course, students should be able to
make models from different types of impression materials; construct occlusal rims using
modelling wax; mount models on different types of dental articulators with/without facebow;
fabricate acrylic teeth in the dental laboratory; set up full upper and lower complete dentures in
class 1 skeletal jaw relationships; wax up, festoon and process complete acrylic dentures. Making
models from different impression materials. Construction of special trays using various materials.
Construction of occlusal rims. Mounting of models on different type of articulators.

DLAB 213 Removable Orthodontics I

The aim of this Course is to design and construct removable orthodontic appliances. By the end of
the Course, students should be able to demonstrate a realisation of the aims and objectives of
removable appliances in orthodontic treatment; demonstrate an understanding and recognition of the
aetiology of malocclusion; demonstrate an understanding and application of the principles of design
and construction of removable appliance components; apply knowledge gained to construct
removable orthodontic appliances; and realise and evaluate the physiological changes that take place
during tooth movements.Concept of normal occlusion. Study models and cephalometric radiographs:
their roles in treatment planning and record keeping. Aetiology of malocclusion: soft tissue, hard
tissue, local factors. Design of removable active orthodontic appliances.

DLAB 215 Removable Orthodontic Practicals I

The aims of this Course are to design and construct removable orthodontic appliances. By the end of
the Course, the student should be able to construct a standard study model using orthodontic stone;
construct various retainers used in orthodontic appliances; and construct different removable
appliances in orthodontic treatment. Orthodontic trimming of study models and wire bending.Design
of removable active orthodontic appliances.

DLAB 202 Oral Pathology

The aim of this Course is to expose the dental laboratory scientist to basic knowledge of oral
pathology relative to their area of specialization in health care. Course content will include:
Definitions, cellular alterations, cellular specialization, the fluid system of the body and
description of oral lesions. Developmental diseases of soft tissue and bone. Developmental
diseases of the teeth. Inflammation, healing, repair and regeneration. Infections with oral
implications and required treatment alterations. Infections of the teeth. Autoimmune diseases with
oral implications and required treatment alterations. Oral reactions to injury. Neoplasia. Diseases
related to aging. Periodontal diseases and diseases of the dental pulp. Diseases of the blood with
oral implications and required possible treatment alterations.

DLAB 204 Oral Radiology

This course will enable students to demonstrate basic understanding of conventional and digital
radiography in dentistry; assist in producing dental radiographs in the dental X-ray department;
and demonstrate basic understanding of CT and MRI in dental and maxillofacial imaging. The
production of X-rays, properties and interaction of X-rays with matter. Dental imaging modalities,
types of dental films. Dental and Maxillofacial radiographic procedures. Radiographic Baselines
and Planes used in imaging of the teeth. Angulations for dental imaging. Intra- and extra-oral
imaging: periapicals, bitewings; occlusals and oblique dental imaging. OPG
(Orthopantomography). Cephalometric radiography. Cone beam computer tomography (CBCT).
Processing of dental images. Radiobiology and radiation protection in dental radiography.

DLAB 206 Dental Material Science II

This couse will provide students with the knowledge needed to demonstrate an understanding of

50
the suitability of materials, with regard to their use in oral and laboratory environments;understand
the general requirements of materials for intra-oral and dental laboratory use;display a detailed
knowledge of the materials used within the oral cavity and the dental laboratory, which are
essential for the safe construction of dental appliances and restorations;demonstrate a thorough
knowledge of the basic principles underlying materials technology, including the properties,
processing and safe manipulation of dental materials;demonstrate an understanding of current
basic laboratory practices and performances and the properties and preparation of dental
materials;demonstrate an understanding of the classification of dental materials according to
structure and physical properties;evaluate the suitability of dental materials in relation to structure,
physical and chemical properties;and recognise and interpret numeric values from various sources.

DLAB 208 Complete Dentures II

This Course aims at introducing students to the use of dental articulators, clinical records and the
principles of tooth arrangement; and developing an understanding of the conditions needed to
maximise the function of dentures. By the end of the Course, students should be able to make
models from different types of impression materials; demonstrate an understanding of the
suitability of different types of materials used to construct special trays; recognise the types and
functions of dental articulators; and recognise the types and functions of occlusal rims in the
construction of dentures.
This Course is a continuation of Complete Dentures I. Types of dental facebows. Mounting of
models on different types of dental articulators. Mounting of models on different types of dental
articulators using face bows. Factors affecting the functions of upper and lower complete dentures.
Selection and fabrication of acrylic teeth. Principles of occlusion. Introduction to balanced
articulation.

DLAB 212 Complete Dentures Practicals II

The aim of this Course is to introduce students to the different types of impression materials and
approaches of making models from each. By the end of the Course, students should be able to
construct occlusal rims; mount models on different types of dental articulators with/without dental
facebow; fabricate acrylic teeth in the dental laboratory; set up full upper and lower complete
dentures in class 1 skeletal jaw relationships; and wax up, festoon and process complete acrylic
dentures. This course is a continuation of Complete Dentures Practicals I. How to mount a
model on different types of dental articulators using the facebow. Fabrication of acrylic teeth.
Setting up of full upper and lower complete dentures in class 1 skeletal jaw relationships. Wax up
and festooning. Processing of complete acrylic dentures (flasking and finishing). Construction of
full dentures to opposing natural and artificial dentitions.

DLAB 214 Removable Orthodontics II

This Course aims at designing and constructing removable orthodontic appliances. By the end of
the Course, the student should be able to demonstrate a realisation of the aims and objectives of
removable appliances in orthodontic treatment; demonstrate an understanding and recognition of
the aetiology of malocclusion; demonstrate an understanding and application of the principles of
design and construction of removable appliance components; apply knowledge gained to construct
removable orthodontic appliances; and realise and evaluate the physiological changes that take
place during tooth movements. This Course is a continuation of Removable Orthodontics I.
Design of removable passive orthodontic appliances. Construction of appliances for orthodontic
treatment. Effects of application of force to teeth and their supporting structures. Fitting and
adjusting of appliances on the model. Clinical and dental team roles.

DLAB 216 Removable Orthodontic Practicals II

This Course aims at designing and constructing removable orthodontic appliances. By the end of
the Course, the student should be able to construct a standard study model using orthodontic stone;
construct various retainers used in orthodontic appliances; and construct different removable
appliances in orthodontic treatment. This Course is a continuation of Removable Orthodontic
Practicals I. Designing of removable passive orthodontic appliances. Construction of appliances
for orthodontic treatment. Fitting and adjusting of appliances on the model.

51
DLAB 218 Removable Partial Dentures I
By the end of the Course, students should be able tosynthesise the technical procedures needed to
construct complex upper and lower partial dentures to acceptable clinical standards;advise on
technical aspects during treatment planning;present partial dentures with modified palatal/lingual
aesthetic or reinforced inclusions;create natural tissue colour and contour utilising denture base
toning materials. Semi-adjustable dental articulators, e.g. 'Dentatus' and use of the dental
facebows and associated clinical records. The relationship of the above to the physiology of the
temporomandibular joint and mandible. The principles of tooth arrangement for class II and class
III partial dentures.

DLAB 222 Removable Partial Dentures Practicals I

This course will anable students to construct complex upper and lower acrylic partial dentures to
acceptable clinical standards; construct acrylic partial dentures with modified palatal/lingual
aesthetic or reinforced inclusions; and create natural tissue colour and contour utilising denture
base toning materials. It will cover topics such as articulation of models on semi-adjustable dental
articulators(e.g. 'Dentatus'). The uses of dental facebows and associated clinical records and the
arrangement of acrylic teeth for class II cases in acrylic partial dentures.

DLAB 224 Fixed Prosthodontics I

This Course aims at providing a firm basis for the construction of accurate fixed prosthesis
required for conservative restorations.By the end of the Course, students should be able to develop
conceptual and practical competencies in the construction of dies for fixed prosthesis; demonstrate
an understanding of the principles involved in their design and construction; demonstrate an
understanding of the various treatments for damaged teeth; relate the effect of occlusal forces to
restorative design; and analyse the indications and techniques used to construct a wide range of
conservative restorations.Interpretation of prescriptions. Principles of occlusion and tooth
preparation.Die Preparation and Model Making.Types of margins.Temporary Acrylic Jacket
Crowns. Post and Core.Metallic Crowns.Metallic Crowns with Acrylic Facing.

DLAB 226 Fixed Prosthodontic Praticals I

The aim of this Course is to provide a firm basis for the construction of accurate fixed prosthesis
required for conservative restorations.By the end of the Course, students should be able to produce
dies for the construction of fixed prosthesis; fabricate acrylic jacket crowns; fabricate post and
core; and fabricate metal crowns;Interpretation of prescription. Die Preparation and Model
Making. Acrylic Jacket Crowns. Types of margins.Post and Core. Metallic Crowns. Metallic
Crowns with Acrylic Facing.

DLAB 301 Maxillofacial Prosthesis I

The aim if this Course is to introduce students to the principles of maxillofacial prosthesis and the
methods of construction. By the end of the Course, students should be able to demonstrate an
understanding of the principles of intra and extra oral maxillofacial prosthetics;demonstrate an
understanding of the occlusal principles in maxillofacial prosthetics; and list the different types of
obturators. Introduction to maxillofacial prosthodontics. Types of maxillofacial defects.Types of
maxillofacial prosthesis.The occlusal principles in maxillofacial prosthetics.Occlusal principles in
maxillary defect prosthesis.Complete dentures in maxillofacial prosthetics.Removable partial
dentures in maxillofacial prosthetics.

DLAB 303 Complete Dentures III

This Course aims at building on the introductory principles of treatment of the upper and lower
arches and single arch edentulous patient and extending these to class II and class III skeletal jaw
relationships; and developing an understanding of the concepts and construction processes of copy
dentures. By the end of the Course, students should be able to relate knowledge of the upper and
lower arches and single arch restoration to the construction of upper and lower complete dentures for
class II and class III skeletal jaw relationships in balanced articulation and occlusion; and produce
copy dentures and soft linings. Introduction to balanced articulation and occlusion. Principles of

52
upper and lower complete tooth arrangement in class II and class III skeletal jaw relationship.

DLAB 305 Complete Dentures Practicals III

The aim of this Course is to build on the introductory principles of treatment of the upper and lower
arches and single arch edentulous patient and extend these to class II skeletal jaw relationships. By
the end of the Course, students should be able to construct an upper and lower complete dentures for
class II skeletal jaw relationships in balanced articulation and occlusion; and produce copy dentures,
relining, and rebasing, remaking and soft lining. Introduction to balanced articulation and occlusion.
Principles of upper and lower complete denture tooth arrangement in class II. Relining, rebasing,
remaking and soft lining.

DLAB 307 Fixed and Functional Orthodontics

The aim of this Course is to give the student a comprehensive understanding of fixed orthodontic and
functional appliance techniques. By the end of the Course, students should be able to realise the
objectives of fixed orthodontic treatment; demonstrate an understanding and application of the
principles of design and construction of fixed appliance components; possess an applicable
knowledge of the construction of fixed orthodontic appliances;evaluate the tooth movements and
physiological changes which take place between the orthodontic treatment modalities;differentiate
between treatment modalities; andrecognise the role of the Dental Laboratory Scientist within
orthodontic treatment modalities. Fixed Appliance techniques. Design and construction of fixed
appliances.Use of attachments and their designs.Anchorage.Principles, design and uses of functional
appliances.Modes of action of functional appliances. Role of dental laboratory scientists in fixed and
functional orthodontic treatment.

DLAB 309 Fixed and Functional Orthodontic Practicals

The aim of this Course is to enable students construct a range of fixed and functional orthodontic
appliances.By the end of the Course, the students should be able to construct fixed appliances used
in orthodontic treatment; and construct the different types of functional appliances used in
orthodontic treatment.Fixed Appliance techniques. Principles, design and construction of fixed
appliances.Use of attachments and their designs.Anchorage.Principles, design and uses of
functional appliances.Modes of action of functional appliances.Use of attachments and their
designs.

DLAB 311 Removable Partial Dentures II

This Course aims at applying the principles of tooth arrangement learnt in Complete Dentures to
the construction of prostheses for patients requiring partial restorations. Further develop
experience of arranging teeth in class II and class III skeletal jaw relationships. The use of semi
adjustable dental articulators will be delivered, as well as Immediate Denture construction.
Students will also develop a critical awareness of aesthetic and functional requirements of a
combination of complete and partial dentures for individual patients. New methods of tooth
arrangement will be learnt. By the end of the Course, students should be able to synthesise the
technical procedures needed to construct complex upper and lower partial dentures to acceptable
clinical standards; advise on technical aspects during treatment planning; present partial dentures
with modified palatal/lingual aesthetic or reinforced inclusions; and create natural tissue colour
and contour utilising denture base toning materials.

DLAB 313 Removable Partial Dentures Practicals II

The Course aims at training students to be able to construct complex upper and lower acrylic partial
dentures to acceptable clinical standards; construct acrylic partial dentures with modified
palatal/lingual aesthetic or reinforced inclusions; and create natural tissue colour and contour
utilising denture base toning materials. The arrangement of acrylic teeth for class II and III cases in
acrylic partial dentures. Alternative palatal/lingual design. Natural “set ups”, negative or positive
spaces. Colour tone for tissue naturalisation.

DLAB 315 Fixed Prosthodontics II

The aim of this Course is to provide a firm basis for the construction of accurate fixed prosthesis

53
required for conservative restorations.By the end of this Course, the students should be able to
demonstrate an understanding of all aspects of fixed Prosthodontics. Principles of fixed
prosthodontics. Types of fixed prosthodontics. Types of pontics. Waxing of fixed prosthodontics.
Metal ceramic crowns.

DLAB 317 Fixed Prosthodontic Practicals II

The aim this Course is to provide a firm basis for the construction of accurate fixed prosthesis
required for conservative restorations. By the end of the Course, students should be able to fabricate
inlays, onlays, porcelain fused to metal crowns (PFM), all ceramic crowns and bridges. Porcelain
fused to metal crowns and bridges e.g. conventional and resin bonded bridges. All ceramic crowns.
Inlay, onlay and pinlay restorations.

DLAB 302 Maxillofacial Prosthesis II

The aim of this Course is to enable students understand the principles of maxillofacial prosthesis and
the methods of construction. By the end of the Course, students should be able to demonstrate an
understanding of the principles of intra and extra oral maxillofacial prosthetics; demonstrate an
understanding of the occlusal principles in maxillofacial prosthetics; and identify the different types
of obturators. Occlusal principles in maxillofacial prosthetics. Occlusal principles in maxillary defect
prosthesis. Fixed partial dentures in maxillofacial prosthetics. Fabrication of obturators. Fabrication
of extra-orbital prosthesis. Fabrication of nose and ear episthesis. Fabrication of orbital prosthesis.
Implants in maxillofacial prosthesis.

DLAB 304 Introduction to Dental Implants Prosthesis

Introduction and terminology. Occlusal considerations for implant-supported prostheses. Provisional
prostheses. Single-tooth prosthetics. Partial edentulous implant prosthetics. Treatment planning for
total edentulous mouth. Design of frameworks for complete prostheses. Treatment planning for the
edentulous mandible with removable prostheses. Treatment planning for the edentulous mandible
with fixed prostheses. Treatment planning for the edentulous maxilla with removable prostheses.
Treatment planning for the edentulous maxilla with fixed prostheses. Implant supported
overdentures. Interocclusal registration and remount procedures. Complications and solutions.

DLAB 306 Complete Dentures IV

This Course aims at building on the introductory principles of treatment of the upper and lower
arches and single arch edentulous patient and to extend these to class II and class III skeletal jaw
relationships; and developing an understanding of the concepts and construction processes of copy
dentures. By the end of the Course, students should be able to relate knowledge of the upper and
lower arches and single arch restoration to the construction of upper and lower complete dentures for
class II and class III skeletal jaw relationships in balanced articulation and occlusion; and produce
copy dentures and soft linings. This Course is a continuation of Complete Dentures III. Relining,
rebasing, remaking and soft lining. Denture repair. Copy dentures.

DLAB 308 Complete Dentures Practicals IV

The aims of this Course are to build on the introductory principles of treatment of the upper and
lower arches and single arch edentulous patient and extend these to class III skeletal jaw
relationships; and to develop an understanding of the concepts and construction processes of copy
dentures. By the end of the Course, students should be able to construct an upper and lower complete
dentures for class III skeletal jaw relationships in balanced articulation and occlusion; and produce
copy dentures, relining, and rebasing, remaking and soft lining. This Course is a continuation of
Complete Dentures Practicals III. Complete tooth arrangement in class III skeletal jaw relationship.
Denture repair. Copy dentures.

DLAB 312 Fixed Prosthodontics III

The aim of this Course is to provide a firm basis for the construction of accurate fixed prosthesis
required for conservative restorations. By the end of this Course, the students should be able to
demonstrate an understanding in all aspects of fixed Prosthodontics.This Course is a continuation of
Fixed Prosthodontics II. Methods of casting dental alloys. Inlay, onlay and pinlay restorations. All-

54
ceramic systems in fixed prosthodontics. Soldering of dental alloys, comparison of soldering
techniques. Veneers. CAD-CAM systems.

DLAB 314 Fixed Prosthodontic Practicals III

The aim of this Course is to provide a firm basis for the construction of accurate fixed prosthesis
required for conservative restorations. By the end of the Course, the students should be able to
fabricate inlays, onlays, porcelain fused to metal crowns (PFM), veneers, all ceramic crowns and
bridges. This Course is a continuation of Fixed Prosthodontic Practicals II. Methods of casting dental
alloys. Soldering of dental alloys, comparison of soldering techniques. Veneers. CAD-CAM.

DLAB 316 Removable Partial Dentures III

The aim of this Course is to enable students understand the principles and construction of cast
removable partial dentures. By the end of this Course, the students should be able to list Kennedy’s
classification of cast partial dentures; and demonstrate an understanding of the principles and
construction of cast partial denture. This Course is a continuation of Removable Partial Dentures II.
Introduction to cast removable partial dentures. Survey and design. Mandibular major connectors.
Maxillary major connectors. Minor connectors. Retention and retainers. Types of cast clasps.

DLAB 318 Removable Partial Dentures Practicals III

This Course is a continuation of Removable Partial Denture Practicals II. Laboratory procedures for
framework: Retripoding; Blockout and relief; Duplication; Waxing the framework; Spruing the
framework; Investing the refractory cast; Casting recovery; Finishing the framework; Final
polishing. Laboratory procedures for completing the cast removable partial dentures: Waxing
denture base contours; Setting of artificial teeth; Investment process; Deflasking; Finishing and
polishing.

DLAB 322 Clinical Observation

At the end of this Course, students should be able to appreciate the processes involved in the
development of functional teams; consolidate skills and knowledge acquired during the course and
observe applications to clinical situations; demonstrate an understanding of the importance of
patients’ attitudes, beliefs and their confidentiality; develop methods of comparative observation;
develop individual maturity, self-awareness and confidence; and compare various concepts which
promote the development of teamwork. Observe and compare the effective operation and problem
solving of dental teams. Record and evaluate any noticeable technical/system differences and analyse
treatment planning and organisation of a work situation. Appraise different uses of materials and
techniques. Appraise communication and group dynamics within the dental team.

DLAB 401 Dental Laboratory Attachment in Fixed Prosthodontics

This is a 4-week, whole day, laboratory training in Semester 7. Students will undertake dental
laboratory training involving direct observation and dental laboratory experience to allow them to
obtain practical hands-on experience. The attachment will be undertaken in accredited health
facilities. Students will complete a logbook and will be assessed at the end of the course using the
logbook and an oral examination.

DLAB 403 Dental Laboratory Attachment in Removable Partial Dentures

This is a 4-week, whole day, laboratory training in Semester 7. Students will undertake dental
laboratory training involving direct observation and dental laboratory experience to allow them to
obtain practical hands-on experience. The attachment will be undertaken in accredited health
facilities. Students will complete a logbook and will be assessed at the end of the course using the
logbook and an oral examination.

DLAB 405 Dental Laboratory Attachment in Complete Dentures

This is a 4-week, whole day, laboratory training in Semester 7. Students will undertake dental
laboratory training involving direct observation and dental laboratory experience to allow them to
obtain practical hands-on experience. The attachment will be undertaken in accredited health

55
facilities. Students will complete a logbook and will be assessed at the end of the course using the
logbook and an oral examination.

DLAB 407 Dental Laboratory Attachment in RemovableOrthodontics

This is a 4-week, whole day, laboratory training in Semester 7. Students will undertake dental
laboratory training involving direct observation and dental laboratory experience to allow them to
obtain practical hands-on experience. The attachment will be undertaken in accredited health
facilities. Students will complete a logbook and will be assessed at the end of the course using the
logbook and an oral examination.

DLAB 402 Applied Fixed Prosthodontics

Students will be required to construct prosthesis meant for patients in Semester 8. Each student
will be evaluated based on the aesthetics, accuracy and functional purposes of the prosthesis fitted
in the patient mouth.

DLAB 404 Applied Removable Partial Dentures

Students will be required to construct prosthesis meant for patients in Semester 8. Each student
will be evaluated based on the aesthetics, accuracy and functional purposes of the prosthesis fitted
in the patient mouth.

DLAB 406 Applied Complete Dentures

Students will be required to construct prosthesis meant for patients in Semester 8. Each student
will be evaluated based on the aesthetics, accuracy and functional purposes of the prosthesis fitted
in the patient mouth.

DLAB 408 Applied Removable Orthodontics

Students will be required to construct prosthesis meant for patients in Semester 8. Each student
will be evaluated based on the aesthetics, accuracy and the functional purposes of the appliance in
the patient mouth.

56
 BSC DIETETICS
PROGRAMME OBJECTIVES
At the end of the programme, the student should be able to: Demonstrate the ability to confidently
work autonomously with individual clients on a one to one basis assessing needs, providing
therapeutic advice and facilitating behaviour change based on the clinical and personal
information available as well as the evidence base for practice; Translate the most up-to-date
public health and scientific research information on food, health and disease into practical advice
to facilitate behaviour change and enable people to make appropriate lifestyle and food choices;
Show awareness of his/her role and sphere of influence within the organisation, and demonstrate
the ability to work in a collaborative manner with a range of healthcare professionals and other
staff in enabling safe and effective dietetic service delivery; Understand the limits of his/her
current scope of practice and work within these and demonstrate awareness of the clinical risks
associated with any dietetic care plan; Show familiarity with government policies for the provision
of health care as they impinge on the dietetic service and understanding of policy issues concerned
with public health nutrition in Ghana; Demonstrate familiarity with the current systems for the
provision of health care, education and social sciences and recognise opportunities to influence
health and social policy and practices; Demonstrate a systematic understanding of the key aspects
of the range of disciplines underpinning dietetics and ability to critically evaluate and synthesize
these key aspects into dietetic care.

LEVEL 100 COURSES

All Level 100 courses are compulsory
SEMESTER 1 Course Title Credit Hours
STAT 101 Introduction to Statistics 3
CHEM 111 General Chemistry 1 3
CHEM 110 PracticalChemistry 1
PHYS 143 Mechanics and Thermal Physics 3
ABCS 101 Introductory Animal Biology 3
BAHS 113 Introduction to Computer Studies 1
UGRC 150 Critical Thinking and Practical Reasoning 3
UGRC 110 Academic writing II 3
Total 20

SEMESTER 2 Course Title Credit Hours

BAHS 102 Human Anatomy 3
BAHS 104 Human Anatomy Practical 1
BAHS 106 Basic Physiology 3
BAHS 108 Basic Physiology Practical 1
BAHS 122 Introductory Biochemistry 2
DIET 102 Introduction to Professional Practice 2
BAHS 112 Introductory Psychology for Allied Health Sciences 2
GSPH 214 Writing for Public Health 3
UGRC 220 Liberal and African Studies 3
Total 20

DIET 200 Clinical Attachment I

This is a 6-week, whole day, inter-semester clinical training period at the end of semester 2 (i.e.
during the long vacation). Students undertake introductory clinical training involving directed
observation and clinical experience to allow them obtain practical hands-on experience. The
attachment is undertaken in Korle-Bu Teaching Hospital, Ridge Hospital, 37 Military Hospital,
Princess Marie Loiuse Hospital, Tema General Hospital KomfoAnokye Teaching Hospital, Ho
Regional Hospital, Cape Coast Regional Hospital, Koforidua Regional Hospital, Tanale Hospital
and Trust Hospital. Students are assessed at the end of course using log books. The course is a pre-

57
requisite for level 300 courses in Dietetics.

LEVEL 200 COURSES

All the courses at Level 200 are compulsory
SEMESTER 3 Course Title Credit Hours
DIET 201 Communication Skills and Nutrition Education 3
DIET 203 Basic Concepts in Nutrition 2
SAHS 201 Computer Applications 3
SAHS 203 Statistics 2
MLAB 205 Introductory Biochemistry II 2
PSYC 307 Human Growth and Development I 3
SOCI 316 Medical Sociology 3
Total 18

SEMESTER 4 Course Title Credit Hours

SAHS 202 Immunology 2
SAHS 204 General Pathology 3
DIET 202 Nutrition Assessment 2
DIET 204 Nutritional Biochemistry 3
DIET 206 General Anatomy for Dietitians 2
DIET 208 Microbiology 2
DIET 210 Microbiology (Practical) 1
DIET 212 Food Analysis (Practical) 1
PSYC 308 Human Growth and Development (II) 3
Total 19

DIET 300 Professional PracticeII

This is a 6-week, whole day, inter-semester clinical training period at the end of semester 4 (i.e.
during the long vacation) during which students work independently but under supervision of
faculty and/or experienced dieticians to obtain practical hands-on experience in patient
assessment, diagnosis, counselling and dietary management. The training is undertaken in Korle-
Bu Teaching Hospital, Ridge Hospital, 37 Military Hospital, Princess Marie Louis Hospital, and
Tema General Hospital, KomfoAnokye Teaching Hospital, Ho Regional Hospital, Cape Coast
Regional Hospital and Koforidua Regional Hospital, Tamale Teaching Hospital and Trust
Hospital. Students are assessed at the end of the course using the logbook. The course is a pre-
requisite for level 400 courses in Dietetic.

LEVEL 300 COURSES

All the courses at Level 300 are compulsory
SEMESTER 5 Course Title Credit Hours
SAHS 301 Research Methodology 2
DIET 303 Food Service and Catering Management (Theory) 2
DIET 305 Food Service and Catering Management (Practical) 1
DIET 307 Nutrition in the Life Cycle 2
DIET 309 Genetics and Nutrition 2
DIET 310 Dietetic Practicum I 3
DIET 311 Co-ordinated Course in Physiology and Biochemistry 3
DIET 313 Food Safety 2
DIET 315 Pharmacology in Diet Therapy 2
Total 19

SEMESTER 6 Course Title Credit Hours

SAHS 302 Health Law and Ethics 2
DIET 302 Food Quality, Processing and Preservation 3
DIET 304 Food Quality, Processing and Preservation (Practical) 1
DIET 306 Diet and Diseases I 3

58
DIET 308 Diet Therapy I 3
DIET 310 Dietetic Practicum I 3
DIET 314 Community Nutrition 2
DIET 316 Food Habits 2
Total 19

DIET 400 Professional Practice III

This is the third and last segment and takes place at the end of semester 6. It is a 6 week, whole
day, inter-semester clinical training (i.e. during the long vacation) during which students work
independently but under supervision of faculty and/or experienced dietitians to obtain practical
hands-on experience in patient assessment, diagnosis, counselling and dietary management. The
training is undertaken in Korle-Bu Teaching Hospital, Ridge Hospital, 37 Military Hospital,
Princess Marie Louise Hospital, Tema General Hospital, KomfoAnokye Teaching Hospital, Ho
Regional Hospital, Cape Coast Regional Hospital, Koforidua Regional Hospital, Trust Hospital
and Police Hospital. Students are assessed at the end of the course using the logbook.

LEVEL 400 COURSES

All the courses at Level 400 are compulsory
SEMESTER 7 Course Title Credit Hours
DIET 420 Dietetic Practicum II 4
SAHS 401 Principles of Management 2
DIET 403 Diet and Disease II 3
DIET 405 Diet Therapy II 3
DIET 407 Nutrition and Health Promotion 2
DIET 410 Project Work 4
Total 18

SEMESTER 8 Course Title Credit Hours

SAHS 402 Applied Health Service Management 3
DIET 404 Diet and Disease III 3
DIET 406 Diet Therapy III 3
DIET 408 Special Topics in Nutrition and Dietetics 2
DIET 410 Project 4
DIET 420 Dietetic Practicum II 4
Total 19

TOTAL CLINICAL HOURS 1302

COURSE DESCRIPTION
STATS 101 Introductory Statistics
Types of data, descriptive statistics and plots, theoretical distributions, probability, estimation,
hypothesis testing, and one-way analysis of variance. A brief introduction to correlation and
univariate linear regression. Basic statistical methods for both continuous and dichotomous data

CHEM 111 General Chemistry 1

Introduction to the principles of chemistry including physical and chemical changes, energetic,
atomic structure, bonding, nomenclature, chemical calculations, chemical reactions (including
solubility, neutralization, and oxidation-reduction) gas laws, solutions, acids and bases, pH,
equilibrium, and nuclear chemistry.

PHYS 143 Mechanics and Thermal Physics

Conceptual view of physics, Newtonian mechanics, wave motion, heat and thermodynamics,
fluids, Wave motion, electricity and magnetism, geometrical and physical optics, Introduction to

59
concepts of relativity, quantum theory, atomic and nuclear physics. Application of physical
principles to related scientific disciplines including life sciences.

ABCS 101 Introductory Animal Biology

Introduction, Anatomical terminology and nomenclature, Structure and organisation of the cell,
Basic tissues, Musculoskeletal system, Digestive System, Renal System, Integumentary System
and Appendages, Reproductive System, Endocrine System, Special sensory organs

BAHS 103 Introduction to Computer Studies

The course is to provide the students with basic understanding of the historical evolution of the
computer, types of computers and the classification of computers. Components of the computer
including the hardware and software are covered. It will also the students to Identify the different
categories of computer software and their uses and appreciate the areas of application of
computers in society, thereby stimulating their thought to regard the computer as a tool for human
use rather than a master.

UGRC 150 Critical Thinking and Practical Reasoning

An essential element in the training of social studies and humanities students is providing a
corrective and diagnostic skill set that enables students to discriminate logically between:
rhetorical ploys that give motives vs. arguments providing good logical reasons for believing an
assertion. Students need to recognize the contrast between inductive and deductive reasoning and
the different types of support yielded by each, to evaluate the quality of evidence confirming an
empirical hypothesis about human conduct, to maintain individual professional and scholarly
discretion in the face of peer pressure and mob mentality. These enrolled in this course will be
provided the vocabulary and techniques to employ critical thought and practice within the
academic arena and beyond.

UGRC 110 Academic Writing I

The main objective of Academic Writing I is to equip students with the language skills that will
enable them to read and write effectively. Students will be taken initially through fundamental
issues in grammar and composition in order to consolidate their language skills in these areas.
Subsequently, reading and writing skills relevant to university work will be introduced. These will
include the structure of the essay, unity, completeness and coherence in essay writing;
summarizing as a skill basic to exposition, writing from sources, referencing skills and avoiding
plagiarism. The course will be taught in small groups and class activities are characterised by
group work, oral presentations and extensive practical assignments

BAHS 101 Introduction to Microbiology

History of Microbiology; Microbiology Laboratory equipment; Laboratory safety measures; Types
and preparation of glassware and specimen containers; principles of specimen collection and
documentation; Transportation, receipt and handling of specimen ; Normal flora and transmission
of microbial agents; Introduction to Parasitology and parasitism; Host-parasites interrelationships;
introduction to microscopy; Colonial morphology; Diagnostic techniques for staining of detection
of parasites; Basic Parasitological staining techniques (negative and tissue staining); Introduction
to Virology; Viral structure and classification; Republication of viruses; DNA and RNA viruses of
medical importance ; Ultra structure of bacteria; classification of bacteria Anaerobes and
facultative anaerobes Rickettsia and Chlamydia; Aerobic and microaerophilic rods and cocci;
Pathogenic factors, Bacterial Genetics; Bacterial Genetics; Bacterial physiology, nutrition and
biochemical characteristic

Level 100 Semester 2

BAHS 102 Human Anatomy
The course aims to help students appreciate the normal structure of the human body and apply this
knowledge in the health sciences. By the end of the course students should be able to describe the
basic structure of the cell and explain cell division; describe the embryological development of the
organs of the body and possible deviations; describe the anatomical structures of the respiratory,

60
digestive, nervous, lymphatic and circulatory system; and Outline the medical and nursing
application of the organs (applied anatomy)

BAHS 104 Human Anatomy Practical

The course aims to help students to appreciate the relationship between structures in the human
body which will support the lectures in the laboratory. By the end of the course students should be
able to identify anatomical structures of the respiratory, digestive, nervous, lymphatic and
circulatory system; draw a label simple anatomic structures like the male and female reproductive
system; identification of parts of bones in the human body, identification of muscles, nerves and
major blood vessels.

BAHS 106 Basic Physiology

This course is to provide the students with the knowledge and understanding of how the body
maintains homeostasis by the feedback systems and describe the physiology of the cell and
transport across the cell membrane. It will also cover the heart as a pump, hemodynamic and
haemostasis in the cardiovascular system and explain the mechanism of breathing and transport of
gases in the blood. Other areas to be covered include processes involved in the digestion of food
and metabolic processes and body the body fluid compartments. The elements of renal function;
the physiology of the special senses (sight, hearing, taste, and smell) and physiology of the
musculoskeletal system as well as the mechanism of hormonal secretion and regulation of the
glands of the endocrine system and functions of the male and female reproductive systems will be
covered

BAHS 108 Basic Physiology Practicals

The laboratory sequence will support topics under BAHS 106 (Basic Physiology) to enable the
demonstrate the use of instruments to measure some specific physiological parameters

BAHS 112 Introductory Biochemistry

Cell Theory; The Three Domains of Life; Prokaryotes and eukaryotes; subcellular organelles
(compartmentalization of cellular processes); pH and buffer solutions; chemistry of water,
definition of pH, the pH scale, buffer solutions and buffer capacity; the Henderson-Hasselbach
equation in the preparation of buffer solutions. Chemistry and functions of biological molecules
(biomolecules: monomers, polymers, macromolecules, Carbohydrates: mono-, di-, oligo- and
polysaccharides, stereoisomerism. Lipids: different types (fatty acids, triacylglycerols,
phospholipids, steroids, cholesterol). Amino acids and proteins: protein structure, classification.
Nucleotides; nucleic acids. Formation of nucleic acids; Secondary, tertiary, and quaternary
structures of DNA; Secondary, tertiary, and quaternary structures of RNA. Flow of genetic
information. Replication, Transcription, Translation. Other aspects of nucleic acids and protein
synthesis. Mutations. Anti-biotics. Vitamins and coenzymes. Enzymes, Properties and
classification, cofactors and coenzymes, kinetics (effect of pH, temperature, [S], [E] on enzyme-
catalyzed reactions, Michaelis-Menten equation); regulation (activation and inhibition).
Membranes and Membrane Protein: General membrane function. Membrane composition.
Phospholipid bilayer. Membrane structure. Posttranslational modification. Membrane fluidity.
Diffusion in membranes. Movement of ions and molecules across membranes. Transport across
membranes.

RDGY 102 Introductory Radiography

This course is designed to provide the basic skills and knowledge that the students will need to
prepare them for their first experience of clinical work. It aims to provide them with an overview
of the Imaging Department and a basic working knowledge of an X-ray room. Student will be
required to take an active part in basic X-ray examinations of the appendicular skeleton.

61
BAHS 112 Introductory Psychology for Allied Health Sciences
This course is designed to introduce students to psychology as a discipline and a profession. The
emphasis is on the scope of psychology and introductory topics in psychology like the history and
subfields of psychology. The various major theories in psychology will also be discussed.

GSPH 214 Writing for Public Health

The course is to provide the students with the knowledge to communicate health messages in a
clear and effective way It will include writing readable health messages, summarizing, important
points, write lists, choosing a style that is easy to follow; using the active voice; defining difficult
words by context clues

UGRC 220 Liberal and African Studies

This introduction aims to provide basic background knowledge of Africa, its histories, peoples and
cultures. It serves as the spring board from which to launch the elective courses on African and
Liberal Studies.

BAHS 201 Computer Applications

An introduction to computers and data processing. Historical and current status of data processing
and electronics digital computer applications; foundation of computer programming; survey of
programming language. Survey of World Wide Web applications and use including the browsers,
search engine, e-mail, news groups, FTP, multimedia, etc. The computing security problem.
Advanced features of microcomputers applications packages such as word processors,
spreadsheets, graphic presentation software, creation and use of macros, styles, and scripts etc.

SOCI 316 Medical Sociology

Current knowledge of health production emphasizes the need to perceive health as
multidimensional in character. This is because of the critical nexus between the health status of an
individual and the cultural, political, economic and the physical environment that influence his/her
health/seeking behavior. The multidimensional character of health is even more relevant in view
of the fact that the definition of the patient is no longer restricted to an individual; the concept now
applies to a whole community. Medical Sociology thus offers a junction where biology and
society meet. The pursuit of this course thus gives the student a wider horizon to appreciate the
various intermediations in health production. At the end of this course, students should be able to
critically assess the outcomes of various interventions in health care processes

PSCY 307 Human Growth and Development I

The meaning of development the domains of human development, themes in human development,
Why study human development, human growth sequence, prenatal development, the neonate:
prematurity, causes and consequences, physical development, psychological Implications of
physical development, cognitive Development, personality and social development:
psychoanalytic theories, socialization: social learning theories. Mechanisms of socialization,
agents of socialization, moral development: psychoanalytic theories, cognitive theories, social
learning theories, Culture, Gender and moral development, topical Issues: culture and
development, child abuse, the difficult or the maladjusted Child, adolescent delinquency.

PSYC 308 Human Growth Development II

Adult development and Aging, Domains of Adult Development, Career in basics and Applied
Gerontology. The concept of adulthood: psychological theories of adulthood, stages of adulthood,
critique of stage theory, the concept of age. Adulthood physical development: changes in the sense
organs, sex and reproduction, health and vitality. Adulthood: cognitive development: changes in
intelligence, fluid and crystallized intelligence, factors responsible for developmental changes.
Adulthood: Psychosocial development: stages of adult development: early adulthood, middle
adulthood, critique of stage theory revisited, the social clock, affiliation needs, achievement needs.
Late adulthood: physical development: the aging process, aging and disease, causes of the aging
process, Late adulthood and cognitive development: learning in old age, dementia. Late adulthood:
psychosocial development: theories: disengagement, activity, continuity and discontinuity,

62
diversity, changes in achieveme
nt patterns, employment and retirement

BAHS 204 General Pathology

Characteristics and nomenclature of disease, cellular basis of disease – causes of cell injury;
cellular response to stimuli including homeostasis and steady state, cellular adaptations, reversible
and irreversible (cell death) cell injury ,tissue response to injury – acute and chronic inflammation
including beneficial and harmful effects; healing including concept of regeneration & repair;
wound healing (primary and secondary); healing of fracture and special tissues; factors affecting
healing, circulatory disturbances - hyperaemia and congestion; shock; oedema; thrombosis;
embolism; ischaemia and infarction, neoplasia - definition, classification and nomenclature;
general characteristics of neoplasms (benign and malignant); staging and grading of cancers
(concept of tumour differentiation); metastases and routes of dissemination; carcinogenesis

DIET 102 Introduction to Professional Practice

This course will introduce students to the diversity of activities performed by dieticians in the health
sector, to familiarize themselves with the professional practice and code of conduct of dieticians. The
course will help students appreciate the strengths and limitations of dieticians, identify factors which
hinder effective communication with patients and other professionals, understand and develop the
skill of reflective practice and be aware of evidence based practice and medical terminologies
abbreviations.

DIET 201 Communication Skills and Nutrition Education

The work of dieticians involves dealing with groups of people or individual clients. Good
communication skill is a vital requirement to being a dietician. This course will teach students the
dynamics of communication, intellectual communication skills, and barriers to communication,
interpersonal communication, counselling and counselling techniques, forms of Nutrition
Education, and methods of delivery of nutrition information to the public, designing and use of
Nutrition education materials.

DIET 202 Nutrition Assessment

This course will introduce students to the socio-economic factors affecting nutrition,
anthropometric methods, dietary assessment methods, quantities of food intake, data collection,
use of food composition tables or nutrient data bases and microcomputer dietary analysis software
packages, Recommended nutrient intake tables, biochemical Assessment, clinical signs of
deficiencies, Derivation of recommended nutrient intake value.

DIET 203 Basic Concepts in Nutrition

This course deals with food constituents and their properties, metabolism and effects of their
deficiencies: protein, fat, carbohydrates, water, mineral, vitamins, flavour, pigments, anti-
oxidants and oxidants, organic acids, food additives, natural toxicants and symptoms of toxicity.
Food commodity.

DIET 204 Nutritional Biochemistry

In this course, the biochemical basis for mammalian nutritional requirements will be surveyed.
The relationship between energy expenditure, energy uptake and weight loss or gain will be
studied. Recent studies on gene expression and nutrients free – radicals, leptins and integration of
metabolism will be discussed.

DIET 206 General Anatomy for Dieticians

This course is designed to give students the grounding in the structural and functional basis of
certain systems in the human body. The course will focus on and study in detail, the gross
anatomy and histology of oropharyngeal and post pharyngeal structures, structure and functions of
accessory glands, mechanical processes of the GIS, the enteric nervous system, secretions of the
GIS, Digestion and assimilation, disorders of the GIT, structure of the heart and blood vessels,

63
blood circulation, basic concepts of electrical and mechanical activities of the heart, the lymphatic
system, excretory system, endocrine system and metabolism and the reproductive system.

DEIT 208 Microbiology

This course is designed to equip students of the protective measures to prevent food-borne
diseases. This will include a knowledge of the history of microbes and their mode of transmission,
common food borne microorganisms, principles of sanitation and sterilization, personal hygiene,
mechanisms of food spoilage, prevention and control of food-borne diseases, methods of food
preservation and post-harvest storage, insect and pest management.

DIET 210 Microbiology Practicals

This course will involve the demonstration and preparation of microbiological culture, an
introduction and bacterial cultivation, aseptic techniques, isolating microorganisms from food
substances, simple staining techniques and techniques in microscopy.

DIET 212 Food Analysis (Practical)

The aim of this course is to introduce students to analytical techniques in determining macro and
micro nutrient component of food and formulated diet. The course will involve sampling in food
in analysis, laboratory report writing, and principles of food analysis methods, determination of
moisture, ash, crude fat, crude protein, energy value, vitamin C, iron, sodium and chloride.

DIET 302 Food Quality, Processing and Preservation (Theory)

The course provides an overview of food processing and preservation techniques, effects of
processing on food quality, food fortification and food enrichments, types and use of food
additives, food labelling, food quality characteristics – appearance factors, (colour, shape, size,
gloss), consistency, textural factors, microbiological factors, nutritional factors, functional
properties, methods of quality evaluation, food Quality Deterioration and factors Influencing
deterioration.

DIET 303 Food Service and Catering Management (Theory)

The course aims to equip students with knowledge of basic food preparation methods, which is
integrated with work on portion size and modification of diet to meet special dietary needs in
some clinical conditions. This course will explore the range and relative cost of foods available to
the general public including nutrient modified foods, commonly consumed foods, including fast
foods and their nutrient content, menu planning, recipe development and standardization, meal
planning, preparation and evaluation for infants, pre-school children, school age children,
adolescents, adults, the aged, pregnant and lactating mothers and people of different cultural
backgrounds. Food evaluation with respect to nutritional adequacy, sensory quality and portion
size are key components of the course. The will also include food service organisation,
management and menu planning exercises.

DIET 304 Food Quality Processing and Preservation (Practical)

The course provides students some analytical skills for the evaluation of food quality using
laboratory exercises to determine some physical, chemical and microbiological characteristics of
foods. Students are also equipped with practical skills related to preservation of food including the
use of various techniques and additives for food preservation.

DIET 305 Food Service And Catering Management (Practical)

This course aims at equipping students with basic cooking skills, choice of foods for different
groups of people and clinical conditions, portion size and nutrient estimation, recipe modification
and development and standardization.

DIET 306 Diet and Disease I

This course aims at equipping students with the basic etiologic factors and pathogenetic
mechanisms involved in development of the diseases. It will also provide students with an
understanding of the biochemical and pathological abnormalities underlying diseases, nutritional

64
problems associated with the diseases, clinical features of diseases, appropriate medical
terminology and the medical management of these conditions.

DIET 307 Nutrition in the Life Cycle

The course aims to equip students with knowledge of the relationship between nutrition and the
various stages of the life cycle and the recommended nutrient intakes at each stage. This will
include nutrition in: pregnancy, lactation infant growth and development, childhood – (Pre-school
and school going), adolescence, adulthood and the elderly. Adequate nutrient intake levels for the
various stages of the life cycle will be covered.

DIET 308 Diet Therapy I

This course aims at equipping students with the Nutrition Care Process. It also covers the
principles underlying dietary modifications used in clinical management of the patient, devising
and constructing appropriate dietary regimes for patients suffering from diseases addressed in Diet
and Disease I, devising and constructing appropriate enteral and parenteral nutrition support when
indicated in the clinical management of patients with the conditions covered in Diet and Disease I
and also to translate the most up to date public health and scientific research on food, health and
diseases into practical advice to facilitate behaviour change and enable peole to make appropriate
lifestyle and food choices.

DIET 309 Genetics and Nutrition

This course explores the pathogenesis of the genetic aberrations and how they affect bioavailabity
of food nutrients and the role of nutrients and other biologically active food componentson gene
expression. This course will cover the fundamentals of genetics, chromosomal aberrations, single
gene defects with classical inheritance – Effects, mechanisms and modes of inheritance, single
gene defects with non-classic inheritance, Nutrigenomics and Nutrigenetics.

DIET 310 Dietetic Practicum I

This is a clinical course that provides opportunities for the dietetics student to observe and gain
experience dietetics practice. It involves application of knowledge gained in theoretical courses to
patient management. Students will be introduced to art of history taking and the science of
interpreting laboratory results.

DIET 311 Co-ordinated Course in Physiology and Biochemistry

This course seeks to develop a critical understanding of the biochemical nature of food molecules
and their functional roles, an understanding of the mechanisms of the absorption of nutrients along
the alimentary tract, metabolic rate and factors regulating the metabolic rate. It will also help
students to appreciate the neuro-endocrine factors that regulate energy balance in the individual.

DIET 313 Food Safety

This course cover the issues relating food safety, hazards associated with contaminants, food
borne carcinogens, food allergies and food intolerance, food additives, food labelling, Food Safety
Risk Assessment, prevention and control of food safety risks, Hazard Analysis and Critical Points
(HACCP), bioterrorism and Ghanaian food laws and regulation.

DIET 314 Community Nutrition

This course aims to identify nutritional problems in the community and offer appropriate
interventions to the community nutrition problems by exploring the socio-cultural factors in
nutrition, foods and the consumer, identifying and assessing community nutrition resource,
community interactions that promote healthy life styles, national and international health and
nutrition policies, school-based canteens, supplementary feeding programmes, food fortification
programme and ecological factors affecting nutrition.

DIET 315 Pharmacology in Diet

This course provides a general overview of the definition and classification of drugs,
pharmacodynamics, pharmacokinetics, principles and mechanisms of drug action, therapeutics of

65
drugs, risk factors for food-drug interactions, effects of food on drug therapy, effects of drugs on
food and nutrition, modification of drug action, effects of drugs on nutritional status.

DIET 316 Food Habits

This course is designed to create and awareness of the cultural, social, religious and economic
factors that affect food choices, psychological aspects of eating in both normal and eating
disorders, eating patterns of selected populations and stages in the nutrition transition.

DIET 403 Diets and Disease II

This course continues with Diet and Disease I. It covers the etiologic factors and pathogenetic
mechanisms involved in development of the diseases, the biochemical and pathological
abnormalities underlying diseases, nutritional problems associated with diseases,clinical features
of these diseases, the appropriate medical terminology and the medical management of these
conditions. Diseases to be covered are, respiratory diseases ,diabetes, cardiovascular disease,
renal disorders – glomerular diseases, renal failure, renal stones, HIV/AIDS and complications,
metabolic stress – infection and sepsis; trauma; burns and surgery.

DIET 404 Diet and Disease III

This course continues with Diet and Disease II. It covers the etiologic factors and pathogenetic
mechanisms involved in development of the diseases, the biochemical and pathological
abnormalities underlying diseases, nutritional problems associated with diseases, clinical features
of these diseases, the appropriate medical terminology and the medical management of these
conditions. Conditions to be covered include High risk new-borns, Neurological Disorders –
Problems with Swallowing; Alzheimer’s disease; Parkinson’s disease; Multiple Sclerosis;
Myasthenia Gravis; Endocrine Disorders, Cancer Prevention and Treatment, Metabolic Disorders
– Gout, Inborn Errors of Metabolism, Rehabilitation Conditions – Stroke; Head and Spinal cord
Injury.

DIET 405 Diet Therapy II

This course aims at equipping students with the principles underlying dietary modifications used
in clinical management of the patient, devising and constructing appropriate dietary regimes for
patients suffering from diseases addressed in Diet and Disease II, devising and constructing
appropriate enteral and parenteral nutrition support when indicated in the clinical management of
patients with the conditions covered in Diet and Disease I and also to translate the most up to date
public health and scientific research on food, health and diseases into practical advice to facilitate
behaviour change and enable people to make appropriate lifestyle and food choices.

DIET 406 Diet Therapy III

This course aims at equipping students with the principles underlying dietary modifications used
in clinical management of the patient, devising and constructing appropriate dietary regimes for
patients suffering from diseases addressed in Diet and Disease III, devising and constructing
appropriate enteral and parenteral nutrition support when indicated in the clinical management of
patients with the conditions covered in Diet and Disease I and also to translate the most up to date
public health and scientific research on food, health and diseases into practical advice to facilitate
behaviour change and enable people to make appropriate lifestyle and food choices.

DIET 407 Nutrition and Health Promotion

This course seeks to develop an understanding of the theory of health promotion, applying
nutrition knowledge gained in other courses to the field of health promotion, analysing latest
developments in health promotion in relation to nutrition (local foods, supplements, beverages,
etc.), understanding of contemporary and controversial issues in nutrition health promotion,
applying nutritional knowledge to address the nutritional needs of people and athletes, planning,
implementing, monitoring and evaluating a health promoting programme. It covers the energy,
nutrient and fluid needs of sports men, sports and weight monitoring, the ethics of health
promotion, development of nutritional health promotion programmes, strategies for health
promotion and lifestyle changes, politics of health promotion, health promotion programmes in

66
Ghana, the principles of programme management, including assessment, planning, implementation
and evaluation, role of diet and exercise in energy balance, role of the dietitian and the
multidisciplinary team in health education and health promotion.

DIET 408 Special Topics in Nutrition and Dietetics

This course is designed to provide students with an insight into current issues in nutrition and
dietetics. It provides students with knowledge of dietary supplements available on the Ghanaian
market and understand their role in health and how to critically evaluate health claims of dietary
supplements and nutritional claims of herbal products. Students will familiarise themselves with
natural and artificial spices on the Ghanaian market and their health implications. Students will
also be equipped with knowledge of functional foods and examine the concept of regenerative
health and the blood type diet.

DIET 410 Project Work

The course is designed to teach students how to identify a problem of relevance in dietetics, the
use of tools and methods to collect relevant information to address the problem, write up up
findings in an acceptable scientific format, use nutrition and dietetic research findings to support
evidence-based practice in dietetics and exhibit good oral presentation style.

DIET 412 Dietetic Practicum II

The course provides practical experience for dietetic students to work with practicing dieticians in
hospitals and elsewhere. It builds on the experiences obtained during clinical attachment II and
dietetic practicum I and II. Students complete a logbook and are assessed at the end of the course
using the logbook and clinical oral examinations. The logbook forms 30% of the final mark.

67
 BSC PHYSIOTHERAPY

PROGRAMME OBJECTIVES:

At the end of the training, the physiotherapy graduands should be able to: Promote the health and
well-being of the individual and the general public/society; Prevent impairments, functional
limitations, and disabilities in individuals at risk of altered movement behaviours due to health or
medically related factors, socio-economic stressors, and lifestyle factors; Provide interventions to
restore integrity of body systems essential to movement, maximise function and recuperation,
minimise incapacity, and enhance the quality of life in individuals, Promote research efforts and to
share freely the results of such research and evaluation through a range of dissemination routes;
Demonstrate duty and responsibility to use evidence to inform practice and to ensure that the care of
clients, their careers and communities is based on the best available evidence.

The students will be expected to demonstrate adequate understanding of the role and function of the
other disciplines, appreciating the core differences as well as the common features; Exhibit
professional actions and conduct that are always within professional code of Ethics and Conduct;
Develop effective working relationships with the colleagues and other health professionals through
communication and improved understanding; Develop an attitude and responsibility for life-long
learning and continuous professional growth and development and collaborate with other healthcare
professionals in the care of clients as may be found applicable to physiotherapy.

LEVEL 100 COURSES

SEMESTER 1
Course Code Course Title Credit Hours
STAT 101 Introduction to Statistics 3
BAHS 101 Introduction to Microbiology 3
CHEM 111 General Chemistry 1 3
PHYS 143 Mechanics and Thermal Physics 3
ABCS 101 Introductory Animal Biology 3
BAHS 113 Introduction to Computer Studies 1
UGRC 150 Critical Thinking and Practical Reasoning 3
UGRC110 Academic Writing І 3

SEMESTER 2

Course Code Course Title Credit Hours

BAHS 102 Human Anatomy 3
BAHS 104 Human Anatomy Practical 1
CHEM 112 General Chemistry II 3
CHEM 110 Practical Chemistry 1
BAHS 106 Basic Physiology 3
BAHS 108 Basic Physiology Practical 1
PSTR 104 Introduction to Physiotherapy 2
GSPH 214 Writing for Public Health 3
UGRC 220 Liberal and African Studies 3
BAHS 112 Introductory Psychology for Allied Health Sciences 2

*PSTR 100: Professional Practice Placement: Clinical Attachment I

Introductory Clinical Practice (4 weeks, 120 hour

68
 LEVEL 200 COURSES
SEMESTER 3
Course Code Course Title Credit Hours
BAHS 211 Basic Computer Application 3
BAHS 213 Statistics 2
BAHS 207 General Biochemistry 2
PSTR 201 Applied Anatomy 2
PSTR 203 Applied Anatomy Practical 1
SOCI 316 Medical Sociology 3
PSTR 209 Electrophysics 2
PSTR 211 Assessment Skill I 2

SEMESTER 4
Course Code Course Title Credit Hours
BAHS 214 General Pathology 3
PSTR 212 Biomechanics 2
PSTR 214 Assessment Skills II 2
PSTR 204 Neuroscience 2
PSCY 308 Human Growth & Development 2
PSTR 206 Massage 2
PSTR 202 Clinical Measurement and Instrumentation 2
PSTR 208 Health promotion and disease prevention 2

*PSTR 200: Professional Practice Placement: Clinical Attachment II Clinical

Practice (6 weeks, 180 hours)

LEVEL 300 COURSES

SEMESTER 5
Course Code Course Title Credit Hours
BAHS 311 Research Methodology 2
PSTR 310 Clinical Rotation I 2
PSTR 301 Kinesiology 2
PSTR 303 Therapeutic Exercise 3
PSTR 305 Electrotherapy I 3
PSTR 307 Neurorehabilitation 1 2
PSTR 309 Rheumatology 2
PSTR 311 Systemic Pathology 3

SEMESTER 6
Course Code Course Title Credit Hours
BAHS 302 Health Law and Ethics 2
PSTR 302 Traumatic and Skeletal Disorders 2
PSTR 304 Neurorehabilitation II 2
PSTR 306 Electrotherapy II 3
PSTR 308 Pathokinesiology 2
PSTR 310 Clinical Rotation I 2
PSTR 312 Therapeutic Modalities I 2
PSTR 314 Paediatrics 2
OTTR 312 Community Rehabilitation 2

*PSTR 300: Professional Practice Placement: Clinical Attachment III

Clinical Practice (6 weeks, 240 hours)

69
 LEVEL 400 COURSES
SEMESTER 7
Course Code Course Title Credit Hours
BAHS 401 Principles of management 2
PSTR 410 Clinical Rotation II 2
PSTR 401 Obstetrics and Gynaecology 2
PSTR 403 Dermatology & Burns 2
PSTR 405 Health and Physical Fitness 2
PSTR 409 Therapeutic Modalities II 2
PSTR 411 Cardiopulmonary & Intensive Care 2
PSTR 420 Project (Dissertation) 2

SEMESTER 8
Course Code Course Title Credit Hours MLAB 402
Applied Health Sciences Management 2
PSTR 404 Sports Physiotherapy 2
PSTR 406 Ergonomics & Industrial Physiotherapy 2
PSTR 408 Pharmacology in Physiotherapy 2
PSTR 410 Clinical Rotation II 2
PSTR 412 Geriatrics 2
PSTR 420 Project (Dissertation) 2

N.B. PSTR 310 and PSTR 410 are 4 credit courses each but they are split into І & ІІ because
they run through both semesters per session. Examinations for the two courses take place at
the end of the second semester for the respective academic sessions. Likewise, PSTR 420 is a
4-credit course which is split into І & ІІ in the book. Completion and examination of the
course takes place at the end of second semester.

UGRC 110 Academic Writing I

The main objective of Academic Writing I is to equip students with the language skills that will
enable them to read and write effectively. Students will be taken initially through fundamental issues
in grammar and composition in order to consolidate their language skills in these areas.
Subsequently, reading and writing skills relevant to university work will be introduced. These will
include the structure of the essay, unity, completeness and coherence in essay writing; summarizing
as a skill basic to exposition, writing from sources, referencing skills and avoiding plagiarism. The
course will be taught in small groups and class activities are characterised by group work, oral
presentations and extensive practical assignments.

UGRC 220 Liberal and African Studies

This introduction aims to provide basic background knowledge of Africa, its histories, peoples and
cultures. It serves as the spring board from which to launch the elective courses on African and
Liberal Studies. It covers such essential aspects as gendered nature of African societies, leadership
roles, gender and culture etc.

STAT 101 Introductory Statistics

The course provides basic understanding of statistics as pertain to types of data, descriptive statistics
and plots, Theoretical distributions, probability, estimation, Hypothesis testing, and one-way analysis
of variance. A brief introduction to correlation and univariate linear regression is also highlighted
including basic statistical methods for both continuous and dichotomous data.

BAHS 102 Human Anatomy

The course provides background understanding of human bodily structures. Students will be
introduced to anatomical terminology and nomenclature, structure and organisation of the cell, Basic
tissues, musculoskeletal system, digestive System, renal system, integumentary system and

70
appendages. It also covers reproductive system, endocrine system and special sensory organs.

CHEM 111 Physical and Inorganic Chemistry

Students are introduced to the principles of chemistry including physical and chemical changes,
energetics, atomic structure, bonding, nomenclature, chemical calculations, chemical reactions
(including solubility, neutralization, and oxidation-reduction). Theoretical framework for Gas laws,
solutions, acids and bases, pH, equilibrium, and nuclear chemistry are highlighted.

BAHS 104 Human Anatomy Practical

The sequential laboratory work will support topics under BAHS 102 (General Anatomy) wherein
students will be made to appreciate the anatomical structures through dissections of cadaver.

CHEM 112 General Chemistry II

The course will provide requisite knowledge from the following topics: Molecular composition and
structure of organic compound; Determination and calculation of empirical and molecular formulae;
Stereochemistry and isomerism; Hybridization; Nomenclature of polyfunctional organic compounds;
Saturated Hydrocarbons (Alkanes and cycloalkanes); Unsaturated Hydrocarbons (Alkenes, Alkynes,
Aromatics); Alcohols, Phenols, Ethers, and Thioalcohols; Aldehydes and Ketones; Carboxylic
Acids, Esters, and Related Compounds; Amines and Amides; Stereoisomerism; Synthetic polymers
Plastics; Natural products (Alkaloids, terpenes, steroids. Pheromones).

BAHS 106 Basic Physiology

The course exposes students to functional status of human structural systems upon which deviations
from normalcy can easily be detected. It covers the following topics: Functions of the cell organelles
and the cell membrane; Basic concept of cell transport in biological systems; Excitable and non-
excitable tissues; Neurotransmitters and synaptic transmission and their application in drug- receptor
interaction; Electrical and mechanical activity of the heart; Formation, composition and functions of
the blood, Haemodynamics; Mechanism of breathing, gaseous transport and exchange. Functions of
GIT (peristaltic and mixing movements).

BAHS 108 Basic Physiology Practical

The course aims to demonstrate fundamental physiologic principles using standard instruments and
practical laboratory methods and processes. By the end of the course students should be able to
demonstrate cell osmometry using human blood; explain key haematological parameters; measure
blood pressure, pulse, ECG, salivary secretion and lung volumes in man; demonstrate and explain
normal and abnormal breathing patterns in man; assess nerve reflexes in man; and determine sex,
assess integrity of sperm sample, and test for pregnancy using urine samples.

CHEM 110 Practical Chemistry

Students will be made to observe and undergo procedural laboratory work as a supplement to their
theoretical knowledge. The task will include: Safety in the chemistry laboratory; Errors in the
chemistry laboratory; The use of the analytical balance; Calibration of volumetric ware: Pipette,
Burette and volumetric flask; Preparation of standard solutions; Acid-base titration (basic);
Identification of functional groups in organic compounds; Quantitative determination; Colorimetric
determination of concentration of substances in coloured solutions; Experimental determinations
with ultraviolet/visible light.

PHYS 143 Mechanics and Thermal Physics

This course will afford students the opportunity to acquire knowledge about: Conceptual view of
physics, Newtonian mechanics, wave motion; Heat and thermodynamics, fluids, Wave motion,
electricity and magnetism; Geometrical and physical optics, Introduction to concepts of relativity,
quantum theory, atomic and nuclear physics; and application of physical principles to related
scientific disciplines including life sciences.

ABCS 101 Introductory Animal Biology

This is an introductory biology course with an emphasis on humans. Topics include fundamental

71
concepts of cell biology, histology, microbiology, and genetics.

BAHS 112 Introductory Psychology for Allied Health Sciences

This course is designed to introduce students to psychology as a discipline and a profession. The
emphasis is on the scope of psychology and introductory topics in psychology like the history and
subfields of psychology. The various major theories in psychology will also be discussed.

BAHS 113 Introduction to Computer Studies

This course creates knowledge acquisition about computer application among the students. They will
be made to understand the basic principles and mode of operation in computer. It will demystify the
following topics for profound understanding: What is a computer? History of computers; Computer
types; Hardware and software; Basic operations; Data sizes and speeds; Inside a computer case
(Motherboard, Processor, Memory, Disks); Peripherals (Input Devices, Output Devices, Future
Peripherals); System software; Application software; Personal Networks; Security; Internet;
Development; Databases

UGCR 150 Critical Thinking and Practical Reasoning

The essential components of the course will include: Health and health management information
search and appraisal strategies; Socratic questioning; knowledge construction; reflective thinking;
basis of clinical reasoning and scientific inquiry; creative/lateral thinking; Models of health and
disability; application; academic and professional communication; scholarship/scientific writing;
ethics; collaborative models.

PSTR 104 Introduction to Physiotherapy

This course informs students about the historical development and evolution of physiotherapy. It
seeks to introduce students to the scope of practice of physiotherapy and create the awareness of the
holistic roles of Physiotherapy in rehabilitation and health care delivery; and also the roles and
contribution of other professionals within the healthcare team. i.e. Nurses, Doctors, Dieticians,
Occupational Therapists. Students will also be introduced to available skills and techniques in
physiotherapy practice.

BAHS 101 Introduction to Microbiology

To introduce the students to Medical Microbiology as a field of study. At the end of the course
students should be able to describe the structure, general characteristics, classification, cultivation,
methods of identification and modes of transmission of various microbial agents of medical
importance and state their antigenic components; explain the pathogenic mechanisms, methods of
prevention and control of the diseases caused by various disease causing organisms; state causes
of nosocomial infection and principles of their prevention and control – sterilization and
disinfection, isolation etc.

GSPH 214 Writing for Public Health

The course is to provide the students with the knowledge to communicate health messages in a
clear and effective way It will include writing readable health messages, summarizing, important
points, write lists, choosing a style that is easy to follow; using the active voice; defining difficult
words by context clues

BAHS 211 Basic Computer Application

The course entails the following: An introduction to computers and data processing. Historical and
current status of data processing and electronic digital computers; a survey of computer
applications; foundations of computer programming; survey of programming languages. Survey
of World Wide Web applications and use including browsers, search engines, e-mail, news
groups, FTP, multimedia, etc. The computing security problem. Advanced features of
microcomputer applications packages such as word processors, spread sheets, graphic presentation
software, etc. Creation and use of macros, styles, and scripts etc.

72
BAHS 213 Statistics
This course provides students with an enduring understanding of, and appreciation for, the
statistical processes most used in healthcare research. Emphasis is placed on development of a
working knowledge of basic statistical processes sufficient for evaluation and interpretation of the
statistical methods and findings in published reports of research.

BAHS 214 General Pathology

This course introduces students to current understanding of the basic scientific principles of
causation, mechanisms and characteristics including manifestations of the major categories of
diseases. The course will cover the processes and mechanisms and the structural and functional
changes in cells, tissues, and organs that underlie human diseases.

BAHS 207 General Biochemistry

The core components of the course include: Hormones - General mechanisms of hormone action,
Regulation of hormone level, Actions of specific hormones, Clinical correlations. Glycolysis,
gluconeogenesis, TCA cycles - Schema of glycolysis -biomedical importance, Hormonal control
of glycolysis, Irreversible reactions in glycolysis, Hormonal regulation of blood glucose, Citric
acid cycle (schema of Krebs cycle). Metabolism of glycogen, Cori cycle - Glycogen: synthesis,
branching enzymes. Glycogenolysis, debranching enzymes.Glycogen in the liver and muscle cells.
Cori cycle. Pentose phosphate pathways (PPP) - Schema of PPP – relation between PPP and
glycolysis, PPP in protection of erythrocytes.Metabolism of fructose and galactose. Conservation
of chemical energy - Physical-chemical principles of cellular energy transformations.

PSTR 201 Applied Anatomy

Applied anatomy provides detailed insight into structures and their related functions in the
different anatomical regions of the body; and associates them with clinical conditions encountered
by the Physiotherapist.

PSTR 203 Applied Anatomy Practical

This course is the practical aspect of PSTR 201 Applied Anatomy. It involves the dissection of
cadavers to observe and identify the structures found in the different regions of the body.

PSTR 209 Electrophysics

This course introduces students to applied electromagnetics, space physics, semi-conductor
device, stimulation and imaging. The course will also provide understanding about the laws of
electricity and electrostatics. Basic knowledge about capacitors, continuous charge distribution
and dipoles will be comprehensively highlighted.

PSTR 211 Assessment Skills 1

The course introduces to students the theory and practice of basic physiotherapy skills and
principles of a patient assessment and handling techniques in order to arrive at a definite
impression, plan treatment and/or prescribe assistive devices accordingly

PSTR 202: Clinical Measurements and Instrumentation

This course educates and provides students with the skills, tools and instruments used in the
assessment and evaluation of patients’ clinical conditions. The course aims to expose students on
the use of evidence based evaluation using standardized objective measurement tools.

PSTR 206 Massage

The course focuses on the acquisition of knowledge and skill in massage and myofascial release.
Students will be made to understand the indications and contra-indications of massage therapy as
well as the rationale for selection of massage techniques.

PSTR 208 Health Promotion and Disease Prevention

The course seeks to develop an understanding of the theory of health and disease prevention. It
will cover the following key topics: Health Promotion: Educational theories and models of health

73
behaviour related to patient learning Developments of physiotherapy health promotion
programmes; Ethics of health promotion; Strategies for health promotion and life style changes;
Health promotion programmes in Ghana. Role of the physiotherapist and the multidisciplinary
team in health education and health promotion; Preparation of a physiotherapy related health
education material for use in a health education context. Principles of programme management,
including assessment, planning, implementation and evaluation; Disease Prevention;
Epidemiology – Definition, objectives and applications. Types of epidemiological studies.
Dynamics of disease transmission – modes of transmission, natural history of disease, levels of
disease prevention, definitions (endemic, epidemic, zoonotic, carrier, herd immunity, quarantine,
isolation, active immunity, passive immunity, surveillance), Principles of disease control,
Outbreak investigation. Measures of morbidity and mortality (incidence, prevalence, rates).
Epidemiological methods, screening.

PSTR 212 Biomechanics

This course is designed to introduce students to the mechanical properties of the musculoskeletal
system. Connective tissue and muscle mechanics, arthrology, anatomical design and statics will
also be explored. The course will be specially tailored to introduce the theory and applications of
biomechanics to Physiotherapy students.

PSTR 214 Assessment Skills II

This is a follow-up course to consolidate the theory and application of physiotherapy skills and
principles of a patient assessment and handling techniques in order to arrive at a definite physical
diagnosis/impression, plan treatment and set outcome measures

PSTR 200 Clinical Attachment II

This clinical course is to provide to students, exposure to clinical practice in in-patient, out-patient
and community rehabilitation, to perform basic musculoskeletal assessments, to expand their
knowledge of the role of the physiotherapist and other healthcare workers in accredited hospitals
and to participate in assisting with basic patient treatments.

PSTR 301 Kinesiology

The course is to enable students appreciate the study of analysis of normal human movement and
biomechanics of joints as basis for clinical intervention in rehabilitation of abnormal movements.
Gait analysis and process of human walking will also be discussed

PSTR 303 Therapeutic Exercise

The course focuses on acquisition of knowledge base and skills in prescribing, planning,
implementing and supervising therapeutic exercises. Different types of exercises will be
highlighted.

PSTR 305 Electrotherapy- I

This course aims to impart to the students the basic principles of production and the use of
electrical and thermal energy in pain modulation, inflammation and neuromuscular re-education.

PSTR 307 Neurorehabilitation 1

Students will be equipped with knowledge by which they will be able to relate basic neuro-
anatomical knowledge to problem identification and evaluation of treatment of neurological
conditions. Emphasis is placed on upper motor neuron lesions.

PSTR 309 Rheumatology

This course provides students with knowledge of the diseases of muscles, bones and joints and
emphasizes the required physiotherapeutic intervention in ameliorating such conditions and their
secondary effects. It focuses on principles of rehabilitation as a way of restoring meaningful health
in the clients.

74
PSTR 310 Clinical Rotation- I
This clinic based course is to introduce the students to in-patient, out-patient and community
contacts and to transfer the classroom theoretical principles to hands-on skill acquisition.

PSTR 302 Traumatic Skeletal Disorders

The course aims to provide the student with knowledge of traumatic disorders and injuries to
bones and joints as well as physiotherapeutic intervention in ameliorating secondary conditions,
treating and rehabilitating the sequelae of the disorders and injuries.

PSTR 304 Neurorehabilitation II

This course is meant to enable students relate the knowledge of neurological deficits to problem-
solving approach, evaluation of disabilities and rehabilitation of neurological conditions.

PSTR 306 Electrotherapy II

The course aims to impart to the student the basic principles of production and the use of electrical
and thermal energy in pain modulation, inflammation and neuromuscular re-education.

PSTR 308 Pathokinesiology

This course seeks to enable the student acquire the knowledge and skill of the causes,
rehabilitation and prevention of abnormal human posture and movements.

PSTR 312 Therapeutic Modalities 1

This course is practical based and is to enable the students to demonstrate skills in the selection
and the use of physiotherapeutic procedures and techniques.

PSTR 314 Paediatrics

The course is about the acquired and congenital problems of children (including neonates and
infants) and the role of physiotherapy in the holistic management of paediatric problems.

OTTR 312 Community Rehabilitation

The unit examines further in-depth understanding of the influence of the environment on enabling
occupation. The unit dwells on earlier knowledge on the concepts of community, societal
structure and the importance of meaningful occupation. Emphasis is laid on WHO model of CBR
and how the therapist could work with other MDT members to sustain this community
rehabilitation model. The unit is aimed to making therapy services accessible, acceptable, and
affordable in the community setting.

PSTR 400 Clinical Attachment-II

This clinical course is to enable the student reinforce the acquired hands-on experience in
physiotherapy settings outside the institution of training.

PSTR 401 Obstetrics and Gynaecology

To enable the student acquire the knowledge and skill in providing safe and effective
physiotherapy care to clients throughout pregnancy, labour and puerperium.

PSTR 403 Dermatology and Burns

The course is aimed at exposing students to the identification of various skin disorders and burns;
and the role of physiotherapy in preventive, therapeutic and rehabilitative management.

PSTR 405 Health and Physical Fitness

The course focuses on the attainment and maintenance of physical fitness level in healthy
individuals and the role of physiotherapy in health promotion and illness prevention.

PSTR 407 Geriatrics

The course seeks to create awareness about the problems of the elderly and the role of
physiotherapy in the holistic management of geriatric problems.

75
PSTR 409 Therapeutic Modalities II
This course is practical based, and is to enable the students to demonstrate skills in the selection
and the use electrical modalities and physiotherapeutic procedures and techniques.

PSTR 411 Cardiopulmonary & Intensive Care

This course aims to enable the students appreciate the role of physiotherapy in assessing, treating,
evaluating and rehabilitating patients with cardio-pulmonary dysfunctions.

PSTR 404 Sports Physiotherapy

The course is designed to ensure knowledge and skill acquisition among the students in the
prevention and management of sports injuries.

PSTR 406 Ergonomics and Industrial Physiotherapy

The course highlights the complimentary role of physiotherapy in the rehabilitation of injured
workers. It stresses the principles of management and specific requirements for healthcare in
industrial set up. It also ensures requisite knowledge about ergonomics which serves as necessary
tools for prevention and management of work related musculoskeletal disorders.

PSTR 410 Clinical Rotation- II

This clinical course is to further expose the student to in-patient, out-patient and community
contacts and to reinforce the transfer of the classroom theoretical principles to hands-on skill
acquisition.

PSTR 420 Project (Dissertation)

To introduce the students to basic concepts of research and its importance in the discovery of
current information and in the support of evidence based practice in physiotherapy. It affords
students the opportunity of designing and carrying out independent research.

BSC MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCES

PROGRAMME OBJECTIVES
At the end of the programme, the students should be able to: Perform laboratory-based diagnosis and
prognosis of diseases by providing accurate, precise and timely results; Monitor the effectiveness of
disease treatment by laboratory methods; Apply medical laboratory procedures to research on health
related problems and to the development of new technologies; Manage a medical laboratory at least
at the level of a district hospital; Advise hospital management on medical laboratory issues; Acquire
and apply new knowledge and skills in medical laboratory science on a continual basis, Work
efficiently as part of a team of health professionals in providing good quality affordable health care;
Employ quality assurance and quality control procedures in the performance of duty; Demonstrate
respect for rights and dignity of all persons and maintain acceptable standards of professional
conduct and ethical behaviour in dealing with colleagues and other health professionals, patients and
the general public

LEVEL 100 COURSES

SEMESTER 1
Course code Course title Credit hours
UGRC 110 Academic Writing I 3
STAT 101 Introduction to Statistics 3
CHEM 111 General Chemistry 1 3
PHYS 143 Mechanics and Thermal Physics 3
ABCS 101 Introductory Animal Biology 3
BAHS 113 Introduction to Computer Studies 1
UGRC 150 Critical Thinking and Practical Reasoning 3
19

76
SEMESTER 2
Course code Course title Credit hours
GSPH 214 Writing for Public Health 3
UGRC 220 Liberal and African Studies 3
BAHS 102 Human Anatomy 3
BAHS 104 Human Anatomy Practical 1
BAHS 106 Basic Physiology 3
BAHS 108 Basic Physiology Practical I 1
BAHS 112 Introductory Psychology for Allied Health Sciences2
CHEM 112 General Chemistry II 3
CHEM 110 Practical Chemistry 1
MLAB 106 Introduction to Medical Laboratory Sciences 2
22

LEVEL 200 COURSES

SEMESTER 3
Course code Course Title Credit hours
SOCI 316 Medical Sociology 3
BAHS 211 Basic Computer Application 3
BAHS 203 Statistics 2
MLAB 201 Functional Histology 2
MLAB 203 Functional Histology Practical 1
MLAB 205 Introductory Biochemistry II 2
MLAB 207 Cell Biology 2
MLAB 209 Cell Biology Practical 1
MLAB 211 Introduction to Molecular Biology 2
MLAB 213 Introduction to Molecular Biology Practical 1
19

SEMESTER 4
Course code Course Title Credit hours
BAHS 202 Immunology 2
MLAB 202 Cellular Pathology 3
MLAB 204 Introduction to Haematology and Transfusion Science3
MLAB 206 Introduction to Molecular Diagnostics 2
MLAB 208 Introduction to Clinical Chemistry 3
MLAB 212 Introduction to Microbiology 3
MLAB 214 Pathology Laboratory Practice and Tissue Processing
Procedures 3
19

LEVEL 300 COURSES

SEMESTER 5
Course code Course Title Credit hours
BAHS 311 Research Methodology 2
MLAB 301 Cytopreparatory Techniques 2
MLAB 303 Basic Clinical and Laboratory Haematology 2
MLAB 305 Basic Clinical and Laboratory Haematology Practical 2
MLAB 307 Microbiology I 2
MLAB 309 Microbiology Practical I 2
MLAB 311 Clinical Chemistry I 2
MLAB 313 Clinical Chemistry Practical I 2
MLAB 315 Histotechnology I 2
MLAB 317 Histotechnology Practical I 1

77
MLAB 319 Cytopreparatory Techniques Practical 1
20

SEMESTER 6
Course code Course Title Credit hours
MLAB 302 Gynaecologic Cytology 2
MLAB 304 Gynaecologic Cytology Practical 1
MLAB 306 Basic Blood Transfusion Science 2
MLAB 308 Basic Blood Transfusion Science Practical 2
MLAB 312 Microbiology II 3
MLAB 314 Microbiology Practical II 1
MLAB 316 Clinical Chemistry II 2
MLAB 318 Clinical Chemistry Practical II 2
MLAB 322 Histotechnology II 2
MLAB 324 Histotechnology Practical II 1
20

LEVEL 400 COURSES

SEMESTER 7
Course code Course Title Credit hours
BAHS 411 Principles of Management 2
MLAB 401 Non-gynaecologic Cytology 2
MLAB 403 Non-gynaecologic Cytology Practical 1
MLAB 405 Coagulation and Haemostasis 2
MLAB 407 Coagulation and Haemostasis Practical 1
MLAB 409 Clinical Chemistry III 2
MLAB 411 Clinical Chemistry Practical III 1
MLAB 413 Microbiology III 2
MLAB 415 Microbiology Practical III 1
MLAB 417 Histotechnology III 2
MLAB 419 Histotechnology Practical III 1
MLAB 400 Project 4
21

SEMESTER 8
Course code Course Title Credit hours
BAHS 412 Applied Health Sciences Management 2
MLAB 400 Project 4
MLAB 402 Vocational Training in Haematology 3
MLAB 404 Vocational Training in Clinical Chemistry 3
MLAB 406 Vocational Training in Microbiology 3
MLAB 408 Vocational Training in Cytotechnology 3
MLAB 412 Vocational Training in Histotechnology 3
17

78
UGRC 110 Academic Writing I
The main objective of Academic Writing I is to equip students with the language skills that will
enable them to read and write effectively. Students will be taken initially through fundamental issues
in grammar and composition in order to consolidate their language skills in these areas.
Subsequently, reading and writing skills relevant to university work will be introduced. These will
include the structure of the essay, unity, completeness and coherence in essay writing; summarizing
as a skill basic to exposition, writing from sources, referencing skills and avoiding plagiarism. The
course will be taught in small groups and class activities are characterised by group work, oral
presentations and extensive practical assignments

GSPH 214 Writing for Public Health

Writing readable health messages, summarizing, important points, write lists, choosing a style that is
easy to follow; using the active voice; defining difficult words by context clues.

UGRC 220-238 Introduction to African Studies

BAHS 102: Human Anatomy

The course aims to help students appreciate the normal structure of the human body and apply this
knowledge in the health sciences. By the end of the course students should be able to describe the
basic structure of the cell and explain cell division; describe the embryological development of the
organs of the body and possible deviations; describe the anatomical structures of the respiratory,
digestive, nervous, lymphatic and circulatory system; and Outline the medical and nursing
application of the organs (applied anatomy).

BAHS 104: Human Anatomy Practical

The course aims to help students to appreciate the relationship between structures in the human
body which will support the lectures in the laboratory. By the end of the course students should be
able to identify anatomical structures of the respiratory, digestive, nervous, lymphatic and
circulatory system; draw a label simple anatomic structures like the male and female reproductive
system; identification of parts of bones in the human body, identification of muscles, nerves and
major blood vessels.

BAHS 106: Basic Physiology

The course aims to introduce the students to the normal function and physiological processes of
the human body. Students will study the specific physiological properties of the cell, organs and
systems outlined in the content. The students will also be required to learn the systems in relation
to how they help maintain homeostasis in the body. Course contents include Introduction to
Physiology, Homeostasis, Body Fluids and Electrolyte Balance. Cell Physiology, Cardiovascular
and Respiratory Physiology, Physiology of the Nervous System, Physiology of the Muscles,
Physiology of the Endocrine System, Reproductive System

BAHS 108: Basic Physiology Practical

The course aims to demonstrate fundamental physiologic principles using standard instruments and
practical laboratory methods and processes. By the end of the course students should be able to
demonstrate cell osmometry using human blood; explain key haematological parameters; measure
blood pressure, pulse, ECG, salivary secretion and lung volums in man; demonstrate and explain
normal and abnormal breathing patterns in man; sssess nerve reflexes in man; and determine sex,
assess integrity of sperm sample, and test for pregnancy using urine samples.

MLAB 106 Introduction to Medical Laboratory Sciences

Description of SAHS MLS Program; MLS as a Profession, history, education, professional
organization; Medical Terminology; Clinical Laboratory Structure and Departments; Dilutions and
Phlebotomy; Health Professional Interview; Professional Ethics; Quality Assurance; Microbiology;
Cytogenetics; Blood Bank; Clinical Chemistry; Haematology.

79
SOCI 316 Medical Sociology
Current knowledge of health production emphasizes the need to perceive heath as multidimensional
in character. This is because of the critical nexus between the health status of an individual and the
cultural, political, economic and the physical environment that influence his/her health-seeking
behaviour. The multidimensional character of health is even more relevant in view of the fact that the
definition of the patient is no longer restricted to an individual; the concept now applies to a whole
community. Medical Sociology thus offers a junction where biology and society meet. The pursuit of
this course thus gives the student a wider horizon to appreciate the various intermediations in health
production. At the end of this course, students should be able to critically assess the outcomes of
various interventions in health care processes.

BAHS 211 Basic Computer Application

An introduction to computers and data processing. Historical and current status of data processing
and electronic digital computers; a survey of computer applications; foundations of computer
programming; survey of programming languages. Survey of World Wide Web applications and use
including browsers, search engines, e-mail, news groups, FTP, multimedia, etc. The computing
security problem. Advanced features of microcomputer applications packages such as word
processors, spreadsheets, graphic presentation software, etc. Creation and use of macros, styles, and
scripts etc.

BAHS 212 Immunology

Theory and application of basic concepts in immunology, immunopathology, and immunologic
testing methods. Cells, proteins and chemicals involved in the immune system. Immune disorders
such as hypersensitivity, autoimmunity, immunodeficiency and protein abnormalities, transplant and
tumor immunology, immunologic testing methods and flow cytometry.

BAHS 213 Statistics

This course provides the student with an enduring understanding of, and appreciation for, the
statistical processes most used in healthcare research. Emphasis is placed on development of a
working knowledge of basic statistical processes sufficient for evaluation and interpretation of the
statistical methods and findings in published reports of research.

MLAB 201 Functional Histology

Introduction, Covering and Glandular Epithelia, Connective Tissues, Muscular Tissues, Nervous
Tissues, Integument, Respiratory system, Alimentary system, Urinary system, Reproductive system,
Endocrine glands.

MLAB 202 Cellular Pathology

Introduction to Pathology (Cellular Response to injury, Tissue response to injury: - Acute and
chronic inflammation; Healing and repair, Haemodynamic Disorders); Genetic Disorders; Pathology
of Bacterial Infections; Disorders of Growth and Neoplasia

MLAB 203 Functional Histology Practical

The laboratory sequence will support the above topics

MLAB 204 Introduction to Haematology

Introduction (Definition and importance of specimens required and mode of collection, Use of
syringes and needles of different sizes, lancets and vacutainer); Glassware (Slides, cover slip,
beakers, measuring cylinders and pipettes, different flasks both glass and plastic); Equipment (The
light microscope water bath incubators, weighing balances, centrifuges, fridges,
colorimeters/spectrophotometers, cell counters (electronic and manual), auto pipettes, uses and
maintenance; introduction to flow cytometry); Chemicals and Reagents (anticoagulants and
preservatives in haematology, transfusion science; uses and preparation); Stains and staining
(Introduction to Romanowsky stains. Thick and thin films); Preparation of solutions (Saline,
buffers,metabisulphite solution, stock and working solutions (dilutions from stock) Haemoglobin
estimation, sickling test, total WBC counts, ESR, reticulocyte count to be used as basis to elucidate

80
above through demonstration and actual performance; ABO grouping as basis for particle
agglutination.

MLAB 205 Introductory Biochemistry II

Hormones - General mechanisms of hormone action, Regulation of hormone level, Actions of
specific hormones, Clinical correlations. Glycolysis, gluconeogenesis, TCA cycles - Schema of
glycolysis -biomedical importance., Hormonal control of glycolysis, Irreversible reactions in
glycolysis, Hormonal regulation of blood glucose, Citric acid cycle (schema of Krebs cycle).
Metabolism of glycogen, Cori cycle - Glycogen: synthesis, branching enzymes. Glycogenolysis,
debranching enzymes. Glycogen in the liver and muscle cells. Cori cycle. Pentose phosphate
pathways (PPP) - Schema of PPP – relation between PPP and glycolysis, PPP in protection of
erythrocytes. Metabolism of fructose and galactose. Conservation of chemical energy - Physical-
chemical principles of cellular energy transformations. The ratio of ATP/ADP as a principal mean of
energy storage. Organisation of metabolism. Metabolism of amino acids - Decarboxylation and
deamination reactions, metabolism of amino acid (AA), skeleton (coordination with Krebs cycle),
Some products of AA metabolism. Congenital AA disease - basic knowledge, Schema of urea cycle
and relation to Krebs cycle. Oxidation of fatty acids, ketogenesis - Synthesis of fatty acid (FA)
(condensation, reduction, elongation). Beta-oxidation schema. Production of FA, relation to ATP
production and Krebs cycle, ketogenesis. Metabolism of cholesterol Metabolism of nucleic acids -
Schema of urine and pyrimidine metabolism.

MLAB 206 Introduction to Molecular Diagnostics

Principles (Principles of Molecular Biology, Genomes and Nucleic Acid Alterations);.Techniques
and Instrumentation (Specimen Collection and Processing, Nucleic Acid Isolation, Nucleic Acid
Techniques; Miniaturization: DNA Chips and Devices; Design and Operation of a Molecular
Diagnostics Laboratory; Introduction to Evidence-Based Molecular Diagnostics); Applications
(Inherited Diseases, Identity Assessment, Molecular Methods in Diagnosis and Monitoring of
Infectious Diseases, Pharmacogenetics, Molecular Genetics in Diagnosis of Human Cancers)

MLAB 207 Cell Biology

Introduction, Comparison of Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic cells, Cell differentiation and types of
specialisation, Cell structure and cellular organelles, Cell movements and transport, Cytoskeleton,
Intercellular communication, Cell cycle and related cancers, Gene cloning and sequencing,
Recombinant DNA technology, Oncogenes and Proto-oncogenes, Microscopy other Cell biology
Tools.

MLAB 208 Introduction to Clinical Chemistry

To appreciate and prevent hazards in Clinical Chemistry Laboratory; Basic Equipment uses ,
calibration , units and Calculations in Clinical Chemistry; Function of Clinical Chemistry , study and
alteration of steady state of biochemical nature; Body fluids such as water, urine biochemistry;
Variation and sources as well as quality control in clinical chemistry; Carbohydrate metabolism and
hypo/hyper – glycaemia.

MLAB 209 Cell Biology Practical

The laboratory sequence will support the above topics.

MLAB 211 Introduction to Molecular Biology

DNA Replication I; DNA Replication II; Transcription and RNA structure; Exon - intron splicing;
tRNA structure and function; Genetic Code; Ribosomes and initiation of translation; Peptide
Synthesis; Gene Expression (prokaryotes); Gene Expression (eukaryotes); Gene recombination
(prokaryotes); Gene recombination (eukaryotes); Bacteriophages; Phage and plasmid growth; DNA
amplification methods; DNA isolation and purification; Restriction enzymes; Recombinant DNA;
DNA cloning; Genomic DNA cloning; DNA sequencing methods; DNA probes; RFLP and linkage
analysis; Gene Mapping; Gene Transfer in animals. Introduction to RNA Technology. SNP analysis.

81
MLAB 212 Introduction to Microbiology
History of Microbiology; Microbiology Laboratory equipment; Laboratory safety measures; Types
and preparation of glassware and specimen containers; Principles of specimen collection and
documentation; Transportation, receipt and handling of specimen; Normal flora and transmission of
microbial agents; Introduction to Parasitology and parasitism; Host-parasite interrelationships;
Introduction to microscopy; Colonial morphology; Diagnostic techniques for staining of detection of
parasites; Basic Parasitological staining techniques (negative and tissue staining); Introduction to
Virology; Viral structure and classification; Replication of viruses; DNA and RNA viruses of
medical importance; Ultra-structure of bacteria; classification of bacteria; Anaerobes and facultative
anaerobes; Rickettsia and Chlamydia; Aerobic & microaerophilic rods and cocci; Pathogenic factors;
Bacterial Genetics; Bacterial physiology, nutrition and biochemical characteristics

MLAB 213 Introduction to Molecular Biology Practical

Extraction and quantitation of DNA and RNA; long term storage of nucleic acid; Restriction enzyme
digestion; PCR; Agarose and polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis; Nucleic acid transfer to a
membrane with subsequent prehybridization, hybridization, and stringency washes, probe labelling,
autoradiography and sequencing. Basic bioinformatics applications. In silico analysis. DNA
sequencing techniques. Cloning techniques. Introduction Micro array technology.

MLAB 214 Pathology Laboratory Practice and Tissue Processing Procedures

Laboratory Safety including fires and fire extinguishers; Histopathology Laboratory Administration;
Cytopathology Laboratory Administration; Quality Assurance Practices in Pathology Laboratories;
Principles of fixation and fixatives; Tissues processing for paraffin embedding

BAHS 311 Research Methodology

Research principles (the research process, strategies for obtaining facts); Research practice
(experiments, ethnographic studies, surveys); Research presentation (critical appraisal of research,
the research presentation, the research report); Formats and styles for reports and papers. The Nature
of Research; Variety of Research Methods, Finding Research Problems, Literature Review; Ethics in
Research; The research proposal; Causation; Internal Validity; Sampling; External Validity; Survey
designs (Research, Activity); Descriptive Statistics; Measurement and Construct Validity;
Reliability; TBA; Inferential Statistics; Research Designs; Analytic Epidemiological Study;
Qualitative Research; Psychographic Techniques; Interviewing, Focus Groups; Action Research;
Evaluation Research

MLAB 301 Cytopreparatory Techniques

Techniques for sample collection; Cytopreparatory and processing techniques; Smear preparation
techniques; Fixation in cytology; Processing fluid samples; Special Preparatory Techniques: Cell
Block Technique; Imprints ; Cytologic Staining Techniques: Pap and Romanowsky stains including
Diff Quick; Advanced Staining Techniques: Destaining and Secondary Staining; Types of Slide-
Coating Adhesives.

MLAB 302 General and Gynaecologic Cytology

Cytologic screening programmes; The Pap Smear; Cell Structure; Anatomy and histology of female
genital tract; Cellular components of normal cervical smear; Hormonal Cytology; Cervical smear
reporting; Evaluating the sample; Inflammation and benign reactions of the cervix; Microorganisms
seen in the Pap smear; Terminology and nomenclature in cervical smear reporting; Human papilloma
virus infection of the cervix; Histology and cytology of cervical pre-cancer; Cervical cancer; Risk
factors; Role of HPV; Histology, grading and staging; Cytology; Automated cytology screening.

MLAB 303 Basic Clinical and Laboratory Haematology

Haemopoeitic tissue and stem cells, haemoglobin formation from foetus to adults; Erythropoiesis,
myelopoiesis, structure of red cell membrane, metabolism of red cell.; Function of red cells, white
cell and platelets; Causes and effects of reduced and increased white cell and red cell count;
Abnormalities of haemoglobin synthesis and catabolism.; Diagnosis and investigation of haemolytic
anaemias. Parasitic infections in Haematology; The thick and thin peripheral blood film in diagnosis;

82
Blood viscosity and erythrocyte sedimentation rate. Supravital staining; Granulopoiesis and
lymphopoiesis, variations in the granulocyte and lymphocyte counts; The immune response; The
immunology and biochemistry of phagocytosis; The structure and function of immunoglobulins;
Lymphocyte subsets.; Principles of manual cell count and eosinophil count; Cell counting statistical
applications SD, CV, Control chart Protein electrophoresis.; Hb electrophoresis and tests of function
of red cell membrane. Study of HbS, HbF and Hg A2 Haem pigments. Assay of some red cell
enzymes e.g. G6PD; Principles of assay of iron TIBC, ferritin, Vitamin B12, folic acid and the
schilling test;

MLAB 304 Gynaecologic Cytology Practical 1

Study material will include Pap smears, which may be stained by the students. Each student will be
required to examine 10 to 15 slides per practical session and be able to identify and mark (for
inspection) abnormal cells and write reports using appropriate terminology. Projected
photomicrographs will be used to illustrate abnormalities when stained slides are not available

MLAB 305 Basic Clinical and Laboratory Haematology Practical

Sample collection, transportation and storage. Anticoagulants dyes and stains used in
Haematology.Preparation of glassware. Buffers. Manual and electronic cell counting techniques. Red
cell indices.Basic haematological investigations e.g. Thick and thin film ESR reticulocyte count.
Calibration of equipment. Investigation of deficiency anaemias e.g. Serum ferritin iron TIBC vitamin
B12, Folic acid assay Schilling test. Investigation of haemolytic anaemias e.g. Sickling test; Hb
electrophoresis, HbS, HbF, HbA2, Kleihauer test, osmotic fragility test, Ham’s test, G6PD screen.

MLAB 306 Basic Blood Transfusion

History of blood transfusion. Basic ABO and Rhesus typing. Antigen-antibody reactions and
complement. Blood donor and blood donation. Blood collection screening. Liquid phase, solid phase
and microplate technology. Labeling, storage and distribution. Blood transfusion and its
complications. Antenatal serology. Blood components. Inventory control and safety in the
transfusion laboratory. Granulocyte specific antigens. Genetics and immunology of HLA antigens.
Structure of the red cell membrane with reference to the organization of glycolipids, glycoproteins
and proteins of known importance. The genetics and immunochemistry of blood group structures on
red cell surfaces. Antigen-antibody reactions including solid phase. Blood component preparation.
Investigation of haemolytic transfusion reactions, Haemolytic Disease of the Newborn and other
immune haemolytic anaemias. Quality assurance.

MLAB 307 Microbiology I

Microbial pathogenesis; Opportunistic pathogens in health and disease conditions; Source
transmission of microbial infections; Pathogenesis of viral, parasitic and bacterial diseases;
Collection, transportation and storage of specimens for viral diagnosis; Diagnostic methods id
Virology; Principles of Laboratory diagnosis of viral infections; Immunological basis of viral
serological diagnosis; Immunological assays for viral diagnosis; Introduction to cell culture
techniques; Quantitation of viruses; Arthropods and vectors of medical importance; Parasites
oncology; Physiology and Biochemistry of Parasites; Routine urine preparation and examination;
Bacterial specimens collection, transportation and storage; Bacterial specimens collection,
transportation and storage; Principles and Methods of Diagnosis in Bacteriology; Production of
antibodies; Molecular techniques in Microbiology; Viral respiratory & CNS infections and their
laboratory diagnosis; Blood-borne viruses and their lab. Diagnosis; Viruses in stool and their
detection methods.

MLAB 308 Basic Blood Transfusion Practical

Various methods of blood grouping and screening-liquid phase, solid phase microplate technology.
Compatibility tests, antibody screening. Screening of donor blood; storage and transportation. Blood
disposal. Platelet concentrate.

MLAB 309 Microbiology Practical I

Parasites identification techniques; Media preparation for parasites identification; Routine stool

83
examination techniques (emulsification, wet smears, iodine preparations); Concentration techniques
(sedimentation, floatation methods) for stool examination; Microscopy and staining; Media
preparation for cell, virus culture; Electron micrograph of DNA & RNA viruses; Cell culture
techniques and CPE observation; Parasites oncology; Biochemical tests.

MLAB 311 Clinical Chemistry I

The concept of homeostasis, hydrogen ions and its disorders, renal function and abnormalities will be
taught. Lipid metabolism will be introduced. Biochemical analyses related to dysfunctional organs
will be discussed. Nutrition and micronutrients will be examined. HP axis / thyroid hormones will be
examined.

MLAB 312 Microbiology II

Review of bacterial structure and classification; Antimicrobial agents and Sensitivity testing; Genetic
systems as targets of antimicrobial agents; MIC & MBC; Sterilization and disinfection; Bacterial
resistance mechanisms and resistance to antimicrobial agents; Assay of biological substances;
Quality control of foods; Immunoprophylaxis; Biotechnology as applied to diagnosis of infections;
Structure, morphology & classification of protozoan parasites; Life cycles of parasites (nematodes,
cestodes); Parasite ecology (alimentary canal, blood and other tissues); Zoonotic parasitic infections;
Vector borne diseases (Protozoa, nematodes); Infections of the gut, GIT; Trematodes, cestodes and
other nematodes infections; Larval cestodes infections and Larval migrans.

MLAB 313 Clinical Chemistry Practical I

Demonstration of the effect of laboratory and extra laboratory factors affecting results, such pipetting
errors, sampling techniques and handling; including venous stasis, storage of samples and causes of
errors. End-point, kinetic and differential methods of spectrophotometry and interpretation of
biochemical results. The use of log books to monitor competencies will be emphasized.

MLAB 314 Microbiology Practical II

Specimens collection and storage (Bacteriological, Parasitological and Virological); Effects of
physical and chemical agents on viruses; Immunological assays for viral diagnosis (Rapid tests for
HIV, HBV, HCV); Molecular techniques in Microbiology; Urinary tract infections; Blood and CNS
infection; Respiratory infections; Diagnosis of bacterial infections; Detection of bacterial pathogens
by culture; Calibration, care and handling of Microscopes; Microscopy & Culture of blood, faecal
and urine samples; Detection of parasites in blood, faecal and urine samples; Serology/other
diagnostic techniques

MLAB 315 Histotechnology I

Special Techniques in Tissue processing; Double embedding; Resin embedding for light
microscopy; Decalcification; Frozen sections; Mounting media; Overview of theory of Staining;
Routine Haematoxylin and eosin staining; Instrumentation; Basic Microscopy; Microtomy and
Paraffin section cutting; Tissue Processors; Embedding centres; Cryostat; Automatic stainers and
coverlippers; Floatation baths; Faults and Remedies in Paraffin Wax Sectioning

MLAB 316 Clinical Chemistry II

Further complications of diabetes examinations will be introduced. protein and lipid biochemistry
involving non-routine analyses such as plasma proteins, lipo-proteins will be examined. CSF and its
biochemistry will be taught. The immune system and some disorders, as well as tumour marker will
be introduced.

MLAB 317 Histotechnology Practical I

Preparation of fixatives; Tissue processing: dehydration, clearing, embedding using paraffin wax and
alternatives; Microtomy; Staining: haematoxylin and eosin stain; Mounting

MLAB 318 Clinical Chemistry Practical II

Instrumentation, phlebotomy, demonstration of variations – preanalytical errors, Various tests
relating to Plasma Glucose Estimation, Total Protein Estimation (plasma & urine), Biochemical

84
Analysis of CSF, Kidney function, Liver function test, Lipid Profile and trace Trace Elements related
to fluid and electrolyte balance will be undertaken to develop the necessary competencies.

MLAB 319 Cytopreparatory Techniques Practical

Papanicolaou stain for gynaecological specimens; Cytopreparation of fluid specimens: Includes
sputum, urine, pleural effusion, ascitic fluid, CSF, joint effusions and pericardial effusions; Direct
smears for sputum; Centrifugation; Cytocentrifugation; Filter methods; Fixation and pre-fixation;
Wet alcohol fixation; Coating fixatives; Air-drying; Lysing fixatives; Papanicolaou and
Romanowsky stains for fluid samples;

MLAB 322 Histotechnology II

Carbohydrates; Classification; Special Staining Techniques; Application in Pathology; Connective
Tissue Proper, Basement Membrane and Muscle; Types and structure of connective fibres; Skeletal,
cardiac and smooth; Techniques for differential demonstration of connective tissue fibres and
muscle; Application in Pathology; Lipids; Classification; Staining Methods of identifying lipids;
Application of Lipid Histochemistry in Pathology; Protein and Nucleic acids; Principles of methods
of demonstration; Tissue Deposits - Pigments, Minerals, and Amyloid; Types of Pigments and
Minerals and histochemical demonstration; Structure, classification and composition of amyloid;
methods of demonstrating amyloid; Demonstration of Infective Agents in Tissue Sections

MLAB 324 Histotechnology Practical II

This course is intended to give practical knowledge of the demonstration of tissue components
involve in diagnostic pathology. Students will acquire knowledge of various special staining
techniques and identify factors that may give rise to faulty demonstrations

BAHS 411 Principles of Management

Principles, purpose and nature of management, overview of management, definitions, managerial
efficiency/ effectiveness, management skills, role of a manager, functions of a manager, today’s
manager: skills and competencies, middle management, the purpose of management, definition of a
manager; Managerial activities, features of a good plan why we need to plan, nature of planning,
significance of planning, requirements of a good plan, limitations of planning; Organizations, types
of organizations, organization structures; Role of the supervisor within the laboratory, qualities of a
good supervisor; Team building, team building-essence of team work, why teams don’t work.

BAHS 412 Applied Health Sciences Management

The role of the supervisor, Leadership, Organization; Planning and the supervisor; Individual
behaviour and social psychology; Recruitment and selection processes in health care settings;
Induction and monitoring of staff in health care settings; Education and training; Controlling,
counselling and discipline; Industrial relations: the supervisor and the trade unions; Health and
safety; The law and supervisor – The Labour Act, 2003 Act 561; The supervisor and new
technology; Critical thinking, problem-solving and strategic decision-making regarding health care
organizations; Process and quality management; Communication, networking & continuous learning.

MLAB 400 Project

This course is designed to test students’ ability to identify a health problem and design appropriate
research into that problem. The course is aimed at testing the ability of students conduct scientific
research, search for literature, collect quality data and produce a standard scientific project work. The
student is expected to present the research problem for approval and carry out the research under the
supervision of lecturers. All candidates shall be required to undertake an oral defence of their project
work. At the end of the second semester, two copies of typed work will be presented for assessment.

MLAB 401 Non-Gynaecologic Cytology

Cytology of the Urinary Tract; Review Anatomy and histology; Sampling Techniques; Cellular
components of urinary sediment; Pathology and cytology of non-neoplastic conditions; Urinary tract
neoplasms – histology and cytology ; Cytology of Serous Cavities (Review Anatomy and histology,
Types of effusions, Benign cells in effusions, Cytology of Benign Effusions, Cytology of Malignant

85
Effusions) Cerebrospinal and Synovial Fluids (Anatomy and physiology); Normal cytology of and
benign reactive cells in CSF; Cytology of benign reactive conditions and neoplasms in CSF; Normal
cytology of and benign reactive cells in synovial fluid; Cytology of benign reactive conditions and
neoplasms in synovial fluid.

MLAB 402 Vocational Training in Haematology

The vocational training serves as a period of skills acquisition and perfection. It also offers students
the opportunity of being abreast with current laboratory tests and methodologies in practice. Log
books will be used by students and specific competencies must be demonstrated. At the end of the
vocational training, students will be examined orally and graded.

MLAB 403 Non-Gynaecologic Cytology Practical

Study material will include non-gynaecological cytology preparations from samples obtained from
various parts of the body and stained by the Papanicolaou and/or Romanowsky method as
appropriate by students. Each student will be required to examine 10 to 15 slides per practical session
and be able to identify and mark (for inspection) abnormal cells and write appropriate reports.
Projected photomicrographs will be used to illustrate abnormalities when stained slides are not
available.

MLAB 404 Vocational Training in Clinical Chemistry

The vocational training serves as a period of skills acquisition and perfection. It also offers students
the opportunity of being abreast with current laboratory tests and methodologies in practice. Log
books will be used by students and specific competencies must be demonstrated. At the end of the
vocational training, students will be examined orally and graded

MLAB 405 Haemostasis and Coagulation

Thrombopoiesis, thrombocytosis and thrombocytopaenia. Platelet function, role of endothelial cells,
platelets, in the haemostastic process; Coagulation factors, inhibitors and fibrinolysis in the
haemostatic process.; Acquired and congenital bleeding disorders.; Standardization of
thromboplastins.; Investigation of acquired andcongenital bleeding disorders, to include screening
tests, factor assays.; Control of anticoagulant therapy.; Detection of inhibitors, tests of fibrinolytic
activity; Quality control and standardization in the coagulation laboratory

MLAB 406 Vocational Training in Microbiology

The vocational training serves as a period of skills acquisition and perfection. It also offers students
the opportunity of being abreast with current laboratory tests and methodologies in practice. Log
books will be used by students and specific competencies must be demonstrated. At the end of the
vocational training, students will be examined orally and graded.

MLAB 407 Haemostasis and Coagulation Practical

Bleeding Time, Whole blood clotting time,(WBCT), Prothrombin Time(PT), Partial Thromboplastin
Time with Kaolin (PTTK),Standardization of thromboplastins, Thrombin time (TT). Mixing Tests
using Aged and Adsorbed plasma. Reptilase time, Latex screening test for Fibrinogen/Fibrin
Degradation Products (FDPs).Preparation of platelet rich plasma (PRP), platelet poor plasma (PPP).

MLAB 408 Vocational Training in Cytotechnology

The vocational training serves as a period of skills acquisition and perfection. It also offers students
the opportunity of being abreast with current laboratory tests and methodologies in practice. Log
books will be used by students and specific competencies must be demonstrated. At the end of the
vocational training, students will be examined orally and graded.

MLAB 409 Clinical Chemistry III

Neonal screening, Pre and post – natal biochemistry; hormones of the reproductive as well as adrenal
systems will be examined, Acid/base biochemistry and toxicity of substances including metals will
be dealt with.

86
MLAB 411 Clinical Chemistry Practical III
Qualitative and quantitative measurements based on principles of various chemical pathology tests –
using dry chemistry/observational methods, dipsticks/stips. Wet chemistry – spectrophotometric
(kinetic) techniques using reagents and chemicals and electrophoresis, Elisa and chromatographic
techniques. Interpretation of results from practicals. Hormonal assays, peptide hormones and steroid
hormones analysis.

MLAB 412 Vocational Training in Histotechnology

The vocational training serves as a period of skills acquisition and perfection. It also offers students
the opportunity of being abreast with current laboratory tests and methodologies in practice. Log
books will be used by students and specific competencies must be demonstrated. At the end of the
vocational training, students will be examined orally and graded.

MLAB 413 Parasitology, Mycology and Virology

Structure and classification of fungi of medical importance; Environmental fungi; Dermatophytes;
Fungal structure and classification; Investigation of superficial, subcutaneous and systemic fungal
infections; Opportunistic fungi; Antifungal agents; Sensitivity testing of anti-fungal agents; Animal
House management/ Cruelty to Animal Act (1986); Diseases and treatment of laboratory animals;
Virus cultivation in eggs; Cell and virus culture and applications; Quantitation of viruses;
Microscopy and staining methods for virus-infected tissues; Preservation /storage of cells and
viruses; Public Health Virology (Viruses in water, sewerage, air and milk); DNA & RNA Viruses
causing major diseases in humans; Diagnostic methods for detection of GIT parasites (Microscopy &
Serology); Permanent staining techniques for detection of parasites (Concentration methods for R/E,
for GIT parasites, blood parasites, etc); Routine examination of urine samples, expectorated sputum,
aspirates and biopsy materials; Diagnosis of parasitic infection in immunocompromised host;
Procedures for permanent preparation of arthropods Common problems in organism identification;
Maintenance of insectaria.

MLAB 415 Parasitology, Mycology and Virology Practical

Basic techniques in Mycology; Preparation/Routine microscopic examination of fungal specimens;
Contaminants and opportunistic pathogens in Mycology; Dermatophytes; Identification of yeasts;
Systemic dimorphic molds; Investigation of fungal infections; Reagent preparation for
parasitological investigations; Routine microscopic examination of faecal specimens; Concentration
methods for R/E; Permanent staining – Iron Haematoxylin & Modified Kinyoun’s/ZN stains; Direct
mount and stained preparations of sputum/aspirates; Giemsa/Leishman /
Fields staining techniques; Buffy coat /Knot concentration methods; Permanent preparation of
arthropods; Staining for detection of Pneumocystis carnii; Virus/ Cell culture techniques
/Preservation of cells and viruses; Cultivation of Polio/ Yellow fever vaccine strains and CPE
observation; Cultivation of Polio/ Yellow fever vaccine strains and CPE observation; Vaccine
potency testing; Immunofluorescence and immunological techniques in Virology

MLAB 417 Histotechnology III

Neurohistochemistry; Cellular Components of Nervous System; Nissl stains. Demonstration of
Nerve Fibres; Demonstration of Myelin: Normal Myelin; degeneration products; combination
techniques Demonstration of Neuroglial Cells; Demonstration of Nerve Endings;
Immunohistochemistry; Definition of IHC; Paraffin sections and IHC; Unmasking Concealed
Antigens; Reagents and antibodies for IHC (Labels: Enzymes, metals, radioactive materials);
Chromogens and Substrates; Stability of Colour; Immunohistochemical methods; Reaction Product
Intensification and Counterstains (Factors Influencing Immunohistochemistry Procedure,
Application in Diagnostic Pathology); Immunofluorescence (Introduction, Fluorochromes, Staining
Procedures: Direct and Indirect Staining;); Enzyme Histochemistry (Techniques for Demonstration
of Enzymes).

MLAB 419 Histotechnology Practical III

Demonstration of Nerve Fibres; Demonstration of Myelin: Normal Myelin; degeneration products;
combination techniques Demonstration of Neuroglial Cells; Demonstration of Nerve Endings; IHC

87
on Paraffin sections, Direct and Indirect Staining (ABC, APA, APAAP, Enzyme Histochemistry).

BSC RADIOGRAPHY
DIAGNOSTIC AND THERAPY RADIOGRAPHY

PROGRAMME OBJECTIVES
DIAGNOSTIC RADIOGRAPHY
At the end of training, the diagnostic radiography student should be able to: Accurately
demonstrate anatomical structures on a radiograph or other image receptor; Determine exposure
factors to achieve optimum radiographic techniques with minimum radiation exposure to the
patient, self and others; Evaluate radiographic images for appropriate positioning and image
quality; Recognize emergency patient conditions and initiate life-saving first aid and basic live
support procedures; Exercise independent judgement and discretion in the technical performance
of medical imaging procedures; Employ quality assurance and quality control procedures in the
performance of duty; Provide patient care and comfort, show respect for patient’s lights and
dignity and act in acceptable professional manner at all times; Educate patients and the general
public on radiographic procedures and radiation protection/safety; Participate in continued
professional development programmes; and Manage a radiography department in at least a district
hospital and advise hospital management on radiography issues

THERAPY RADIOGRAPHY
At the end of the training, the therapy radiography student should be able to: Assist the radiation
oncologist in localizing tumors; Simulate treatment parameters; Verify and implement computer-
generated treatment plans; Perform quality assurance procedures; Deliver radiation treatment as
prescribed by the physician and monitor patient’s physical condition and response to treatment;
Provide patient care and comfort, show respect for patients’ rights and dignity and act in
acceptable professional manner at all times; Educate patients and the general public on
radiotherapy procedures and radiation protection/safety; Participate in continued professional
development programmes; Work with colleagues and other health professionals as a member of te
health care team; Advise hospital management on radiotherapy issues

CURRICULUM FOR DIAGNOSTIC AND THERAPY RADIOGRAPHY

Level 100
SEMESTER 1
Course Code Course Detail Total
STAT 101 Introduction to Statistics 3
CHEM 111 General Chemistry 1 3
PHYS 143 Mechanics and Thermal Physics 3
ABCS 101 Introductory Animal Biology 3
BAHS 113 Introduction to Computer Studies 1
UGRC 150 Critical Thinking and Practical Reasoning 3
UGRC 110 Academic Writing I 3
BAHS 101 Introduction to Microbiology 3
Total 22

88
Semester 2
Course Code Course Detail Total
BAHS 102 Human Anatomy 3
BAHS 104 Human Anatomy Practical 1
BAHS 106 Basic Physiology 3
BAHS 108 Basic Physiology Practical 1
BAHS 122 Introductory Biochemistry 2
RDGY102 Introductory Radiography 2
BAHS 112 Introductory Psychology for Allied Health Sciences 2
GSPH 214 Writing for Public Health 3
UGRC 220 Liberal and African Studies 3
Total 20

RDGY 200 Vocational Training I 3 Cr

This is a 6-week inter-semester clinical training period at the end of semester 2 (i.e. during the
long vacation) to allow students to obtain practical hands-on experience. Students will undertake
introductory clinical training in an accredited Diagnostic Imaging Department/Unit. Students shall
be evaluated at the end of the vocational training. The course is a pre-requisite for all Level 200
courses in Diagnostic Radiography.

Level 200
Semester 3
Course Code Course Detail Total
RDGY 201 Radiography Physics I 2
RDGY 203 Patient Management I 2
RDGY 205 Radiographic Imaging Processes I 3
RDGY 207 Radiographic Anatomy I 3
BAHS 201 Computer Applications 3
BAHS 203 Statistics 2
SOCI 316 Medical Sociology 3
PSCY 307 Human Growth and Development I 3
TOTAL 21

Semester 4
Course Code Course Detail Total
BAHS 204 General Pathology 3
PSCY 308 Human Growth & Development II 3
RDGY 202 Radiography Physics II 2
RDGY 204 Patient Management II 3
RDGY 206 Radiographic Anatomy II 3
RDGY 208 Radiographic Imaging Processes II 3
RDGY 212 Equipment for Diagnostic Imaging I 3
RDGY 214 Medical Terminology I 1
TOTAL 21

89
DIAGNOSTIC RADIOGRAPHY
LEVEL 300
Semester 5
Course Code Course Detail Total
RDGY 301 Equipment in Diagnostic Imaging II 3
RDGY 303 Radiographic Technique I 3
RDGY 305 Radiobiology and Radiation Protection 3
RDGY 307 Radiation Physics 3
RDGY 310 Clinical Practice I 4
RDGY 309 Medical Terminology II 1
BAHS 311 Research Methodology 2
TOTAL 19

Semester 6
Course Code Course Detail Total
RDGY 302 Radiographic Technique II 3
RDGY 304 Specialized Imaging Modalities 3
RDGY 306 Specialized Imaging Equipment 3
RDGY 308 Introduction to Quality Assurance 2
RDGY 310 Clinical Practice II 5
BAHS 312 Health Law & Ethics 2
TOTAL 18

RDGY400 Vocational Training III 3Cr

This is a 6-week inter-semester clinical training period at the end of semester 6 (i.e. during
the long vacation) to allow students to obtain practical hands-on experience. Students will
also undertake clinical attachment at a Diagnostic Imaging Department/Unit in an accredited
Health Facility. There shall be an evaluation at the end of the clinical attachment. The course
is a pre-requisite for all Level 400 courses in Diagnostic Radiography.

LEVEL 400
Semester 7
Course Code Course Detail Total
RDGY 401 Radiographic Technique III 3
RDGY 403 Imaging Pathology and Pattern Recognition I 2
RDGY 405 Quality Management in Diagnostic Imaging 3
RDGY 410 Research Project 2
RDGY 420 Clinical Practice III 4
BAHS 411 Principles of Management 3
TOTAL 21

Semester 8
Course Code Course Detail Total
BAHS 412 Applied Health Sciences Management 3
RDGY 402 Radiographic Technique IV 4
RDGY 404 Imaging Pathology and Pattern Recognition II 3
RDGY 410 Research Project 5
RDGY 420 Clinical Practice IV 6
Total 21

90
 THERAPY RADIOGRAPHY
LEVEL 300
Semester 5
Course Code Course Detail Total
RDGY 309 Medical Terminology II 1
RDGY 311 Radiotherapy Physics I: Radioactivity and 3
Radiotherapy Equipment
RDGY 313 Radiation Oncology I: Principles 2
RDGY 315 Radiotherapy Technique I 4
RDGY 317 Radiobiology 3
RDGY 320 Clinical Practice I 4
BAHS 311 Research Methodology 2
Total 19

Semester 6
Course Code Course Detail Total
RDGY 314 Radiotherapy Physics II: Radiation Dosimetry& 3
Principles of Treatment Planning
RDGY 316 Radiotherapy Technique II 3
RDGY 318 Treatment Planning I 2
RDGY 322 Radiation Oncology II: Treatment of Systems 2
RDGY 308 Introduction to Quality Assurance 3
RDGY 330 Clinical Practice I: Treatment Set up and Patient 3
Management
RDGY 340 Clinical Practice I: Clinical Dosimetry and Treatment 3
Planning
BAHS 312 Health Law and Ethics 2
Total 21

RDGY 400 Vocational Training III 3 Cr

This is a 6-week inter-semester clinical training period at the end of semester 6 (i.e. during
the long vacation) to allow students to obtain practical hands-on experience. Students will
also undertake clinical attachment at a Diagnostic Imaging Department/Unit in an accredited
Health Facility. There shall be an evaluation at the end of the clinical attachment. The course
is a pre-requisite for all Level 400 courses in Therapy Radiography.

LEVEL 400
SEMESTER 7
Course Code Course Detail Total

BAHS 411 Principles and Practice of Management 3

RDGY 407 Radiotherapy Physics III: Brachytherapy and 3
Radiation Protection
RDGY 409 Treatment Planning II 2
RDGY 411 Quality Management in Radiotherapy 2
RDGY 430 Clinical Practice I: Treatment set up and Patient 3
Management
RDGY 440 Clinical Practice II: Clinical Dosimetry and Treatment 3
Planning
RDGY 410 Research Project 5
Total 21

91
 SEMESTER 8
Course Code Course Detail Total
BAHS 412 Applied Health Sciences Management 3
RDGY 430 Clinical Practice I: Treatment set up and Patient 6
Management
RDGY 440 Clinical Practice II: Clinical Dosimetry and Treatment 6
Planning
RDGY 410 Research Project 5
Total 20

COURSE DESCRIPTION AND CONTENTS

Level 100 Semester 1

STAT 101 Introductory Statistics Cr 3

Types of data, descriptive statistics and plots, theoretical distributions, probability, estimation,
hypothesis testing, and one-way analysis of variance. A brief introduction to correlation and
univariate linear regression. Basic statistical methods for both continuous and dichotomous data

CHEM 111 General Chemistry I Cr 3

Introduction to the principles of chemistry including physical and chemical changes, energetic,
atomic structure, bonding, nomenclature, chemical calculations, chemical reactions (including
solubility, neutralization, and oxidation-reduction) gas laws, solutions, acids and bases, pH,
equilibrium, and nuclear chemistry.

PHYS 143 Mechanics and Thermal Physics Cr 3

Conceptual view of physics, Newtonian mechanics, wave motion, heat and thermodynamics,
fluids, Wave motion, electricity and magnetism, geometrical and physical optics, Introduction to
concepts of relativity, quantum theory, atomic and nuclear physics. Application of physical
principles to related scientific disciplines including life sciences.

ABCS 101 Introductory Animal Biology Cr 3

Introduction, Anatomical terminology and nomenclature, Structure and organisation of the cell,
Basic tissues, Musculoskeletal system, Digestive System, Renal System, Integumentary System
and Appendages, Reproductive System, Endocrine System, Special sensory organs

BAHS 113 Introduction to Computer Studies Cr 1

The course is to provide the students with basic understanding of the historical evolution of the
computer, types of computers and the classification of computers. Components of the computer
including the hardware and software are covered. It will also the students to Identify the different
categories of computer software and their uses and appreciate the areas of application of
computers in society, thereby stimulating their thought to regard the computer as a tool for human
use rather than a master.

UGRC 150 Critical Thinking and Practical Reasoning Cr 3

An essential element in the training of social studies and humanities students is providing a
corrective and diagnostic skill set that enables students to discriminate logically between:
rhetorical ploys that give motives vs. arguments providing good logical reasons for believing an
assertion. Students need to recognize the contrast between inductive and deductive reasoning and
the different types of support yielded by each, to evaluate the quality of evidence confirming an
empirical hypothesis about human conduct, to maintain individual professional and scholarly
discretion in the face of peer pressure and mob mentality. These enrolled in this course will be

92
provided the vocabulary and techniques to employ critical thought and practice within the
academic arena and beyond.

UGRC 110 Academic Writing I Cr 3

The main objective of Academic Writing I is to equip students with the language skills that will
enable them to read and write effectively. Students will be taken initially through fundamental
issues in grammar and composition in order to consolidate their language skills in these areas.
Subsequently, reading and writing skills relevant to university work will be introduced. These will
include the structure of the essay, unity, completeness and coherence in essay writing;
summarizing as a skill basic to exposition, writing from sources, referencing skills and avoiding
plagiarism. The course will be taught in small groups and class activities are characterised by
group work, oral presentations and extensive practical assignments

BAHS 101 Introduction to Microbiology Cr 3

History of Microbiology; Microbiology Laboratory equipment; Laboratory safety measures; Types
and preparation of glassware and specimen containers; principles of specimen collection and
documentation; Transportation, receipt and handling of specimen ; Normal flora and transmission
of microbial agents; Introduction to Parasitology and parasitism; Host-parasites interrelationships;
introduction to microscopy; Colonial morphology; Diagnostic techniques for staining of detection
of parasites; Basic Parasitological staining techniques (negative and tissue staining); Introduction
to Virology; Viral structure and classification; Republication of viruses; DNA and RNA viruses of
medical importance ; Ultra structure of bacteria; classification of bacteria Anaerobes and
facultative anaerobes Rickettsia and Chlamydia; Aerobic and microaerophilic rods and cocci;
Pathogenic factors, Bacterial Genetics; Bacterial Genetics; Bacterial physiology, nutrition and
biochemical characteristic

Level 100 Semester 2

ABCS 101 Introductory Animal Biology Cr 3

The course aims to help students appreciate the normal structure of the human body and apply this
knowledge in the health sciences. By the end of the course students should be able to describe the
basic structure of the cell and explain cell division; describe the embryological development of the
organs of the body and possible deviations; describe the anatomical structures of the respiratory,
digestive, nervous, lymphatic and circulatory system; and Outline the medical and nursing
application of the organs (applied anatomy)

BAHS 104 Human Biology Practical Cr 2

The course aims to help students to appreciate the relationship between structures in the human
body which will support the lectures in the laboratory. By the end of the course students should be
able to identify anatomical structures of the respiratory, digestive, nervous, lymphatic and
circulatory system; draw a label simple anatomic structures like the male and female reproductive
system; identification of parts of bones in the human body, identification of muscles, nerves and
major blood vessels.

BAHS 106 Basic Physiology Cr 3

This course is to provide the students with the knowledge and understanding of how the body
maintains homeostasis by the feedback systems and describe the physiology of the cell and
transport across the cell membrane. It will also cover the heart as a pump, hemodynamic and
haemostasis in the cardiovascular system and explain the mechanism of breathing and transport of
gases in the blood. Other areas to be covered include processes involved in the digestion of food
and metabolic processes and body the body fluid compartments. The elements of renal function;
the physiology of the special senses (sight, hearing, taste, and smell) and physiology of the
musculoskeletal system as well as the mechanism of hormonal secretion and regulation of the
glands of the endocrine system and functions of the male and female reproductive systems will be
covered

93
BAHS 108 Basic Physiology Practicals Cr 3
The laboratory sequence will support topics under BAHS 106 (Basic Physiology) to enable the
demonstrate the use of instruments to measure some specific physiological parameters

BAHS 112 Introductory Biochemistry Cr 2

Cell Theory; The Three Domains of Life; Prokaryotes and eukaryotes; subcellular organelles
(compartmentalization of cellular processes); pH and buffer solutions; chemistry of water,
definition of pH, the pH scale, buffer solutions and buffer capacity; the Henderson-Hasselbach
equation in the preparation of buffer solutions. Chemistry and functions of biological molecules
(biomolecules: monomers, polymers, macromolecules, Carbohydrates: mono-, di-, oligo- and
polysaccharides, stereoisomerism. Lipids: different types (fatty acids, triacylglycerols,
phospholipids, steroids, cholesterol). Amino acids and proteins: protein structure, classification.
Nucleotides; nucleic acids. Formation of nucleic acids; Secondary, tertiary, and quaternary
structures of DNA; Secondary, tertiary, and quaternary structures of RNA. Flow of genetic
information. Replication, Transcription, Translation. Other aspects of nucleic acids and protein
synthesis. Mutations. Anti-biotics. Vitamins and coenzymes. Enzymes, Properties and
classification, cofactors and coenzymes, kinetics (effect of pH, temperature, [S], [E] on enzyme-
catalyzed reactions, Michaelis-Menten equation); regulation (activation and inhibition).
Membranes and Membrane Protein: General membrane function. Membrane composition.
Phospholipid bilayer. Membrane structure. Posttranslational modification. Membrane fluidity.
Diffusion in membranes. Movement of ions and molecules across membranes. Transport across
membranes.

RDGY 102 Introductory Radiography Cr 2

This course is designed to provide the basic skills and knowledge that the students will need to
prepare them for their first experience of clinical work. It aims to provide them with an overview
of the Imaging Department and a basic working knowledge of an X-ray room. Student will be
required to take an active part in basic X-ray examinations of the appendicular skeleton.

BAHS 112 Introductory Psychology for Allied Health Sciences Cr2

This course is designed to introduce students to psychology as a discipline and a profession. The
emphasis is on the scope of psychology and introductory topics in psychology like the history and
subfields of psychology. The various major theories in psychology will also be discussed.

GSPH 214 Writing for Public Health Cr3

The course is to provide the students with the knowledge to communicate health messages in a
clear and effective way It will include writing readable health messages, summarizing, important
points, write lists, choosing a style that is easy to follow; using the active voice; defining difficult
words by context clues

UGRC Liberal and African Studies Cr3

This introduction aims to provide basic background knowledge of Africa, its histories, peoples and
cultures. It serves as the spring board from which to launch the elective courses on African and
Liberal Studies.

RDGY 200 Vocational Training 1 Cr 3

This period forms the initial introduction of students to the radiology department so that they can
familiarize themselves to the administrative and professional activities of the department. This is
the first contact with patients and other members of the health care team and is the learning period
of their inter- and intra-relationship with the various groups of people they encounter in the
department as a preparation towards their professional development.

Level 200 Semester 3

RDGY 201 Radiography Physics 1 Cr 3
To educate students in the physics of medical imaging with both ionising and non-ionising

94
radiation demonstrate the fundamental knowledge of X-ray physics, screening and radiation
protection as a condition of performing common radiographic examinations as well as the
understanding of the physical principles underpinning diagnostic imaging and therapeutic
radiography

RDGY 203 Patient Management 1 Cr 3

This course is to assist students to identify their responsibilities in the healthcare facilities as
regards medico-legal, ethical and moral issues in the care of patients

RDGY 205 Radiographic Imaging Processes 1 Cr 3

To provide the knowledge of the radiographic image characteristics, factors that control image
production and diagnostic quality and measures that are required to ensure the preservation of the
diagnostic value of the image

RDGY 207 Radiographic Anatomy I Cr 3

The course includes the study of the structure of human body and the normal function of its
systems. Special emphasis is placed on radiographic anatomy (how the anatomical structures are
presented on conventional and computed or sectional radiographic images).

BAHS 201 Computer Applications Cr 3

An introduction to computers and data processing. Historical and current status of data processing
and electronics digital computer applications; foundation of computer programming; survey of
programming language. Survey of World Wide Web applications and use including the browsers,
search engine, e-mail, news groups, FTP, multimedia, etc. The computing security problem.
Advanced features of microcomputers applications packages such as word processors,
spreadsheets, graphic presentation software, creation and use of macros, styles, and scripts etc.

SOCI 316 Medical Sociology Cr 3

Current knowledge of health production emphasizes the need to perceive health as
multidimensional in character. This is because of the critical nexus between the health status of an
individual and the cultural, political, economic and the physical environment that influence his/her
health/seeking behavior. The multidimensional character of health is even more relevant in view
of the fact that the definition of the patient is no longer restricted to an individual; the concept now
applies to a whole community. Medical Sociology thus offers a junction where biology and
society meet. The pursuit of this course thus gives the student a wider horizon to appreciate the
various intermediations in health production. At the end of this course, students should be able to
critically assess the outcomes of various interventions in health care processes

PSCY 307 Human Growth and Development I Cr 3

The meaning of development the domains of human development, themes in human development,
Why study human development, human growth sequence, prenatal development, the neonate:
prematurity, causes and consequences, physical development, psychological Implications of
physical development, cognitive Development, personality and social development:
psychoanalytic theories, socialization: social learning theories. Mechanisms of socialization,
agents of socialization, moral development: psychoanalytic theories, cognitive theories, social
learning theories, Culture, Gender and moral development, topical Issues: culture and
development, child abuse, the difficult or the maladjusted Child, adolescent delinquency.

Level 200 Semester 4

BAHS 204 General Pathology Cr 3
Characteristics and nomenclature of disease, cellular basis of disease – causes of cell injury;
cellular response to stimuli including homeostasis and steady state, cellular adaptations, reversible
and irreversible (cell death) cell injury ,tissue response to injury – acute and chronic inflammation
including beneficial and harmful effects; healing including concept of regeneration & repair;
wound healing (primary and secondary); healing of fracture and special tissues; factors affecting
healing, circulatory disturbances - hyperaemia and congestion; shock; oedema; thrombosis;

95
embolism; ischaemia and infarction, neoplasia - definition, classification and nomenclature;
general characteristics of neoplasms (benign and malignant); staging and grading of cancers
(concept of tumour differentiation); metastases and routes of dissemination; carcinogenesis

PSCY 308 Human Growth and Development II Cr 3

Adult development and Aging, Domains of Adult Development, Career in basics and Applied
Gerontology. The concept of adulthood: psychological theories of adulthood, stages of adulthood,
critique of stage theory, the concept of age. Adulthood: physical development: changes in the
sense organs, sex and reproduction, health and vitality. Adulthood: cognitive development:
changes in intelligence, fluid and crystallized intelligence, factors responsible for developmental
changes. Adulthood: Psychosocial development: stages of adult development: early adulthood,
middle adulthood, critique of stage theory revisited, the social clock, affiliation needs,
achievement needs, the next cohort. Late adulthood: physical development: the aging process,
aging and disease, causes of the aging process, Late adulthood and cognitive development:
learning in old age, dementia. Late adulthood: psychosocial development: theories:
disengagement, activity, continuity and discontinuity, diversity, changes in achievement patterns,
employment and retirement

RDGY 202 Radiography Physics II Cr 2

This course further introduces the fundamental principles of physics underlying diagnostic X-ray
production and radiography. Upon completion, students should be able to demonstrate an
understanding of basic principles of physics as they relate to the operation of radiographic
equipment; demonstrate an understanding of the fundamental physics principles relevant to
equipment used in X-ray therapy and diagnostic imaging as well as the knowledge of physics as a
tool for understanding physics applications to various diagnostic and therapy examinations and
treatment technologies

RDGY204 Patient Management II Cr 3

This course is to assist students to identify their responsibilities in the healthcare facilities as
regards medico-legal, ethical and moral issues in the care of patients

RDGY 206 Radiographic Anatomy II Cr 3

The course is continuation of RDGY 207 includes the study of the structure of human body and
the normal function of its systems. Special emphasis is placed on radiographic anatomy (how the
anatomical structures are presented on conventional and computed or sectional radiographic
images. Gross anatomy of the appendicular and axial skeleton, osteogenesis, muscles and joints
are covered. Other area to be covered include gross anatomy of various organs and glands in the
body as well as physiology and pathology of bones skeletal fractures in relation to conventional
radiographic images and cross-sectional images of computer-generated images such as ultrasound,
CT, MRI and RNI.

RDGY 208 Radiographic Imaging Processes II Cr 3

This course is intended to provide the knowledge of the X-ray Darkroom as an essential
component of the diagnostic Imaging department, automated and daylight film handling systems,
manipulation of radiographic images, imaging principles of special techniques, and economics of
silver in imaging.

RDGY 212 Equipment for Diagnostic Imaging I Cr 3

The course is to provide students with an insight into the main components in an X-ray circuitry
and the theoretical background of the design and operation of the circuit elements outlined in the
syllabus and the effect of their performance on the quality of the diagnostic imaging.

RDGY 214 Medical Terminology Cr 1

This is to assist students to acquire good working knowledge of medical terms in current use in
medical practice as related particularly to radiological investigations. Content is designed to
provide an introduction to the origins of medical terminology. A word building system is

96
introduced and abbreviations and symbols are discussed. Also introduced is an orientation to
understanding radiographic orders and diagnostic report interpretation. Related terminology is
addressed.

RDGY 300 Vocational Training II Cr 3

This is a 6-week inter-semester clinical training period at the end of semester 4 (i.e. during the
long vacation) to allow students to obtain practical hands-on experience. Students will also
undertake clinical attachment at a Diagnostic Imaging Department/Unit in an accredited Health
Facility. There shall be an evaluation at the end of the clinical attachment. The course is a pre-
requisite for all Level 300 courses in Diagnostic and Therapy Radiography.
NB: Level 100 and 200 Courses are common to both Diagnostic and Therapy Radiography
students and are prerequisite to progressing to Level 300 for the two (2) Programmes.

DIAGNOSTIC RADIOGRAPHY

Level 300 Semester 5

RDGY 301 Equipment for Diagnostic Imaging II Cr 3
The is to provide a basic grounding in the theoretical and practical aspects of the diagnostic
imaging equipment listed in the syllabus to familiarize the students with the design features and
the principle of operation of these equipment. Also an insight into the various approaches to
managing diagnostic imaging equipment and the awareness of the necessity for quality assurance
programme and their influence of the performance of the equipment.

RDGY 303 Radiographic Technique I Cr 3

The course is to provide the theoretical basis of imaging the various anatomical areas through
lectures and demonstrations so that students will be able to apply correctly such techniques in the
practical settings.

RDGY 305 Radiobiology and Radiation Protection Cr 3

The effects of radiation on cells and the human body in general will be studied under this course.
Radiation protection will be treated to emphasize that radiation could be very useful when handled
with care. Content is designed to provide an overview of the principles of the interaction of
radiation with living systems .Radiation effects on molecules, cells, tissues and the body as a
whole are presented. Factors affecting biological response are presented, including acute and
chronic effects of radiation.

RDGY 307 Radiation Physics Cr 3

The course is to provides the students with the understanding for the physical principles of
radioactivity and the production of X-rays including methods of measuring ionizing radiation. It
will also help the students to understand the terms used to describe the quantity and quality of
radiation and their application to medical imaging.

RDGY 309 Medical Terminologies II Cr 1

This is to assist students to acquire good working knowledge of medical terms in current use in
medical practice as related particularly to radiological investigations. Content is designed to
provide an introduction to the origins of medical terminology. A word building system is
introduced and abbreviations and symbols are discussed. Also introduced is an orientation to
understanding radiographic orders and diagnostic report interpretation. Related terminology is
addressed

RDGY 310 Clinical Practice I Cr 4

Students are being introduced to the practical aspect of techniques after introductory Radiography
and Radiography Technique I.

97
BAHS 311 Research Methodology Cr 2
Research principles (the research process, strategies for obtaining facts); Research practice
(experiments, ethnographic studies, surveys); Research representation (critical appraisal of
research, the research presentation, the research report); Formats and styles for reports papers.
The Nature of Research; Variety of Research Methods, Finding Research Problems, Literature
Review; Ethics in Research; The research proposal; Causation; Internal Validity; Sampling;
External Validity; Survey designs (Research Activity; Descriptive Statistics; Measurement and
construct Validity; Reliability; TBA Inferential Statistics Research Designs Analytic
Epidemiological Study; Qualitative Research; Psychographic Techniques; Interviewing, Focus
Groups; Action Research; Evaluation Research.

Semester 6
RDGY 302 Radiographic Technique II Cr 3
The course is to provide the theoretical basis of imaging the various anatomical areas through
lectures and demonstrations so that students will be able to apply correctly such techniques in the
practical settings.

RDGY 304 Specialized Imaging Modalities Cr 3

This is to introduce students to other specialized imaging modalities (both using either ionizing or
non-ionizing radiation) available and their advantages and advantages in diagnostic medical
imaging

RDGY 306 Specialized Imaging Equipment Cr 3

The course is designed to introduce students to computerized imaging equipment used for
sectional anatomical imaging in diagnostic, therapy and nuclear medical imaging.

RDGY 308 Introduction to Quality Assurance in Diagnostic Imaging Cr2

Provision of high quality healthcare to consumers must be the goal of all medical services.
Imaging departments play a vital role in facilitating the above goal through the provision of
diagnostic services and are widely used because of their known benefits to society. Despite their
extensive usage worldwide and known benefits, diagnostic X-rays are by far the largest
contributor to the collective dose from all man-made radiation sources. It has been increasingly
recognized that quality assurance (QA) programmes play a fundamental role in establishing and
maintaining systems to support high quality healthcare. QA directed at equipment and operator
performance is of known value in improving diagnostic information content, reducing radiation
dose, reducing medical costs and improving departmental management and the quality of patient
care.

RDGY 310 Clinical Practice II Cr 5

This course is designed to enable the student to acquire the necessary skills in clinical radiography
to undertake basic projections of different part of the human body. It also introduces students to
and familiarizes them with the applications of advanced plain radiography and basic contrast
studies. The students will be able to correctly position a patient for thorax, spine, skull, facial
bones, sinuses, soft tissue radiography and foreign body localization. The students will be able to
select the appropriate radiographic projections to demonstrate pathology, fracture, or any specified
anatomical feature, and to correctly calculate and determine exposure factors required to obtain
diagnostic radiographs.

BAHS 312 Health Law & Ethics Cr2

This course is designed to introduce students to the adage that a competent knowledge of the laws
of society is the proper accomplishment of every scholar in society. This should help allied health
professionals to reduce negligence to the barest minimum, assist them to almost avert criminality,
conduct themselves in the way that promote the profession in the best of acceptable ways to their
clients, employers and society. The course should arm the student with a tool for critical analysis
of legal phenomenon broadly and application in the field of health

98
Semester 7
RDGY 401 Radiographic Technique III Cr 3
The course is to provide the theoretical basis of imaging the various anatomical areas through
lectures and demonstrations so that students will be able to apply correctly such techniques in the
practical settings

RDGY 403 Imaging Pathology and Pattern Recognition I Cr 3

This course is designed to enable students understand elements of radiographic images of various
imaging modalities, identify normal and abnormal anatomy of images and identify pathologies on
the images of the different modalities.

RDGY 405 Quality Management in Diagnostic Imaging Cr 2

To provide an understanding of the concept, principles and policies of quality management as it
relates to radiation protection in diagnostic and interventional radiology.

RDGY 420 Clinical Practice III Cr 4

The Course is designed to assist students to identify and report equipment malfunctions, examine
procedure orders for accuracy and make corrective actions when applicable, demonstrate safe,
ethical and legal practices and integrate the radiographer’s practice standards into clinical practice
setting.

BAHS 411 Principles of Management Cr 3

Principles, purpose and nature of management, overview of management, definitions, managerial
efficiency/ effectiveness, management skills, role of a manager, functions of a manager, today’s
manager: skills and competencies, middle management, the purpose of management, definition of
a manager; Managerial activities, features of a good plan why we need to plan, nature of planning,
significance of planning, requirements of a good plan, limitations of planning; Organizations,
types of organizations, organization structures; Role of the supervisor within the laboratory,
qualities of a good supervisor; Team building, team building-essence of team work, why teams
don’t work.

RDGY 400 Vocational Training III `Cr 3

This is a 6-week inter-semester clinical training period at the end of semester 6 (i.e. during the
long vacation) to allow students to obtain practical hands-on experience. Students will also
undertake clinical attachment at a Diagnostic Imaging Department/Unit in an accredited Health
Facility. There shall be an evaluation at the end of the clinical attachment. The course is a pre-
requisite for all Level 300 courses in Diagnostic and Therapy Radiography

Level 400 Semester 8

BAHS 412 Applied Health Sciences Management Cr 3
The role of the supervisor, Leadership, Organization; Planning and the supervisor; Individual
behaviour and social psychology; Recruitment and selection processes in health care settings;
Induction and monitoring of staff in health care settings; Education and training; Controlling,
counselling and discipline; Industrial relations: the supervisor and the trade unions; Health and
safety; The law and supervisor – The Labour Act, 2003 Act 561; The supervisor and new
technology; Critical thinking, problem-solving and strategic decision-making regarding health care
organizations; Process and quality management; Communication, networking & continuous
learning.

RDGY 402 Radiographic Technique IV Cr 4

This is to introduce students to the fundamentals of vascular, lymphatic and sectional imaging
using contrast media and other imaging modalities. This is to assist students to acquire knowledge
of the basic techniques and protocols for such examinations

RDGY 404 Imaging Pathology and Pattern Recognition II Cr 3

This is to introduce the student radiographer to the identification of common pathologies and

99
pattern recognition on radiographs of the visceral organs; Ultrasound of organs other than
Obstetrics and Gynaecology. At the end of the Course should be able to critique images for
appropriate technical, procedural and pathological factors, and employ corrective actions if
necessary

RDGY 420 Clinical Practice IV Cr 6

This is to assist students to adapt procedures to meet age-specific, disease-specific and cultural
needs of patients, Apply the principles of total quality management, Adhere to national,
institutional and departmental standards, policies and procedures regarding care of patients,
providing radiologic procedures and reducing medical errors, critique images for appropriate
anatomy, image quality and patient identification, determine corrective measures to improve
inadequate images and Demonstrate competency in the principles of radiation protection
standards. Students would spend this period rotating through various units to obtain more hands-
on experience practical and proficiency.

RDGY 410 Research Project (Semesters 7 & 8) Cr 5

This course is designed to teach students how to gather information, analyze the information,
present and discuss data and address current issues in radiography. Students are given the
opportunity to conduct an individual investigation of radiography-related problem

THERAPY RADIOGRAPHY

Level 300 Semester 5

RDGY 309 Medical Terminologies II Cr 1
This is to assist students to acquire good working knowledge of medical terms in current use in
medical practice as related particularly to radiological investigations. Content is designed to
provide an introduction to the origins of medical terminology. A word building system is
introduced and abbreviations and symbols are discussed. Also introduced is an orientation to
understanding radiographic orders and diagnostic report interpretation. Related terminology is
addressed

RDGY 311 Radiotherapy Physics I (Radioactivity and Radiotherapy Equipment) Cr3

The course is designed to provide the students with the understanding for the physical principles
of radioactivity and measuring of ionizing radiation. It will also help students to appreciate the
terms used to describe quantity and quality of radiation and identity equipment used in
radiotherapy. Also included are principles and functions; as well as the limitation of each
equipment and the common cancers treated by each modality and the safety aspects.

RDGY 313 Radiation Oncology 1: Principles Cr 2

The course is designed to provide an overview of malignant diseases as well as the nature and
epidemiology of cancer. It is also designed to provide understanding to students about general
principles of cancer management and to provide insight to students about the factors worth
considering in choosing various treatment options and advances in oncology and radiotherapy
practices.

RDGY 315 Radiotherapy Technique I Cr4

The course is designed to provide students with cognitive and evaluative skills necessary to
understand and perform the required radiotherapy procedures. It includes mould room procedures,
localization of tumours and treatment planning procedures. Other areas covered include
verification of treatment plans and introduction to treatment accessories and equipment.

RDGY 317 Radiobiology Cr 3

Content is designed to provide an overview of the principles of the interaction of radiation with
living systems .Radiation effects on molecules, cells, tissues and the body as a whole is presented.

100
Factors affecting biological response are presented, including acute and chronic effects of
radiation.

RDGY 309 Medical Terminologies II Cr 1

This is to assist students to acquire good working knowledge of medical terms in current use in
medical practice as related particularly to radiological investigations. Content is designed to
provide an introduction to the origins of medical terminology. A word building system is
introduced and abbreviations and symbols are discussed. Also introduced is an orientation to
understanding radiographic orders and diagnostic report interpretation. Related terminology is
addressed

RDGY 320 Clinical Practice Cr 4

Content is designed to provide sequential development, application, analysis, integration,
synthesis and evaluation of concepts and theories in radiation therapy. Through structured
sequential assignments in clinical facilities, concepts of team practice, patient-centered clinical
practice and professional development will be discussed, examined and evaluated

BAHS 311 Research Methodology Cr 2

Research principles (the research process, strategies for obtaining facts); Research practice
(experiments, ethnographic studies, surveys); Research representation (critical appraisal of
research, the research presentation, the research report); Formats and styles for reports papers.
The Nature of Research; Variety of Research Methods, Finding Research Problems, Literature
Review; Ethics in Research; The research proposal; Causation; Internal Validity; Sampling;
External Validity; Survey designs (Research Activity; Descriptive Statistics; Measurement and
construct Validity; Reliability; TBA Inferential Statistics Research Designs Analytic
Epidemiological Study; Qualitative Research; Psychographic Techniques; Interviewing, Focus
Groups; Action Research; Evaluation Research

Semester 6
RDGY 308 Quality Assurance in Radiotherapy Cr2
Provision of high quality healthcare to consumers must be the goal of all medical services.
Imaging departments play a vital role in facilitating the above goal through the provision of
diagnostic services and are widely used because of their known benefits to society. Despite their
extensive usage worldwide and known benefits, diagnostic and therapy X-rays are by far the
largest contributor to the collective dose from all man-made radiation sources. It has been
increasingly recognized that quality assurance (QA) programmes play a fundamental role in
establishing and maintaining systems to support high quality healthcare. QA directed at equipment
and operator performance is of known value in improving therapeutic information content,
reducing radiation dose, reducing medical costs and improving departmental

RDGY 314 Radiotherapy Physics II (Dosimetry &Principles of Treatment Planning Cr3

The course is designed to provide basic knowledge and solid foundation in treatment prescriptions
and appropriate definitions. Calculations of treatment dose with the treated volume to include
tumour and skin/sub-dermal doses are also included. Other areas covered include manual drawing
of simple and routine isodose distribution for single, parallel opposes and multi-field techniques.
Interpretation of isodose distribution as well as verification of treatment plans with reference of
beam/patient alignment is also covered

RDGY 316 Radiotherapy Technique II Cr 3

This course is designed to build on the knowledge and skills gained from Radiotherapy
Technique1 to enable the students take a greater role with the radiotherapy department through
application of their skills to execute complex treatment procedures.

RDGY 318 Treatment Planning I (Theory) Cr2

The course is designed to provide the theoretical knowledge on treatment planning which will
form the foundation for the practical training in treatment planning. . The course has further been

101
designed to equip the students with the cognitive and evaluative skills necessary to understand and
perform the require treatment planning procedures for various anatomical sites.

RDGY 322 Radiation Oncology II (Treatment of Systems) Cr 2

The course is designed to provide understanding to students about the anatomical structures and
physiological functions of the body and the tumours of the haemopoietic and lymphoreticular
system, head and neck, ENT, Eye, the endocrine system, digestive and female reproductive
system. It is also intended to provide insight to students about the factors worth considering

RDGY 330 Clinical Practice (Treatment Setup and Patient Management) Cr 3

The clinical practicum has been designed to complement the academic and runs throughout the
course. Clinical placements have been designed so that the students will be able to observe the
practical application of the theoretical courses wherever possible. Assessment would be linked
with the theoretical assessment to demonstrate practical application of knowledge.

RDGY 340 Clinical Practice 1(Clinical Dosimetry and Treatment Planning) Cr 3

This course is planned to provide opportunities to students to translate into practice the theoretical
knowledge on treatment planning. Areas covered include: - record keeping; appointment system;
equipment calibration and mould room techniques. Other areas covered are the performance of
radiotherapy treatment procedures and demonstrating competencies in all aspects of treatment
planning procedure.

BAHS 312 Health Law & Ethics Cr2

This course is designed to introduce students to the adage that a competent knowledge of the laws
of society is the proper accomplishment of every scholar in society. This should help allied health
professionals to reduce negligence to the barest minimum, assist them to almost avert criminality,
conduct themselves in the way that promote the profession in the best of acceptable ways to their
clients, employers and society. The course should arm the student with a tool for critical analysis
of legal phenomenon broadly and application in the field of health

Level 400 Semester 7

BAHS 411 Principles of Management Cr 3
Principles, purpose and nature of management, overview of management, definitions, managerial
efficiency/ effectiveness, management skills, role of a manager, functions of a manager, today’s
manager: skills and competencies, middle management, the purpose of management, definition of
a manager; Managerial activities, features of a good plan why we need to plan, nature of planning,
significance of planning, requirements of a good plan, limitations of planning; Organizations,
types of organizations, organization structures; Role of the supervisor within the laboratory,
qualities of a good supervisor; Team building, team building-essence of team work, why teams
don’t work.

RDGY 407 Radiotherapy Physics III (Brachytherapy and Radiation Protection) Cr 3

The course is designed to provide the students with the understanding of the principles of
clinical use of radioactive substance in specific disease management. Relevant dose calculation in
brachytherapy is also covered. The need for radiation protection measures in brachytherapy to
minimize unnecessary radiation exposure to patients and staff is included in the course. The risk-
benefit philosophy underpinning therapeutic radiography is also covered

RDGY 409 Treatment Planning II Cr2

The course which is continuation of RDGY 318 is designed to provide the theoretical knowledge
on treatment planning which will form the foundation for the practical training in treatment
planning. . The course has further been designed to equip the students with the cognitive and
evaluative skills necessary to understand and perform the require treatment planning procedures
for various anatomical sites.

102
RDGY 411 Quality Management in Radiotherapy Cr2
To provide an understanding of the concept, principles and policies of quality management as it
relates to radiation protection in therapy radiotherapy.

RDGY 430 Clinical Practicum II: (Treatment Set up and Patient Management Cr 6
Clinical practicum has been designed to enable the student to integrate clinical experience with the
theoretical knowledge. The course has further been designed to enable the students take a greater
role within the radiotherapy department through application of their skills and execute complex
localization, verification and treatment procedures.

RDGY 440 Clinical Practicum II (Clinical Dosimetry & Treatment Planning) Cr 6

This course is planned to provide opportunities to students to translate into practice the theoretical
knowledge on treatment planning. Areas covered include: - record keeping; appointment system;
equipment calibration and mould room techniques. Other areas covered are the performance of
radiotherapy treatment procedures and demonstrating competencies in all aspects of treatment
planning procedure

RDGY 410 Research Project (Semesters 7 & 8) Cr 5

This course is designed to teach students how to gather information, analyze the information,
present and discuss data and address current issues in radiography. Students are given the
opportunity to conduct an individual investigation of radiography-related problem

Semester 8
BAHS 412 Applied Health Sciences Management Cr 3
The role of the supervisor, Leadership, Organization; Planning and the supervisor; Individual
behaviour and social psychology; Recruitment and selection processes in health care settings;
Induction and monitoring of staff in health care settings; Education and training; Controlling,
counselling and discipline; Industrial relations: the supervisor and the trade unions; Health and
safety; The law and supervisor – The Labour Act, 2003 Act 561; The supervisor and new
technology; Critical thinking, problem-solving and strategic decision-making regarding health care
organizations; Process and quality management; Communication, networking & continuous
learning.

RDGY 430 Clinical Practicum II: (Treatment Set up and Patient Management) Cr 6
Clinical practicum has been designed to enable the student to integrate clinical experience with the
theoretical knowledge. The course has further been designed to enable the students take a greater
role within the radiotherapy department through application of their skills and execute complex
localization, verification and treatment procedures.

RDGY 440 Clinical Practices II (Clinical Dosimetry & Treatment Planning) Cr 6

This course is planned to provide opportunities to students to translate into practice the theoretical
knowledge on treatment planning. Areas covered include: - record keeping; appointment system;
equipment calibration and mould room techniques. Other areas covered are the performance of
radiotherapy treatment procedures and demonstrating competencies in all aspects of treatment
planning procedure

RDGY 410 Research Project (Semesters 7 & 8) Cr 5

This course is designed to teach students how to gather information, analyze the information,
present and discuss data and address current issues in radiography. Students are given the
opportunity to conduct an individual investigation of radiography-related problem

103
 BSC IN OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY

PROGRAMME OBJECTIVES
This program is aimed at producing competent practitioners in occupational therapy who are
capable of continuing professional and personal development to meet specific needs of Ghana.
The program objectives are to:- Equip students with the specific knowledge base and skills that are
required for competent practice of occupational therapy at the beginning level; Develop students'
understanding of the holistic nature of a person's health status and its implications on the delivery
of health care service with emphasis on rehabilitation; Develop students' analytical thinking,
problem solving, interpersonal and communication skills; Develop students' ability to integrate
knowledge, skills and attitudes to practice competently in occupational therapy; Foster students'
development of professional identity and accountability; Develop students' skills in self-directed
learning and positive attitudes towards continuing professional and personal development;
Students’ to synthesize current biological, behavioral and clinical sciences for occupational
therapy practice with due reference to the holistic approach to health care issues; Analyze
activities and tasks essential to life roles in self- maintenance, productivity, and leisure/play;
Identify patients'/clients' functional problems resulting from developmental dysfunction, physical
disability, psychosocial dysfunction and/or ageing process; Plan, implement and evaluate
programs of therapy which help patients/clients acquire adaptive skills, social effectiveness and
physical abilities essential for participation in own life roles; Communicate (verbally and written)
and function appropriate to the professional standard; Contribute to the planning, organizing,
staffing, leading and assuring the quality of service of an occupational therapy unit; Apply
knowledge and interpersonal skills learned to work co-operatively as a member of the health care
team which aims at reintegrating the disabled back to their families and into the community; and;
Continue ongoing personal and professional development through activities such as independent
study, peer review activities, clinical supervision, continuing education and research.

CURRICULUM
LEVEL 100 COURSES
All the courses at Level 100 are compulsory

SEMESTER 1
STAT 101 Introduction to Statistics 3
BAHS 103 Introduction to Microbiology 3
CHEM 111 General Chemistry I 3
PHYS 143 Mechanics and Thermal Physics 3
ABCS 101 Introductory Animal Biology 3
UGRC 150 Critical Thinking and Practical Reasoning 3
BAHS 113 Introduction to Computer studies 1
UGRC 110 Academic Writing I 3
22

SEMESTER 2
BAHS 102 Human Anatomy 3
BAHS 104 Human Anatomy Practical 1
BAHS 106 Basic Physiology 3
BAHS 108 Basic Physiology Practical 1
OTTR 102 Intro to Occupational Therapy 2
BAHS 122 Introductory Biochemistry 2
BAHS 112 Intro Psychology for Allied Health Sciences 2
UGRC 220 Liberal and African Studies 3
GSPH 214 Writing for Public Health 3
20

104
OTTR 100 Practice Placement.
*This is a 6-week inter semester clinical training period at the end of semester 2 (i.e. during the
long vacation) to allow students to obtain practical hands-on experience. Students will undertake
introductory clinical training in an accredited Hospital Ward/Unit. Students shall be evaluated at
the end of the clinical affiliation. The course is a pre-requisite for all Level 200 courses in
Occupational Therapy.

LEVEL 200 COURSES

All the courses at Level 200 are compulsory

SEMESTER 3
OTTR 203 Occupational Therapy Theory and Practice 2
PSTR 201 Advanced Anatomy 2
PSTR 203 Advanced Anatomy Practical 1
SAHS 201 Basic Computer Application 2
PSCY 307 Human Growth & Development I 3
SAHS 205 Introductory Biochemistry II 2
SAHS 203 Statistics 2
SOCI 316 Medical Sociology 3
17

SEMESTER 4
PSTR 204 Neuroscience 2
OTTR 202 OT for Physical Dysfunction 3
OTTR 204 Individuals, Institutions and Change 2
PSTR 208 Health Promotions and Disease Prevention 2
PSCY 308 Human Growth & Development II 3
PSTR 212 Biomechanics 2
SAHS 204 General Pathology 3
SAHS 202 Immunology 2
19

OTTR 200 Practice Placement 3

*This is a 6-week inter semester clinical training period at the end of semester 4 (i.e. during the
long vacation) to allow students to obtain practical hands-on experience. Students will undertake
introductory clinical training in an accredited Hospital Ward/Unit. Students shall be evaluated at
the end of the clinical affiliation. The course is a pre-requisite for all Level 300 courses in
Occupational Therapy.

LEVEL 300 COURSES

All the courses at level 300 are compulsory
SEMESTER 5
OTTR 301 Enabling Expression of Needs 2
PSTR 301 Kinesiology 2
PSTR 307 Neuro-rehabilitation I 2
OTTR 303 Environmental Planning I 3
OTTR 305 Orthotics and Seating 3
OTTR 307 OT Practice Skills I (Practical) 2
SAHS 301 Research Methodology 2
PSTR 309 Rheumatology (OT) 2
PSTR 311 Systemic Pathology 2
20

105
 SEMESTER 6
OTTR 302 Designing for Clients Needs (+ Practical) 3
PSTR 302 Traumatic Skeletal Disorders (OT) 2
PSTR 304 Neuro-Rehabilitation II 2
SAHS 302 Health Law and Ethics 2
OTTR 304 Environmental Planning II 2
OTTR 306 OT for Psychosocial Dysfunction 3
OTTR 308 OT for Developmental Dysfunction (Pediatrics) 3
OTTR 312 Community Therapy Services 2
OTTR 401 OT Practice Skills II 2
19

OTTR 300 Practice Placement 3

*This is a 6-week inter-semester clinical training period at the end of semester 6 (i.e. during the
long vacation) to allow students to obtain practical hands-on experience. Students will undertake
clinical attachment at a Hospital ward/Unit in an accredited health facility. There shall be an
evaluation at the end of the clinical attachment. The course is a pre-requisite for all Level 400
courses in Occupational Therapy. NOTE: Alert students on the need to think of their research
proposals at this stage of their course.

LEVEL 400 COURSES

All the courses at level 400 are compulsory
SEMESTER 7
OTTR403 Inter-professional Assessment 2
PSTR 403 Dermatology & Burns 2
OTTR 407 Geriatrics OT 3
SAHS 401 Principles of Management 3
PSTR 405 Health and Physical Fitness 2
OTTR 400 Practice Placements I (intra sem.) 3days/week 3
OTTR 420 Project (Dissertation I) 4
19

SEMESTER 8
SAHS 402 Applied Health Sciences Management 3
OTTR 402 Vocational Rehabilitation for OT 2
OTTR 404 Evidencing Practice & Debate on OT current Issues 2
PSTR 402 Health, Fitness and Physical Activity 2
OTTR 400 Practice Placement II (Intra-sem.) 2dys/wk 2
PSTR 406 Ergonomics and Industrial Therapy 3
OTTR 420 Project (Dissertation II) 4

18

COURSE DESCRIPTION
OTTR 102: INTRODUCTIONS TO OCCUPATIOAL THERAPY
This unit is focused on ensuring clear understanding of the profession of Occupational therapy and
the historical development. The unit examines the ability to confidently discuss Occupational
Therapy in the areas of philosophy, models, and scope of practice, prospects, associated
limitations and the role of the occupational therapist in the health care system.

OTTR 201 OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY THEORIES AND PRACTICE

The unit is to assist students to gain understanding of disability in the socio- cultural context. The
unit will further inform on OT theoretical frameworks and approaches used for different disabling

106
conditions and situations. Students will be expected to appreciate information gathering,
synthesizing and importance of confidentiality in OT practice.

OTTR 202: OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY FOR PHYSICAL DYSFUNCTION

This course will examine areas to develop students understanding of the impact of altered physical
function on occupational performance. Students will be introduced to skills of assessment and
recording. It will also examine in-depth knowledge and demonstration of understanding in
evaluating neuromuscular and motor skills, somatic sensory function, special senses, cognitive and
perceptual skills in relation to occupational performance. The unit will cover areas including.

OTTR 204 INDIVIDUALS, INSTITUTIONS AND CHANGE

The course will assist the student to develop awareness of the needs of persons who have been,
are, or could be affected by institutional living. The course will enhance students understanding on
how to integrate knowledge on healthcare services with the study of effects of institutional living
and the application of theory and concepts of change and its management.

OTTR 301 ENABLING EXPRESSION OF NEEDS

This unit will examine the development of different forms of communications and consider the
occupational performance needs of people with related communication difficulty. The unit will
also examine the normal development of communication skills associated with communication
problems and the impact on occupational performance. Students will appreciate and evaluate a
range of tools and techniques associated with assessment and treatment of persons with
communication disorders. The unit will again assist the student to develop an understanding of the
function of the variety of supporting services and agencies relevant to communication and inter
agency working with the OT.

OTTR 303 ENVIRONMENTAL PLANNING I

This unit will examine areas to gaining understanding of the influence of the environment on
enabling occupation. This will explore the concept of disability and its associated legal issues.
Students will also be guided through the exploration of the concept of community

OTTR 305 ORTHOTICS & SEATING

This unit will examine occupational performance components deficits with a variety of
conditions/injuries. The nit will explore the analysis and assessment on how orthotic interventions
may address and facilitate different levels of occupational performances.
The unit will further examine appropriate use of wheel chair by w/chair dependants and their
carers to mitigate affected occupational performance areas.

OTTR 307 OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY PRACTICE SKILLS I (PRACTICAL)

The unit will examine skills and techniques in the assessment of performance components of
occupational performance areas of self-care, productivity and leisure with consideration to
physical and social/ cultural environment. The student would be able to interpret and record a full
assessment of patients with physical dysfunction.

OTTR 302 DESIGNING FOR CLIENTS’ NEEDS (+ PRACTICAL

DEMONSTRATION)
This unit is based on problem solving and practical workshop activity. Students will work in
groups and will have the opportunity to make a prototype, or adapt a piece of domestic or
therapeutic equipment to meet the needs of an identified client or client group.The unit will guide
students to explore and describe materials which are locally available, and their potential usage in
construction of adaptive equipment.

OTTR 304 ENVIRONMENTAL PLANNING II

This unit will examine the need to enable students to be fully aware of how the environment can
be physically adapted to facilitate independence in all areas of activity of daily living. Students
will demonstrate basic technical drawing techniques in order to be able to understand building

107
plans and to draw adaptations. The unit will also examine areas of communicating knowledgeably
with others responsible for providing accessible and suitable work environments for disabled
persons and domestic settings for disabled and elderly people.There will also be the need to
examine relevant legislative factors affecting environmental design and provision of work place
and domestic fixtures and fittings.

OTTR 306 OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY FOR PSYCHOSOCIAL DYSFUNCTION

The unit will enlighten students to gain understanding of mental illness in relation to occupational
performance. The unit also examines how OT improves functional capacity and quality of life for
people with mental illness in the areas of employment, education, community living, and home
and personal care through the use of real life activities in therapy treatments.

OTTR 308 MANAGEMENT OF PRACTICE AND CHANGE

This unit will assist students to develop skills of self-efficacy, applying personal and
organisational theory to the effective management of professional practice.The unit will also
examine the theory and practice of personal management and organisational skills to evaluate
opportunities and constraints upon the development of professional practice within changing
health service systems

OTTR 312 COMMUNITY THERAPY SERVICES

The unit examines further in-depth understanding of the influence of the environment on enabling
occupation. The unit dwells on earlier knowledge on the concepts of community, societal structure
and the importance of meaningful occupation. Emphasis is laid on WHO model of CBR and how
the therapist could work with other MDT members to sustain this community rehabilitation
model.The unit is aimed to making therapy services accessible, acceptable, and affordable in the
community setting.

OTTR 401 OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY PRACTICE SKILLS II (PRACTICAL)

The unit will examine areas to assist students to have a thorough understanding of the
occupational therapy process and its application.The area of study will lead to demonstrate a good
understanding of each stage of the occupational therapy process.

OTTR 403 INTER-PROFESSIONAL ASSESSMENT

The unit will provide students with an opportunity to explore areas of professional assessment of
individuals and family care needs while working with other professional team members. The unit
will compare and contrast professional roles and boundaries within the inter-disciplinary team and
analyse the concept of effective team work to provide holistic care.

OTTR 405 OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY FOR DEVELOPMENTAL DYSFUNCTION

To enable students to have knowledge and skills to plan and carry out assessment and treatment of
children with common conditions as seen in OT practice. The unit will assess occupational
performance areas of self-care, play, productivity and leisure.
The unit will ensure students appreciation to various developmental disabilities in the areas of
identification and management.

OTTR 407 OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY AND GERIATRICS

This area will examine knowledge and skills to plan and carry out OT assessment and treatment
with elderly patients with common physical conditions as seen in OT practice. The unit will
enable the ability to construct OT assessment and treatment plans.

OTTR 402 VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION

The unit will explore the philosophy and purpose of vocational rehabilitation/ training. This area
of study will enable students to acknowledge how healthy working life continually provides
working age people with the opportunity, ability, support and encouragement to work in ways
which allows them to sustain and improve their health and wellbeing. The unit takes into
consideration sense of identity, social structure and routine, social networks, skills and meaning to

108
the concept of leisure.

OTTR 404 EVIDENCING PRACTICE & DEBATE ON CURRENT

OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY ISSUES
This unit aims to develop a basic understanding of the methods used to provide evidence to
underpin professional practice in occupational therapy. It examines the ability to understand how
the academic knowledge base of the profession is developed and applied. The unit also examines
current socio-political issues and their effect on OT practice and development. Students will also
be introduced to process management of transition from students to qualified practitioners.

OTTR 400 PRACTICE PLACEMENTS (ROTATION)

This course is a two semester-long practice placement during level 400 in 3 different settings
(Physical Health, Mental Health, and Rehabilitation Centre) to develop students’ identification
with the occupational therapy profession through observation and practice under supervision.
Students will be doing three days per week in semester 7 and two days per week during semester 8
when they will be assessed.

UGRC 110 ACADEMIC WRITING I

The main objective of Academic Writing I is to equip students with the language skills that will
enable them to read and write effectively. Students will be taken initially through fundamental
issues in grammar and composition in order to consolidate their language skills in these areas.
Subsequently, reading and writing skills relevant to university work will be introduced. These will
include the structure of the essay, unity, completeness and coherence in essay writing;
summarizing as a skill basic to exposition, writing from sources, referencing skills and avoiding
plagiarism. The course will be taught in small groups and class activities are characterised by
group work, oral presentations and extensive practical assignments

GSPH 214 WRITING FOR PUBLIC HEALTH

Writing readable health messages, summarizing, important points, write lists, choosing a style that
is easy to follow; using the active voice; defining difficult words by context clues

UGRC 220 LIBERAL AND AFRICAN STUDIES

This introduction aims to provide basic background knowledge of Africa, its histories, peoples and
cultures. It serves as the spring board from which to launch the elective courses on African and
Liberal Studies.

STAT 101 INTRODUCTORY STATISTICS

Types of data, descriptive statistics and plots, theoretical distributions, probability, estimation,
hypothesis testing, and one-way analysis of variance. A brief introduction to correlation and
univariate linear regression. Basic statistical methods for both continuous and dichotomous data.

BAHS 102 HUMAN ANATOMY

Introduction, Anatomical terminology and nomenclature, Structure and organisation of the cell,
Basic tissues, Musculoskeletal system, Digestive System, Renal System, Integumentary System
and Appendages, Reproductive System, Endocrine System, Special sensory organs

CHEM 111 PHYSICAL AND INORGANIC CHEMISTRY

Introduction to the principles of chemistry including physical and chemical changes, energetics,
atomic structure, bonding, nomenclature, chemical calculations, chemical reactions (including
solubility, neutralization, and oxidation-reduction) gas laws, solutions, acids and bases, pH,
equilibrium, and nuclear chemistry.

BAHS 106 BASIC PHYSIOLOGY

Functions of the cell organelles and the cell membrane. Basic concept of cell transport in
biological systems. Excitable and non excitable tissues. Neurotransmitters and synaptic
transmission and their application in drug- receptor interaction. Electrical and mechanical activity

109
of the heart. Formation, composition and functions of the blood. Haemodynamics. Mechanism of
breathing , gaseous transport and exchange. Function of GIT (peristaltic and mixing movements).
Functions of the liver. Nutritional requirements of the body. Metabolism of carbohydrate, protein
and lipids. Functions of the kidney .Organization of the nervous system. Functions of the
autonomic nervous system, motor and sensory nerves. Physiology of the brain and the spinal cord.
Physiology of the following : vision, hearing, balance, taste , smell and related clinical problems.
Physiology of skeletal and smooth muscle contraction. General mechanism of hormonal function
and control. Functions of the male and female reproductive system and the breast.

CHEM 110 GENERAL CHEMISTRY PRACTICAL

Safety in the chemistry laboratory; Errors in the chemistry laboratory; The use of the analytical
balance; Calibration of volumetric ware: Pipette, Burette and volumetric flask; Preparation of
standard solutions; Acid-base titration (basic); Identification of functional groups in organic
compounds; Quantitative determination; Colorimetric determination of concentration of
substances in coloured solutions; Experimental determinations with ultraviolet/visible light.

BAHS 108 BASIC PHYSIOLOGY PRACTICAL

The laboratory sequence will support topics under BAHS 106 (Basic Physiology).

PHYS 143 GENERAL PHYSICS

Conceptual view of physics, Newtonian mechanics, wave motion, heat and thermodynamics,
fluids, Wave motion, electricity and magnetism, geometrical and physical optics, Introduction to
concepts of relativity, quantum theory, atomic and nuclear physics. Application of physical
principles to related scientific disciplines including life sciences.

BAHS 113 INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER STUDIES

What is a computer?; History of computers ; Computer types; Hardware and software; Basic
operations; Data sizes and speeds; Inside a computer case (Motherboard, Processor, Memory,
Disks); Peripherals (Input Devices, Output Devices , Future Peripherals); System software;
Application software; Personal Networks ;Security; Internet; Development; Databases

UGRC 150 Critical Thinking and Practical Reasoning

Health and health management information search and appraisal strategies; Socratic questioning;
knowledge construction; reflective thinking; basis of clinical reasoning and scientific inquiry;
creative/lateral thinking; models of health and disability; application; academic and professional
communication; scholarship/scientific writing; ethics; collaborative models.

BAHS 122 Introductory Biochemistry

Cell Theory; The Three Domains of Life; Prokaryotes and eukaryotes; subcellular organelles
(compartmentalization of cellular processes); pH and buffer solutions; chemistry of water,
definition of pH, the pH scale, buffer solutions and buffer capacity; the Henderson-Hasselbach
equation in the preparation of buffer solutions. Chemistry and functions of biological molecules
(biomolecules: monomers, polymers, macromolecules, Carbohydrates: mono-, di-, oligo- and
polysaccharides, stereoisomerism. Lipids: different types (fatty acids, triacylglycerols,
phospholipids, steroids, cholesterol). Amino acids and proteins: protein structure, classification.
Nucleotides; nucleic acids. Formation of nucleic acids; Secondary, tertiary, and quaternary
structures of DNA; Secondary, tertiary, and quaternary structures of RNA. Flow of genetic
information. Replication, Transcription, Translation. Other aspects of nucleic acids and protein
synthesis. Mutations. Anti-biotics. Vitamins and coenzymes. Enzymes, Properties and
classification, cofactors and coenzymes, kinetics (effect of pH, temperature, [S], [E] on enzyme-
catalyzed reactions, Michaelis-Menten equation); regulation (activation and inhibition).
Membranes and Membrane Protein: General membrane function. Membrane composition.
Phospholipid bilayer. Membrane structure. Posttranslational modification. Membrane fluidity.
Diffusion in membranes. Movement of ions and molecules across membranes. Transport across
membranes.

110
SOCI 316 Medical Sociology
Current knowledge of health production emphasizes the need to perceive heath as
multidimensional in character. This is because of the critical nexus between the health status of an
individual and the cultural, political, economic and the physical environment that influence his/her
health-seeking behaviour. The multidimensional character of health is even more relevant in view
of the fact that the definition of the patient is no longer restricted to an individual; the concept now
applies to a whole community. Medical Sociology thus offers a junction where biology and
society meet. The pursuit of this course thus gives the student a wider horizon to appreciate the
various intermediations in health production.

SAHS 201 BASIC COMPUTER APPLICATION

An introduction to computers and data processing. Historical and current status of data processing
and electronic digital computers; a survey of computer applications; foundations of computer
programming; survey of programming languages. Survey of World Wide Web applications and
use including browsers, search engines, e-mail, news groups, FTP, multimedia, etc. The
computing security problem. Advanced features of microcomputer applications packages such as
word processors, spread sheets, graphic presentation software, etc. Creation and use of macros,
styles, and scripts etc.

PSTR 201 ADVANCED ANATOMY

Advanced Anatomy provides detailed insight into structures and their related functions in the
different anatomical regions of the body; and associates them with clinical conditions encountered
by the Therapist.

PSTR 201 ADVANCED ANATOMY PRACTICAL

This course is the practical aspect of PSTR 201 Advanced Anatomy.It involves the dissection of
cadavers to observe and identify the structures found in the different regions of the body.

PSTR 208 HEALTH PROMOTION AND DISEASE PREVENTION

This course seeks to develop an understanding of the theory of health promotion and disease
prevention. It focuses on strategies including health education which aims at disease prevention,
promotion of healthy lifestyles and behaviour change. The following areas will be covered:

SAHS 202 IMMUNOLOGY

Theory and application of basic concepts in immunology, immunopathology, and immunologic
testing methods. Cells, proteins and chemicals involved in the immune system. Immune disorders
such as hypersensitivity, autoimmunity, immunodeficiency and protein abnormalities, transplant
and tumor immunology, immunologic testing methods and flow cytometry.

SAHS 203 STATISTICS

This course provides the student with an enduring understanding of, and appreciation for, the
statistical processes most used in healthcare research. Emphasis is placed on development of a
working knowledge of basic statistical processes sufficient for evaluation and interpretation of the
statistical methods and findings in published reports of research.

PSTR 212 BIOMECHANICS

Biomechanics is designed and specially tailored to introduce the theory and applications of
biomechanics to Physiotherapy/occupational therapy students and other allied health professional
(AHPs) who may require it in their academic and professional training.

SAHS 302 HEALTH LAW AND ETHICS

This course is designed to introduce students to the adage that a competent knowledge of the laws
of society is the proper accomplishment of every scholar in society. This should help allied health
professionals to reduce negligence to the barest minimum, assist them to almost avert criminality,
conduct themselves in the way that promote the profession in the best of acceptable ways to their
clients, employers and society.

111
SAHS 301 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
Research principles (the research process, strategies for obtaining facts); Research practice
(experiments, ethnographic studies, surveys); Research presentation (critical appraisal of research,
the research presentation, the research report); Formats and styles for reports and papers. The
Nature of Research; Variety of Research Methods, Finding Research Problems, Literature Review;
Ethics in Research; The research proposal; Causation; Internal Validity; Sampling; External
Validity; Survey designs (Research, Activity); Descriptive Statistics; Measurement and Construct
Validity; Reliability; TBA; Inferential Statistics; Research Designs; Analytic Epidemiological
Study; Qualitative Research; Psychographic Techniques; Interviewing, Focus Groups; Action
Research; Evaluation Research

PSTR 301 KINESIOLOGY

The course is to enable the student appreciate the study of analysis of normal human movement as
basis for clinical intervention in rehabilitation of abnormal movements.

PSTR 302 TRAUMATIC SKELETAL DISORDERS (OT)

The course aims to provide the student with knowledge of traumatic disorders and injuries to
bones and joints as well as occupational therapy intervention in ameliorating secondary
conditions, treating and rehabilitating the sequelae of the disorders and injuries.

PSTR 307 NEUROREHABILITATION 1

The student is equipped to relate basic neuro-anatomical knowledge to problem identification and
evaluation of treatment of neurological conditions. Emphasis is placed on upper motor neuron
lesions.

PSTR 309 RHEUMATOLOGY (OT)

This course is to provide the student with knowledge of the diseases of muscles, bones and joints
as well as occupational therapy intervention in ameliorating secondary conditions, treating and
rehabilitating the sequelae of the disorders.

PSTR 311 SYSTEMIC PATHOLOGY

This is the current knowledge of specific diseases as they affect individual organism or systems
and their effects on the body as a whole. The operation of one or more categories of causation and
processes featuring in general pathology may be responsible for the genesis of each specific
disease. Diseases of the cardiovascular, respiratory, central and peripheral nervous, skeletal
muscle, bone and joint, endocrine and integumentary systems. Implications of these diseases on
physiotherapy treatment and vice versa.

PSCY 308 HUMAN GROWTHS AND DEVELOPMENT II

The course looks at the need to study adult development and Aging. Domains of Adult
Development. Career in basics and Applied Gerontology

PSTR 403 DERMATOLOGY AND BURNS

The course is aimed at exposing students to the identification of various skin disorders and burns;
and the role of physiotherapy in preventive, therapeutic and rehabilitative management. The
following areas will be covered.

PSTR 405 HEALTH AND PHYSICAL FITNESS

The course focuses on the attainment and maintenance of physical fitness level in healthy
individuals and the role of physiotherapy in health promotion and illness prevention.

SAHS 401 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT

Principles, purpose and nature of management, overview of management, definitions, managerial
efficiency/ effectiveness, management skills, role of a manager, functions of a manager, today’s
manager: skills and competencies, middle management, the purpose of management,definition of a

112
manager;Managerial activities,features of a good planwhy we need to plan,nature of
planning,significance of planning,requirements of a good plan,limitations of
planning;Organizations, types of organizations, organization structures; Role of the supervisor
within the laboratory,qualities of a good supervisor;Team building,team building-essence of team
work, why teams don’t work and what to do about it;Leadership,leadership styles;how to develop
effective leadership;Leadership and management,importance of leadership, essence of
leadership,conceptual framework on leadership,ten functions of leaders,leadership
competencies,the prize of leadership,the perils of leadership,leadership –management
comparedmanager/leader qualities,dealing with difficult people,what makes people “difficult?”,top
ten things about dealing with difficult people,ten marks of strategic leaders;Personal
organization,planning and the technical; supervisor;the scope of communication, communication
channels,methods of communication,basis of good communication; Reports,types of reports,
procedures for report writing;Recruitment and selection;Teaching a skill; Counseling and
discipline,counseling methods,discipline,grievancesdismissals,How to be confident

PSTR 406 ERGONOMICS AND INDUSTRIAL PHYSIOTHERAPY

The course is to create the awareness about the role of physiotherapy in the prevention and
management of work related musculoskeletal disorders.

SAHS 402 APPLIED HEALTH SCIENCES MANAGEMENT

The role of the supervisor, Leadership, Organization; Planning and the supervisor; Individual
behaviour and social psychology; Recruitment and selection processes in health care settings;
Induction and monitoring of staff in health care settings; Education and training; Controlling,
counselling and discipline; Industrial relations: the supervisor and the trade unions; Health and
safety; The law and supervisor – The Labour Act, 2003 Act 561; The supervisor and new
technology; Critical thinking, problem-solving and strategic decision-making regarding health care
organizations; Process and quality management;Communication, networking & continuous
learning.

113
 SCHOOL OF MEDICINE AND DENTISTRY

CENTRAL ADMINISTRATION
Jennifer Welbeck (Mrs.) - Associate Professor/Dean
MB ChB (Gh) FRCP (Canada), FWACP
Merley Newman Nartey - Senior Lecturer/Vice-Dean
BDS, MCID
Michael Opare Atuah - School Administrator
BA (Hons) Gh; ( M.Phil (Norway)
Isreal Agbo - Ag. Senior Accountant
CA ( Ghana)

DEPARTMENT OF ANAESTHESIA
Ernest Aniteye - Associate Professor/HOD
MB ChB (Gh), DA (UK) DA (WACS) FRCA, FWACS, FGCS
Henry Kpakpo Baddoo - Professor/Post-Retirement
MB ChB (Gh), FRCA (Ed)
Yaw Adu-Gyamfi - Professor – Part-Time
MB ChB (Gh), FRCA (Eng), FWACS, Dip ACU (China)
Frank Boni - Senior Lecturer/Part-time
MB ChB (Gh), FFARCSI (Ireland), FWACS, FGCPS
Eugenia Lamptey - Senior Lecturer/Post-Retirement
MB ChB (Gh), DA (UK) FFARCSI, FGCPS
Phyllis D. Lassey - Senior Lecturer
MB ChB (Gh). FFARCS (Eng.)
Brenda Philips - Senior Lecturer/Part-Time
MB Ch.B (Gh), FRCA (UK), FGCPS
Ernest Ofosu-Appiah - Lecturer
MB Ch.B, FWACS

CENTRE FOR TROPICAL CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY & THERAPEUTICS

George Obeng Adjei - Associate Professor/ Ag. Director
MD, PhD, FCP
Alexander Nii Oto Dodoo - Associate Professor
B.Pharm (Hons), UST MSc (Lond) ), M’Phil (Gh), PhD (Lond)
Neils Ben Quarshie - Senior Research Fellow
M’Phil (Gh). PhD (Lond.)
William Kudzi - Research Fellow
Mphil, Ph.D
Edmund T. Nartey - Research Fellow
BSc. (Hons.) M.Phil. (Gh.)

DEPARTMENT OF CHILD HEALTH

Bamenla Quarm Goka - Associate Professor/HOD
MB ChB (Gh), MRCP (UK), FWACP, FGCP
Jennifer Welbeck - Associate Professor/Dean
MB ChB (Gh) FRCP (Canada), FWACP,
Onike Patricia Rodrigues - Professor/Post-Retirement
MB ChB (Leeds),MRCP (UK), DCH (London,),
FRCPCH (UK), FWACP
Joseph Odai Oliver-Commey - Professor/Part-Time
MB ChB (Gh), FRCP (Canada), Dip Amer. Board Paediatrics, FWACP
Albert Gyang Boohene - Senior Lecturer/Part-Time
MBBS (Lon.), MRCS, LRCP (Lond.), DCH (Lond.), MRCP (Edin.),
DTPH (Lond.), FWACP FRCP (Lond.) FRCPCH, FGMA
Lorna Awo Renner - Associate Professor
MB ChB (Gh), MWACP, MRCP (UK), MRCPCH, FRCPCH
Harold Sackey - Senior Lecturer
MB ChB, MRCP (UK), FRCPCH (UK)
Christabel Chika Enweronu-Laryea - Senior Lecturer
MB BS ( Nigeria); MRCP (UK), MRCPCH, FRCPCH

114
Ebenezer Vincent Badoe - Senior Lecturer
MB ChB (Gh), MRCP (Ire), MRCP (UK),
FGCP, MRCPCH, DCH (Lond)
Collins Oduro-Boatey - Lecturer
MB ChB, FWACP, FGCP, DIP PAED CARDIOL.
Catherine Segbefia - Clinical Tutor
MB ChB, MWACP
Nana AkyaeYao - Lecturer
MD, MRCP, MRCP
Victoria May Adebayeri - Lecturer/Part-Time
MB Ch.B
Frank Owusu-Sekyere - Clinical Tutor/Part-Time
MB Ch.B
Omobolande Ozoya - Clinical Tutor/Part-Time
MB Ch.B
Joan Woode - Clinical Tutor/Part-Time
MBCh.B
Joycelyn Assimeng - Clinical Tutor/Part-Time
MB Ch.B
Yvonne Brew - Clinical Tutor/Part-Time
MB Ch.B
Eric Sifah - Clinical Tutor/Part-Time
MB Ch.B
Maame Nyarko - Clinical Tutor/Part-Time
MB Ch.B
Gladys Lomoko - Clinical Tutor/Part-Time
MBCh.B, MWACP, GCPS
Marie-Charlyne Fatima Kilba - Clinical Tutor/Part-Time
MBCh.B, MWACP
William Obeng - Clinical Tutor/Part-Time
MBCh.B, MGCPS

DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY HEALTH (SPH)

Edem Tette - Lecturer/HOD
MB ChB (Gh); MPCH;
Lawrence Osei - Associate Professor/Part-Time
MB ChB (Gh), MPH (Calif) FWACP
Richard Berko Biritwum - Professor/ Post-Retirement
MB ChB (Gh), Postgrad. Dip. in Stats (Gh),
MSc (Harvard) FWACP
Gilford Amarh Ashitey - Professor/Part-Time
MB BCh (Gh), BOA DPH, MD (Belfast)
D.Obst.RCOG; FFPHM (UK), FWACP, FGCPS
Rosemary Richardson - Lecturer/ Post-Retirement
MB ChB (Gh) FWACP
Kwasi Poku Nimo - Senior Lecturer/Part -Time
MB ChB (Gh.); MPH (Harvard); MSPH (California) FWACP)
Emmanuel Tsegah - PMO/Post-Retirement
MB ChB (Gh)
Akye Essuman - Lecturer
MB ChB (Gh.) FWACP
Henry J.O . Lawson - Lecturer
MB ChB (Gh.) FWACP
Emilia A. Udofia - Lecturer
MBBS, MPH; MWACP; FMCPH (Study leave)
Alfred Yawson - Lecturer
MB ChB, FWACP
Eugenia Gifty Kusi - Lecturer /Part-Time
Benedict Calys-Tagoe - Lecturer
MB Ch.B, FWACP

115
 DEPARTMENT OF MEDICINE & THERAPEUTICS
Margaret Lartey - Associate Professor/HOD
MB ChB (Gh), FWACP
Francis Ofei - Senior Lecturer (Sabbatical Leave)
MB ChB (Gh), MRCP (UK), FRCP, FRCPE,(Eng.), FWACP
Alfred Robinson Neequaye - Professor/ Part-Time
MB BS (Lond), LRCP, MRCS, MRCP (UK), FWACP FRCP
David Ofori-Adjei - Professor/Post-Retirement
MB ChB, MRCP(UK), FWACP
Albert George Baidoo Amoah - Professor/ Post-Retirement
MB ChB (Gh), PhD (Surrey), MRCP (UK), FRCP (Eng), FWACP
Jonathan Hubert Addy - Associate Professor/Part -Time
MB BS(Lond), MRCP) MD (Lond), DTM&H, (Lond),
Dip.Derm (Lond), FWACP, FRCP
John Kpodonu - Assoc Professor/Part-Time
MD CES (Cardio), Mes Sc.Med.
(Cardio) Cesam Paris, FWACP
Michael Osom Mate-Kole - Associate Professor/ Part-Time
MB ChB (Gh), MRCP (UK), FWACP
Hector Allotei Addo - Associate Professor/Part-Time
MD (Hebrew Univ.), PhD (Dundee)
Kofi Nyarko Nkrumah - Senior Lecturer/ Part-Time
BVMS MB ChB (Glasgow) MRCP (UK),
DTM&H, MSc Nuclear Med. (Lond), FRCP (Glasgow)
Kenneth Kweku Adjepon-Yamoah - Professor/Part –Time
E.CFMB, MB ChB, MRCP, PhD, FWACP, FRCP(E)
Audrey Gyanuah Forson - Senior Lecturer
MB ChB (Gh), FWACP, FRCPMSc. FGCP
Harriet Kwarko - Lecturer/Part-Time
MB BS; MRCP (UK); MRCPath; MRCP
Eugene Kofi Amable - Lecturer/ Post-Retirement
MD (Liberia) FWACP
Albert K. Akpalu - Lecturer/Part-Time
MB ChB (Gh.) FWACP
Josephine Akpalu - Lecturer
MB ChB, FWACP
Brig. Albert B. Gyening - Lecturer/Part-Time
MBChB, FWACP
Jacob Asare-Brobbey - Lecturer/Part-Time
MB ChB, FWACP
Fred Asiedu-Frimpong - Lecturer/Part-Time
MB ChB, FWACP
Kenneth Tachi - Lecturer
MB ChB, FWACP
Timothy N. A. Archampong - Lecturer
MB ChB, MRCP (UK), FWACP
Peter Puplampu - Lecturer
MB ChB, MSc., FWACP, FGCP, MSc.
Patrick Adjei - Lecturer
MB ChB, FWACP, PhD
Michael Osei-Boamah - Lecturer/Part-Time
MB ChB, (KNUST)
Ernest Yorke - Lecturer
MB ChB, FWACP
Yacoba Atiase - Lecturer
MB ChB, FWACP
Charlotte Osafo - Lecturer
MB ChB, FWACP
Adwoa A. Agyei-Nknasah - Lecturer
MB ChB (Gh), FWACP

116
Vincent Wolali Boima - Lecturer
MB ChB (Gh), FWACP, FISN,
Ernest Kenu - Lecturer/Joint SPH
MB ChB (Gh) MPH, MGCP, Ph.D,
Maame Boatemaa Amissah-Arthur - Lecturer
MBCh.B, MRCP, SCE

DEPARTMENT OF OBSTETRICS & GYNAECOLOGY

Samuel Obed - Associate Professor/HOD
MB ChB (Gh), FWACS
Enyonam Yao Kwawukume - Professor/Part-Time
MB ChB (Gh), FWACS
Cecil Adjei Klufio - Assoc Professor/Part-Time
MB ChB (Glasg), FRCS (Edin), MRCOG,
FWACS, FRCOG
Josiah Oloboye Armah - Senior Lecturer/Part Time
MD (Gottingen), FWACS
John Baptist Wilson - Senior Lecturer/Part-Time
MB BS (Lond), MRCOG, FRCOG (UK), FWACS
Anyetei Tonyeli Lassey - Assoc Professor/ Post-Retirement
MB ChB (Gh), MRCOG,FWACS,FRCOG (UK)
Joseph Darkwa Seffah - Associate Professor
MB ChB (Gh), FWACS
Kobinah Nkyekyer - Assoc Professor/ Post-Retirement
MB ChB (Gh), MRCOG
Benjamin Daniel Robert Tei Annan - Senior Lecturer/ Post-Retirement
MB ChB (Gh), MRCOG, FWACS
Nelson Ricky Kwame Damale - Senior Lecturer/Post-Retirement
MB ChB (Gh), MRCOG, MFFP(ROCG)
Robert Kwame-Aryee - Senior Lecturer/Post-Retirement
MB ChB (Gh), FWACS
Ali Samba - Lecturer
MB ChB, (Gh.) FWACS
H.N.O. Laryea - Lecturer/ Part Time
MB ChB (Gh.)
Samuel Antwi Oppong - Lecturer
MBCh.B, FWACS
Kareem Mumuni - Lecturer
MBCh.B, FWACS, FGCS, MPH
Ernest Maya - Lecturer/Joint SPH
MB ChB (Gh), MPH, FWACS, FGCS
Mercy Nuamah - Research Fellow
MD (Gh), Ph.D

DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHIATRY
Sammy Kwame Ohene - Senior Lecturer/HOD
MB ChB (Gh), FWACS
Araba Sefa-Dede - Senior Lecturer/ Post-Retirement
BA (Gh), PhD (Wash)
Angela Lamensdorf Ofori-Atta - Senior Lecturer
BSc (Gh), PhD (Brit. Columbia)
Diana Baah-Odoom - Lecturer/Part-Time
BA (Nursing) (Gh.), M.Phil (Gh.)
Ama Serwah Addo - Lecturer/Part-Time
MB BS (Glasgow,; DCH, MRCP (Glasgow),
MRCP, MRCPsyc.
Christian Charles Adomako - Associate Professor/Part-Time
MB ChB; MRCP; DPM, Dip. In Psyc.
Lily N.A. Kpobi - Asst. Lecturer
BSc., MPhil (Gh)

117
 DEPARTMENT OF RADIOLOGY
Alex Akoto Yeboah - Senior Lecturer/HOD
MD (Hun) PMUBC (Hun)
Edmund Brakohiapa - Lecturer
MB ChB., FWACS
Klenam Dzefi-Tettey - Lecturer/ Part-Time
MBCh.B, FWACP
Benjamin Dabo Sarkodie - Lecturer
MBCh.B, FWACS

DEPARTMENT OF SURGERY
Nii Armah Adu-Aryee - Senior Lecturer/HOD
MB ChB (Gh), FWACS
Joe Nat Clegg-Lamptey - Associate Professor
MB ChB (Gh), FRCS (Edin), FWACS, FGCS
Simon Beinakpaa Naaeder - Professor/ Post-Retirement
MB ChB (Gh), FRCS (Eng), FWACS
George Oko Klufio - Assoc Professor/ Post-Retirement
MB ChB (Gh), FRCS (Eng), FWACS
Rudolph Darko - Assoc Professor/ Post-Retirement
MB ChB, FRCS(Ed). FRCS(Eng.), FWACS, FICS,
FGCS, Cert Stats, FGMA, OV
Afua Jecty Hesse - Professor/Part-Time
MB ChB (Gh), FRCS (Edin) FWACS
Winfred Mensah Hodasi - Senior Lecturer/ Part Time
MD (Heidelberg), F.Chir (Munster), FWACS
Joseph Felix Kwadwo Tandoh - Senior Lecturer/ Part Time
BA (Cantab.) MA (Cantab.) MB B Chir, FRCS (Edin.)
FRCS (Eng.)
Benjamin Baako - Senior Lecturer/ Post-Retirement
MB ChB (Gh), FRCS (Edin) FRCS (Eng)
Abednego Ofori Addo - Senior Lecturer/ Part-Time
MB ChB (Gh), FRCS, FWACS
Stephen Korku Akafo - Senior Lecturer/Post-Retirement
MB ChB (Gh), FRCOph, FWACP
James Danso-Adams - Lecturer/Part-Time
MD (Noi/sad),
MDOtorhinolaryngology (Yugoslavia), FWACS
Ibn Mutawukilu Iddrisu - Senior Lecturer/ Part-Time
MD (Halle) FWACS
Lawrence Agyeman Sereboe - Senior Lecturer
MB BS (Nig), FWACS
Edith Mawuse Dogbe - Senior Lecturer
MB ChB (Gh), Dip.Oph (Glasg), FWACS
Emmanuel Dornu Kitcher - Assoc Professor/Post-Retirement
MB ChB (Gh), FRCS (Edin), FWACS
Martin Kyere - Lecturer
MB ChB (Gh), FWACS
Albert Bedford Painstil - Lecturer
MB ChB (Gh), FRCS (Edin)
Thomas Kofi Dakurah - Senior Lecturer
MB ChB (Gh), FWACS, FRCS
William Appeadu-Mensah - Senior Lecturer
BSc (KNUST), MB ChB (KNUST), FWACS
Samuel Gepi-Atee - Senior Lecturer/Post-Retirement
MB ChB (Gh.) FRCSI (Lond.)
Vera Adobea Essuman - Senior Lecturer
MB Ch.B (Gh.); FWACS (Ophth. WAPMC.
Mathew K.Y. Kyei - Senior Lecturer
MB ChB, FWACS, FGCS

118
Benhardt Ago Kuma - Lecturer/Part-Time
MB BS (Eng), MRCS, FWACS, FRCS
Anthony George Laing - Lecturer/Part-Time
MB ChB (St. Andrews), FRCS
Edward Asumanu - Lecturer/ Part Time
MB ChB, FWACS
Jonathan C.B. Dakubo - Senior Lecturer
BSc., MB ChB, FWACS
Florence Dedey - Lecturer
MB ChB, FWACS
Lily Pincho Wu - Lecturer/ Part Time
MB ChB, FWACS
Michael A.K. Segbefia - Lecturer
MB ChB, FWACS
Agbeko Kwasi Ocloo - Lecturer
MB ChB, FWACS
A.G Bugri - Lecturer/Part-Time
MB ChB, FWACS
Sunny Doodu Mante - Lecturer/Part-Time
MB ChB, FWACS
Wisdom Yevudza - Lecturer/Part-Time
MB ChB, FWACS
James E. Mensah - Senior Lecturer
MB ChB, FWACS
Mark Mawutor Tettey - Senior Lecturer
MB ChB, FWACS
Imoro Zeiba Braimah - Lecturer
MB ChB, FGCS
Joel Yarney - Lecturer/Part-Time
MBCh.B
Antoinette A.A. Bediako-Bowan - Lecturer.
MBCh.B FWACS, FGCS
Kwaku Asare Ofei - Lecturer
MBCh.B FWACS

PROFESSOR EMERITI
Emmanuel Augustus Badoe - Emeritus Professor of Surgery
MB ChB (Sheff), LRCS, MRCS, FRCS (Eng),
Ch.M (Sheff), DTM&H (Eng), FWACS, FGAAS
Emmanuel Quaye Archampong - Emeritus Professor of Surgery
BSc, MB MS (Lond), FRCS (Edin & Eng),
MS (Lond), FWACS, FGAAS
Edward Donkoh Yeboah - Emeritus Professor of Surgery
MB Bchir MD (Camb) FRCS (Eng), FWACS, FAC

BIOMATERIAL SCIENCE
Neils J. Quartey-Papafio - Lecturer/HOD
BSc. Mphil, Ph.D
M.A. Yeboah-Agyapong - Lecturer/Part-Time
BDS, FWACS, FOSCC

DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY AND PREVENTIVE DENTISTRY

Daniel Tormeti - Lecturer/HOD
B Sc. BDS
Josephine Sackeyfio - Lecturer
BDS, FGCS
Thomas Ndanu - Research Fellow
MPhil, Ph.D
Alfred D. Dai-Kosi - Asst. Lecturer
BA, MPhil

119
Jihad Joseph Akl - Lecturer/Part-Time
BDs, buccol
Samuel Kofi Acquah - Lecturer/Part-Time
BDS,MSc

DEPARTMENT OF ORAL PATHOLOGY AND ORAL MEDICINE

Francis Kwamin - Snr. Lecturer/HOD
BDS, MBCh.B, FGCS, FICD Post-Retirement
N.O. Nartey - Assoc. Professor/Post-Retirement
BDS, MSc. MRCD, FAAOP, FWACS, FGCS
Emily Onuoha - Lecturer/Part-Time
BDS, MPH
Eric S. Boye - Lecturer/Part-Time
MBCh.B, MRCP, FGCS

DEPARTMENT OF ORAL AND MAXILLOFACIAL SURGERY

E.A. Abdulai - Senior Lecturer/HOD
BDS, FWACS
Grace Parkins - Assoc. Professor
BDS, FDS, FICoi RCPS, FICP, FWACS, FGCS
Isaac Nuamah - Senior Lecturer
BDS, MBCh.B, LDS RCS, FDS RCS, FDS RCPS
Michael Owusu Boamah - Lecturer/Part-Time
BDS, MGCS, MWACS
Dominic Avogo - Lecturer/Part-Time

DEPARTMENT OF ORTHODONTICS AND PAEDODONTICS

Kwabena G. Amoah - Lecturer/HOD
MD, MSc.
Merley A. Newman-Nartey - Senior Lecturer
BDS, MICD

DEPARTMENT OF RESTORATIVE DENTISTRY

Patrick Ampofo - Lecturer/HOD
BDS, FWACS, MFDS, MClin. Dent.
E.A. Nyako - Assoc. Professor
BDS, FWACS, MFDS, MClin. Dent
Samdra Hewlett - Lecturer/Part-Time
BDS, MClin. Dent.
Godfred Otoo - Lecturer/Part-Time
Pamela A. Ohene-Djan - Lecturer/Part-Time
BDS, MSc, LDS
Nana Kofi Acheampong - Lecturer/Part-Time
BDS, LDS, DPDS,MFGDP

REGULATIONS FOR THE CLINICAL PARTS OF THE BACHELOR OF MEDICINE

AND BACHELOR OF SURGERY (MB, ChB) AND THE BACHELOR OF DENTAL
SURGERY (BDS) DEGREE PROGRAMMES

1: ADMISSION
1.1 Further to the General Regulations regarding admission into the University of Ghana, a
candidate for admission to the Clinical Parts of the MB ChB or BDS Degree programmes
must have obtained the BSc (Med. Sci.) degree of the University of Ghana. The following
provisions may be followed for admission into the BSc. (Med. Sci.) programme (which
runs in the School of Biomedical and Allied Health Sciences)

120
 i. The admission would be based on Senior High School results in Science (WASSCE
results). However, all GCE ‘A’ Level Science, International Baccalaureate and its
equivalent applicants would be considered for admission to Level 100.

ii. For admission to Level 100, students may be required to pass an examination and go
through interviews.

iii. To progress from Level 100 to Level 200, a student is required to make a minimum
CGPA of 2.0; that is Grade C, which is equivalent to mark of 60-64%. It is interpreted as
Average by the new Students Handbook for Faculty of Science.

2: DURATION AND STRUCTURE

2.1 The Clinical Parts of the MB ChB or the BDS Degree Programmes shall be of 3 years
duration and structured as follows:
2.1.1 MB ChB
(a) 1st Clinical Year - 43 Weeks
(b) 2nd Clinical Year - 42 Weeks
(c) 3rd Clinical Year - 49 Weeks

2.1.2 BDS
(c) First Clinical Year (BDS Final Part I) - 45
Weeks
(d) Second Clinical Year (BDS Final Part II) - 46
Weeks
(e) Third Clinical Year (BDS Final Part III) - 42
weeks

3.0 ACADEMIC YEAR

The Academic Year for both programmes shall comprise two semesters.

4.0 STRUCTURE OF SEMESTER

4.1 MB ChB
4.1.1 First Clinical Year - 43 Teaching Weeks
(i) Semester 7 - 27 Weeks
(ii) Semester 8 - 16 Weeks

4.1.2 Second Clinical Year - 42 Teaching Weeks

(i) Semester 9 - 24 weeks
(ii) Semester 10 - 16 Weeks
(iii) Revision - 2 Weeks

4.1.3 Third Clinical Year - 49 Teaching Weeks

(i) Semester 11 - 27 Weeks
(ii) Semester 12 - 20 Weeks
(iii) Revision - 2 Weeks

4.2 BDS
4.2.1 First Clinical Year (BDS Final Part I) 45 Teaching Weeks
(a) Semester 7 - 24 Weeks
(b) Semester 8 - 18 Weeks

4.2.2 Second Clinical Year (BDS Final Part II) 46 Teaching Weeks
(a) Semester 9 - 22 Weeks
(b) Semester 10 - 22 Weeks
(c) Revision - 2 Weeks

121
4.2.3 Third Clinical Year (BDS Final Part III) 42 Teaching Weeks
(a) Semester 11 - 22 Weeks
(c) Semester 12 - 18 Weeks
(d) Revision - 2 Weeks

5.0 SUBJECTS FOR MB CHB AND BDS CLINICAL YEARS 1 - 3

5.1 MB ChB
5.1.1 First Clinical Year - Semesters 7 & 8 (43 Weeks)
i Semester 7 (27 Weeks) shall be devoted to the following:
Junior Clerkship in Community Health* 10 Weeks
Medical Psychology* 10 Weeks
Introduction to Nursing Skills 1 Week
Introduction to Clinical Skills 4 Weeks
Coordinated Course I (Medicine & Surgery, 12 Weeks
Community Health, and Applied Pathology and
Inputs from other Clinical Departments)
Medical Ethics 12 Weeks
* These courses run concurrently.

ii. Lectures in Medical Ethics shall be given concurrently with Coordinated Course I
and examined at the end of the semester.

iii. Semester 8 (16 Weeks)

Semester 8 shall cover the following:
Coordinated Course II (Medicine, Surgery, Community 12 Weeks
Health and Applied Pathology)
Trauma 4 Weeks
5.1.2 Second Clinical Year – Semesters 9 and 10 ( 42 Weeks)
i. Semester 9 (24 Weeks)
Semester 9 subjects shall be:
Junior Clerkship in Obstetrics/Gynaecology 8 Weeks
Junior Clerkship in Child Health 8 Weeks
Junior Clerkship in Specialties I (Psychiatry, Dermatology,
Ophthalmology, ENT & Forensic Medicine) 8 Weeks

ii. Semester 10 (18 Weeks)

Semester 10 subjects shall be: -
Senior Clerkship in Obstetrics/Gynaecology 8 Weeks
Senior Clerkship in Child Health 8 Weeks
Revision 2 Weeks

5.1.3 Third Clinical Year – Semesters 11 and 12 (49 Weeks)

Semester 11 & 12 subjects shall be: -
Clinical Psychiatry (Block) 5 Weeks
Anaesthesia (Block Lectures) 2 Weeks
Senior Clerkship in Medicine & Therapeutics 10 Weeks
Senior Clerkship in Surgery 10 Weeks
Senior Clerkship in Community Health 10 Weeks
Specialties II (Anaesthesia, Urology and Orthopaedics, Radiology)10 Weeks
Revision 2 Weeks

5.2 BDS
5.2.1 First Clinical Year (BDS Final Part I): Semesters 7 & 8 (45 Weeks)
a. Semester 7: 27 Weeks

122
 Oral Biology I
Dental Material Science I
Dental Morphology I 10 Weeks
Behavioural Science I
Biostatistics and Research Methodology I
Introduction to Clinical Dentistry I
Introduction to Nursing Skills - 1 Week
Introduction to Clinical Skills - 4 Weeks
Coordinate Course I (Human Disease I) - 12 Weeks

b. Semester 8: 18 Weeks
Coordinated Course II (Human Disease II) - 12 Weeks
Specialty Rotations (including Trauma/Orthodontics,
ENT/Ophthalmology) - 6 Weeks

5.2.2 Second Clinical Year: BDS Final Part II, Semesters 9 & 10
Duration - 46 Weeks: This period shall be devoted to the following courses:
a. Semester 9: 23 Weeks
Operative Technique and Endodontics
Prosthetics Dentistry I (Complete Dentures)
Local Anaesthesia and Surgical Anatomy
Community Dentistry, Ethics and Jurisprudence I
Oral Pathology I 22 Weeks
Oral Radiology I
Oral Biology II
Dental Material Science II
Dental Morphology II
Behavioural Science II
Biostatistics and Research Methodology II
Introduction to Clinical Dentistry II
Revision - 1 Week

b. Semester 10: 23 Weeks

Advance Operative Technique & Endodontics
Oral Diagnosis
Local Anaesthesia and Exodontia
Restorative Dentistry I
Orthodontics & Pedodontics I 22 Weeks
Periodontics I
Oral Pathology II
Oral Radiology II
Community Dentistry, Ethics and Jurisprudence II
Prosthetics Dentistry II (Partial Dentures)
Revision - 1 Week

5.2.3 Third Clinical Year: BDS Final Part III, Semester 11 & 12 (42 Weeks)
a. Semester 11: 22 Weeks
Community Dentistry
Oral Medicine and Dental Therapeutics I

123
 Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery I
Dental Practice Management I 22 Weeks
Restorative Dentistry II
Periodontics II
Orthodontics & Pedodontics II

b. Semester 12: 20 Weeks

Oral Medicine and Dental Therapeutics II
Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery II
Dental Practice Management II 18 Weeks
Restorative Dentistry III
Periodontics III
Orthodontics & Pedodontics III
Revision - 2 Weeks

6 MINIMUM/MAXIMUM PERIOD FOR COMPLETING THE BDS

PROGRAMME
6.1 The minimum period for completing the Clinical MB ChB or BDS Programmes shall be
six semesters or three Academic Years.

6.2 The maximum period for completing the Clinical MB ChB or BDS Programmes shall be
twelve semesters or six Academic Years.

6.3 A candidate who is unable to complete his or her programme within the maximum period
allowed, shall lose all credits accumulated. Such a candidate shall not be allowed to re-
apply for admission into the MB ChB or BDS degree programmes.

7 INTERRUPTION OF STUDY PROGRAMME

7.1 A student may break his/her study programme but not break for more than four
continuous semesters, so that the maximum period allowable for the completion of the
programme is not exceeded. Such a student shall be allowed to continue the programme
from where he/she had left off.

7.2 A student who wishes to interrupt his/her course of study shall apply in advance to the
Dean of the School of Medicine and Dentistry, stating reasons why he/she wants to
interrupt his/her study programme, and permission duly granted before he/she leaves the
University. The decision of the Dean shall be communicated to the applicant by the
School Administrator/College Secretary before he/she leaves the University.

7.3 A student who breaks his/her studies for more than four continuous semesters shall be
deemed to have lost any accumulated credits. Such a student may not be allowed to re-
apply for admission.

7.4 Where the ground for interruption of studies is medical, the Director of University Health
Services shall be required to advise the College Secretary on the propriety and length of
period of interruption. The College Secretary shall cause the Director of University
Health Services to investigate any medical Report reaching his office from any health
delivery facility outside the University Hospital and advice accordingly.

8 EXEMPTIONS
8.1 No exemption shall be granted from any part of the Clinical MB ChB or BDS
courses/subjects and examinations.

124
9 SCHEME OF EXAMINATIONS
9.1 MB ChB Degree Programme
i. First Clinical Year - Semesters 7 & 8 (MB ChB Part I in Coordinate Course I & II)
Candidates shall be examined at the end of Coordinated Course I and II and shall
be required to pass both examinations in order to proceed to the Second Clinical
Year.

ii. Second Clinical Year - Semesters 9 & 10 (MB ChB Part II)
At the end of the Second Clinical Year, candidates shall be required to take the
MBChB Final Part II Examinations in Child Health and Obstetrics &
Gynaecology.

iii. Third Clinical Year - Semesters 11 & 12 (MB ChB Part III)
At the end of the Third Clinical Year, candidates shall be required to take the MB
ChB Final Part III Examinations in Medicine & Therapeutics, Psychiatry, Surgery
and Anaesthesia and Community Health.

9.1.1 The methods of examination shall be:

a. Written – MCQ, Short Essays
b. Clinical – Long and Short Cases
c. Objective Structured Clinical Examination (OSCE)
d. Orals
e. Defense of Dissertation

9.2 BDS Degree Programme

i. First Clinical Year (BDS Part I)
Candidates shall be examined at the end of Coordinated Course I and II and
shall be required to pass both examinations in order to proceed to the Second
Clinical Year.

ii. Second Clinical Year (BDS Final Part II)

a. At the end of the First Semester of the Second Clinical Year, candidates
shall be
required to take the BDS Part IIA Examinations in Biomaterial Science,
Oral Biology, Prosthetic Dentistry (Complete Dentures), Operative
Technique, Behavioural Science, and Biostatistics & Research
Methodology.

b. At the end of the Second Semester of the Second Clinical Year,

candidates shall be required to take the BDS Part IIB Examinations in
Diagnostic Dental Sciences (including Oral Pathology, Oral Diagnosis
and Oral Radiology), Prosthetics Dentistry (Partial Dentures) and Oral
Surgery II etc. All other continuing courses will be evaluated by
Continuous Assessment.

iii. Third Clinical Year (BDS Part III) -

At the end of the Third Clinical Year, candidates shall be required to take the
BDS Part III Examinations in Oral Medicine & Dental Therapeutics, Oral &
Maxillo-Facial Surgery, Restorative Dentistry (including Conservative,
Endodontics & Prosthetics), Periodontics, Orthodontics & Pedodontics and
Community Dentistry (including Ethics & Jurisprudence and Long Essay).

9.3.1 A candidate shall not proceed to the next Clinical Year until he or she has completed the
course and passed the examinations each subject in the preceding Clinical Year.

9.3.2 The pass mark for all subjects at all MB ChB and BDS Examinations shall be 60%,

125
 provided that the candidate shall have passed the clinical and/or practical examinations.

10: ELIGIBILITY FOR EXAMINATIONS

10.1 A candidate shall attend all such lectures, tutorials, seminars, ward rounds, clerkships,
satisfy the clinical and laboratory requirements and undertake all other assignments as
approved by the University.

10.2 Each department shall, with the approval of the Academic Board, determine the
requirements for the subjects they offer.

10.3 Further to the above, a candidate shall attend lectures, tutorials, practical and other
activities prescribed for the courses/subjects for which he/she has registered and execute
all assignments given.

10.4 A candidate who does not fulfill the requirements for any course/subject shall not be
allowed to take the examination in that course/subject.

10.5 In any case, a student who is absent for a cumulative period of 21 days from all lectures,
tutorials, ward rounds, clerkships and other activities prescribed for any course/subject in
any semester shall be deemed to have withdrawn from the course/subject. Such a student
shall not be permitted to sit for the semester examination.

11 REGISTRATION FOR EXAMINATIONS

11.1 Registration for a School of Medicine and Dentistry examination shall require
endorsement of the Registration Form by the Head of Department to the effect that the
candidate has pursued satisfactorily the approved course (s) of study being offered over
the prescribed period and has attended at least 85% of lectures, tutorials, clinical,
laboratory assignment and other activities prescribed for the course (s)/subject (s). A
candidate’s registration shall not be valid unless it is so endorsed.

11.2 Endorsement as outlined above shall be withheld if a candidate is not deemed to have
followed satisfactorily the approved course of study.

11.3 In any event of the withholding of an endorsement, the Head of Department shall request
the confirmation by the Dean, subject to subsequent approval by the School Management
Committee.

12 EXAMINATIONS
12.1 Candidates shall be required to take the first examination immediately following the
completion of the relevant courses/subjects and may not postpone their entry without
special written permission of the Dean.

12.2 A candidate who has not complied with the prescribed requirements for any
course/subject or who has not performed satisfactorily in other duties prescribed or
associated with a course/subject of instruction, may, on the recommendation of the
relevant Department, be refused admission to the examination of the year concerned and
be required to repeat part or the whole of the course/subject of instruction leading to the
particular examination.

12.3 A candidate who passes an examination as a whole at the first attempt and reaches the
requisite high standard in a subject(s) may, on the recommendation of the Board of
Examiners be awarded (a) Distinction; or (b) Credit; in such subject (s) in accordance
with such rules as may be approved by the Academic Board.

12.4 Criteria for such Honours are:

126
 Distinction - 80 – 100%
Credit - 70 – 79%

13 SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATIONS
13.1 Supplementary Examinations for the MB ChB Parts I and II, BDS Parts I and II shall be
held within six weeks after the main examinations.

13.2 Supplementary Examinations for MB ChB Part III and BDS Part III Examinations shall
be held fifteen weeks after the main examinations.

13.3 Supplementary Examinations shall not include continuous assessment marks.

13.4 A candidate who fails in only one course/subject of an examination at the first
examination shall be referred in that course/subject and shall be required to take the
examination in the referred course/subject at the supplementary examination following
the main examination.

13.5 A candidate who fails in more than one subject or course at the first examination shall be
deemed to have failed the whole examination and may on the recommendation of the
College Admissions and Examinations Board be required to:

Either (i) repeat the whole of the examination at the supplementary examination
immediately following the main examination; or,

(ii) repeat only those course(s)/subjects in which he/she failed, provided

he/she attains not less than 50% in the course(s)/subject(s) in which
he/she failed (pass mark is 60%); or,

(iii) repeat the year without the option of the supplementary examination.

13.6 A candidate who fails to complete an examination at the supplementary examination,

may, on the recommendation of the College Admissions and Examinations Board, be
required to withdraw from the School of Medicine and Dentistry or to repeat the whole or
part of the course of instruction leading to that examination, before presenting
himself/herself for re-examination.

14 EXTERNAL EXAMINERS
14.1 External Examiners shall be required for both the main and supplementary examinations
for the MB ChB Parts II, III and BDS Parts II and III.

14.2 All External Examiners shall be required to submit a written report on all aspects of the
examination in which they took part.

15 DEFERMENT OF EXAMINATION
15.1 On Grounds of Ill-Health: A student who has satisfied all the requirements but is unable
to take the main examination on grounds of ill health, shall, on application to the School
Administrator/College Secretary, and on provision of a Medical Certification issued by
the Head of Department concerned and endorsed by the Director of University Health
Services/Dean, School of Medicine and Dentistry, be allowed to take supplementary
examination as his/her main examination. He/she shall be credited with the grade
obtained in the supplementary examination. Subsequent application for deferment, on
grounds of ill-health, shall be subject to a Medical Certificate issued by a properly
constituted Medical Board.

15.2 On Grounds other than Ill-Health: In cases of deferment on grounds other than ill-

127
 health, the Dean of the School of Medicine and Dentistry shall invite the applicant for an
interview and advise the University as appropriate. It shall be the student’s responsibility
to satisfy the University beyond reasonable doubt why he/she wishes to defer the
examinations.

15.3 In all cases of deferment of examinations, the applicant(s) shall obtain written responses
from the School Administrator/College Secretary before leaving the University.

16 EXAMINERS BOARD
16.1 There shall be an Examiners Board organized by the College Admissions and
Examinations Board for the main and supplementary examinations, in respect of the MB
ChB Parts I, II, III and BDS Parts I, II and III respectively.
16.2 The Examiners Board shall receive, consider and determine the results of the MB ChB
Parts I, II, III and BDS Parts I, II and III examinations respectively.
16.3 The Examiners Board shall be required to make appropriate recommendations on any
candidate based on his/her performance and also on any aspect of the examination as it
deems fit.

17 DECLARATION OF RESULTS
17.1 Results of the MB ChB Parts I, II, III and BDS Parts I, II and III Examinations shall
normally be published by the College Secretary on the School’s Notice Boards after the
Examiners’ Board has determined the results.

17.2 The results as published shall be subject to the approval of the Academic Board of the
College of Health Sciences.

17.3 Results indicating the student’s performance shall be made available to him/her.

18: ELIGIBILITY FOR THE MB CHB AND BDS DEGREES

18.1 The MB ChB and BDS degrees shall be awarded to a candidate who has been properly
admitted to the University, has followed the approved courses of study over the
prescribed period and has satisfied the following conditions:

18.1.1 UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENTS

(i) evidence of regular enrolment in the degree programme;
(ii) discharge of all obligations owed to the University;
(iii) a pass in all University Required Courses; and,
(iv) satisfactory performance in the appropriate University Examinations.

18.1.2 Faculty/Departmental Requirements

Satisfactory discharge of such requirements as may be prescribed for the degree.

19: REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION

19.1 A candidate shall be deemed to have:
(i) satisfied all General University and Faculty requirements; and,
(ii) Obtained at least 60% in each subject featured in the MB ChB Parts I, II, III and
BDS Parts I, II and III examinations.

20 CONFIRMATION OF AWARD OF DEGREE

20.1 A list of candidates who are deemed eligible shall be brought before the Academic Board
of the University for approval as soon as practicable.

20.2 No award shall be confirmed unless the Academic Board of the University is satisfied
that the candidate has satisfied all the conditions for the award of a degree.

128
21 CANCELLATION OF AWARD
21.1 Notwithstanding previous confirmation of an award of a degree as above, the Academic
Board of the University may at any time cancel an award even with retrospective effect,
if it becomes known that:
(i) a candidate has entered the University with false qualifications;
(ii) a candidate has impersonated someone else;
(iii) a candidate has been guilty of an examination malpractice for which a
grade Z would have been awarded; or,
(iv) there are other reasons that would have led to the withholding of
confirmation of the award in the first place.

21.2 In any such event, the decision of the Academic Board of the University shall be
published on the University Notice Boards and the candidate notified. Such cancellation
and the reasons for it shall be entered on the candidate’s transcript.

22 TRANSCRIPT OF ACADEMIC RECORD

22.1 At the end of a student’s programme, the University shall, on the payment of an
appropriate fee, issue to the particular student a complete transcript of his/her academic
record upon request. This transcript shall be marked Student’s Copy and shall record all
courses attempted and all results obtained.

23 CLASSIFICATION OF DEGREE
23.1 The MB ChB and BDS Degrees shall not be classified.
Competencies that a Student Should Exhibit on Graduation in Relation to their
Subsequent Training and Future Roles in the Health System

Knowledge
At the end of the training the student must be able to demonstrate knowledge and under-
standing of the Basic, Para-Clinical, Clinical, Behavioural and Social Sciences including
Public Health relevant to the practice of medicine and Dentistry.

Attitude
The student should be able to:
 maintain the highest standard of professional conduct and medical/dental ethics
 demonstrate respect for, and the responsibility for, preserving human life from the time of
conception and the need for human beings to live and be treated with dignity and humanity
 Accept and demonstrate the importance of team work in health delivery.

Skills
The students must be able to demonstrate appropriate:
 Communication skills.
 Clinical Skills.
 Promotive, preventive, rehabilitative skills and be able to organise and carry out health
programmes in collaboration with other members of the health team to improve health.
 Management skills.

Life Long Learning and Continuing Professional Development

The student should be able to demonstrate the importance of research in the management of
patients and the advancement of medical and dental knowledge and cultivate life-long
learning habits.

Further to the above, it is deemed essential to inculcate into the student a sense of patriotism
to serve the motherland.

129
 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

DEPARTMENT OF BIOMATERIAL SCIENCE

Biomaterial Science Course
The Department of Biomaterial Science runs undergraduate programme through didactic teaching
at First and Second Clinical Years for 26 weeks. Dental Material Science I is run for 10 weeks at
First Clinical Year, and Dental Material Science II for 16 weeks at Second Clinical Year.

DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY AND PREVENTIVE DENTISTRY

Community and Preventive Dentistry Course
Dental Public Health is the science and art of preventing and controlling oral diseases and
promoting oral Health through organized community efforts. Community Dentistry focuses on
protecting, maintaining and improving the oral health of the population within a social unit.
Undergraduate dental students are encouraged to appreciate the role of dental public health in the
delivery of quality oral care to the population. Students are provided with knowledge and skills
in dental Public Health. The Community Dentistry Course starts from clinical year I with
introduction to Behavioural Sciences and Dental Biostatistics. Didactic lecturers including ethics
and jurisprudence in oral health are also given in clinical years II and III. During the outreach
programmes in clinical years II and III, the students are taken to the community, usually selected
basic school in Accra where they are taught to identify common oral diseases and refer. They also
participate in health educational talks and dental health education during such visits.
All final year dental students are required to write a dissertation or undertake a project during the
course with the aim to demonstrate the application of knowledge in the field of Community and
Preventive Dentistry,to develop the aptitude and skills in scientific writing and to stimulate
students’ interest in undertaking scientific research.

Periodontology Course
This is the field of dentistry that deals with diseases of the tooth supporting structures. The pre
clinical component familiarizes the student with their micro-anatomy, embryology and their
physiology. Preventive and Clinical Periodontology will enable the student to differentiate
between health and disease, determine the etiology, establish a diagnosis, prognosis and treatment
plan and manage periodontal prophylaxis and to treat mild cases of periodontal disease.
Therapeutic Periodontology focuses on the surgical management of periodontal disease. The
students will therefore be knowledgeable about the management of advanced periodontal disease
and the expectations of the surgical periodontal treatment. Interrelations between periodontics and
other disciplines of dentistry are highlighted as well.

Behavioural Science Course

Deals with the Psychology and Sociology of dental care. The aim is to teach basic ideas in
Sociology and Psychology as they relate to dentistry, to provide students with the knowledge of
how behavioural science can be applied in daily practice and to assist dentists to make their
occupation rewarding and enjoyable

Biostatistics Course
Students are given introduction to basic research and research techniques, methods and designs,
basic statistics and data analysis, computer skills for data management and data analysis.

DEPARTMENT OF ORAL BIOLOGY

Oral Biology Course
This course teaches tooth morphology and dental morphology including the study of surface form
of the oral cavity, the external morphology and composition of the individual teeth, the
relationship of the teeth to one another, and occlusion of the teeth. The student should be able to
learn tooth morphology, with the best possible collection of extracted sound teeth, tooth models,
notice the anatomic variations in teeth of the same type, develop the manual skill to draw and

130
carve teeth, know anatomy of pulp cavities, study the anatomy of the skull, know about anatomic
and functional occlusion, define and correctly use the basic terminology of dental morphology,
deal with practical problems and understand the practical reasons behind current carving
techniques and relate the structures of dental and oral tissues to their functions.

DEPARTMENT OF ORAL PATHOLOGY AND ORAL MEDICINE

Oral Pathology Course
This introductory course in Oral Pathology is designed to acquaint the student with the basic
understanding of the two major diseases – Dental Caries and periodontal disease. The student is
taught the etiology, pathogenesis, clinical signs and symptoms, treatment and prognosis of Dental
Caries and periodontal diseases. Developmental anomalies of the oral and maxillofacial tissues are
also discussed.The student is expected to gain sound knowledge and understanding of etiology and
pathogenesis of dental caries and its sequelae, acquire basic understanding of periodontal diseases for
future courses in periodontology and be conversant with terminology of oral pathology to permit
effective and scientific communication with other members of the dental and medical professions.
Signs and symptoms of the disease processes will be related to the gross and histopathological
changes in the tissues.

Oral Diagnosis Course

This is an introductory course in Oral diagnosis and medicine. The student is taught the initial
clinical procedure such as recording the case history, physical examination of the oral and maxillo-
facial structures, and laboratory and radiographic investigations that will aid in arriving at a
diagnosis. The student is taken through a systematic approach to differential diagnosis of oral disease
conditions. Clinical management of oral diseases will commence at this level

Oral Medicine Course

This is a final year course where the student is expected to start integrating dental and relevant
medical information for total care and decision making in patient management. He should
understand the relationship of common medical conditions presenting with oro-facial clinical
presentations, understand the patho-physiology of oral diseases of systemic origin and undertake
an integrated clinical management of oral disease.

Oral Radiology Course

This covers the fundamentals of the production and interaction of x-rays, the basics of radiation
biology and radiation protection and production of the radiograph. The theoretical and practical
knowledge of the projection of intra and extra-oral radiographic views of the jaws and the skull,
the
perception and the appearance of normal tissues on the radiograph and the diagnosis of pathology
using radiographs are taught.

DEPARTMENT OF ORAL & MAXILLOFACIAL SURGERY

Oral Surgery Course
The Local Anaesthesia course comprises a series of weekly lectures covering the administration
of Local Anaesthesia. There is revision and application of the anatomy of the oral and peri-oral
structures with emphasis on the trigeminal nerve (particularly maxillary and mandibular nerves),
together with the neurophysiology of nerve impulse transmission. Lectures are given on
pharmacology of Local Anaesthesic agents advantages, disadvantages and complications of
administering them. Further lectures cover the basic theoretical instruction in exodontia by intra-
alveolar and transalveolar methods. The application of sound surgical principles, aseptic
technique, assessment of patient for these procedures and for minor oral surgical procedures and
the management of complications. In addition students attend a tumour clinic and assist or observe
in minor and major operations in the clinic and the theatre and are involved in pre-operative
surgical preparation of patients.

131
 DEPARTMENT OF ORTHODONTICS AND PAEDODONTICS
Ortho/Pedo Course
An introduction program is devoted to the general topics of orthodontic diagnosis.
This course is then designed to emphasize the basic and fundamental differences in dental
treatment of children as compared to that of adults and how restorative dentistry and pulp therapy
do differ in children as compared to adults. There is the continuous and dynamic change in the
occlusion of children due to growth and development. It presents how the effect of these changes
in the dentition influence the management of children. It introduces the student to the systematic
approach in the guidance of the behaviour of the child dental patient. The student is taught to
differentiate between normally developing occlusion and incipient malocclusion to differentiate
between malocclusions which may be treated in general practice and those which require specialist
care, to know how to manage a simple case of malocclusion with simple appliances and to know
how malocclusion might be caused or made worse iatrogenically, in the course of the general
dental treatment and how to avoid being the cause of malocclusion.

DEPARTMENT OF RESTORATIVE DENTISTRY

Conservative Dentistry Course
The course is designed to enable the student to acquire the technique and procedure for the
preparation and restoration of teeth with amalgam and the tooth coloured materials and also to
know the fundamental and basic concepts of cavity classification, design and rules for preparation.

The biological and mechanical designs are learned and practiced using the methods of site
isolation, instrumentation, removal of carious tooth tissues, treatment of superficial and deeper
tissue while considering the restorative material of choice. In the phantom head course, plastic and
extracted natural teeth are used.

Restorative Dentistry Courses;

These include the pre-clinical (Junior)Operative Technique Course at the Phantom Lab where
clinical skills are taught on manikins, the clinical operative technique and endodontics courses and
the advanced (Senior) Operative Technique Course made up of the Crown and Bridge course and
the Inlay /Onlay course. This reinforces the need of a thorough understanding of the biological and
mechanical concepts in cavity preparation and the restoration teeth. Greater attention is placed on
the use of cast gold and the restoration of badly broken down teeth. There are significant technical
and laboratory procedures taught and accomplished to enable the student have those skills
necessary to support the clinical operations. The need for occlusal harmony in restoration of teeth
is established and followed. Reinforcement of using related procedures is directed to facilitate the
need for awareness of the clinical environment.

Prosthetic Dentistry Course

The course comprises of clinical and hospital practice designed to offer the student the maximum
ability to recognize clinical conditions which require specialist prosthodontic or medical opinion
and treatment, contribute effectively to an integrated programme in dental education and clinical
practice that offers a comprehensive care and delivery aiming for the total rehabilitation of the
dental patient, to be able to diagnose and treat simple dental conditions requiring prosthetic
management and to understand and evaluate new concepts and procedures in prosthetic dentistry.

Comprehensive Practice (Full Care Patient Project)

This project allows the student of coordinate removable Prosthodontic work in combination with
other disciplines like Oral surgery, Restorative dentistry and Preventive Dentistry.
This student is allocated a partially edentulous patient for whom he should complete the oral
diagnosis and treatment planning in sequence by rotating through other disciplines of Dentistry to
provide full care for the patient.

132
 DEPARTMENT OF ANAESTHESIA
Course Description
The clinical rotation in anaesthesia, usually in the final year of undergraduate training introduces
the concept of an anaesthetistas “perioperative physician”. It also brings to the fore the role of the
anaesthetist in unifying the specialties of medicine and surgery and the concept of teamwork in
patient management. The students will therefore be taught about applied basic sciences as applied
to anaesthesia, pain management and introductory intensive care. The students will also be
exposed to the special skills of the anaesthetist in terms of resuscitation of the critically ill,
cardiopulmonary resuscitation, management of the airway, acute and chronic pain management.
Skills training in the Skills and Simulation Laboratory is an integral part of the training.

DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY HEALTH

Community Health Course
Community Health or Community Medicine is a clinical discipline which integrates both
Medicine and Public Health. It is the study of the health status of a defined group of people and
the actions and conditions to promote, protect and preserve their health and its determinants. It
involves doctors and other professionals who tailor their interventions to a particular community
or group within a community, municipality or region and provide both clinical, preventive and
promotive care to the community or group. The goal of the department of community health is to
train medical students to be able to identify major problems affecting the health of communities, and
determine their solutions.
The student is taught to make a diagnosis of the health problems in a community, taking into
considerations the major ecological factors, which influence health such as social, physical and
biological environment, to draw up health programmes feasible for the existing health care system
organize and carry out the programmes in collaboration with members of the health team and the
community. He should be able to stimulate the community to modify their behavior with a view of
improving their health status, administer health programmes with health personnel, using
appropriate management and evaluation techniques and carry out scientific investigations/research
into the health problems of the community.

Long essay/Dissertation
The main purpose of the long essay is to introduce students to research methodology and
techniques. The department has a dissertation guide which provides more details on the format and
process of writing the long essay.

Case Reports
Students are expected to present a case report from the district. The purpose of this exercise is to
teach students how to write case reports and to share their experience in the district as part of the
clinical component of the District Rotation. The case report should be a clinical case such as a
tropical disease not commonly seen in the tertiary setting or unusual presentation of any disease.
Interesting case studies on health service related issues can also be presented.

Family Medicine Course

Family medicine is the specialty that provides continuing and personalized healthcare for the
individual in a holistic manner within the context of his/her family and environment. The expected
outcome is the ability of the student to provide and coordinate the continuous and comprehensive
care of patients and their families taking cognizance of bio-psychosocial, familial and
community/cultural factors influencing their health. The student should be able to apply the
principles and concepts of family medicine in patient care

CENTRE FOR TROPICAL CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS

Courses in clinical pharmacology are taught during the coordinated course in medicine. During the
sub-intern period a more patient based programme will be followed. The objective of this
clinically based programme is to assist the potential doctor in the art of decision making in

133
therapeutics when he or she is confronted with a patient.

DEPARTMENT OF CHILD HEALTH

Child Health Course
Paediatrics is the medical specialty concerned with the study and treatment of children in health
and disease during development from birth to adolescence (18yrs). Child health deals with the
normal growth and development of children as well as diseases which can impact growth and
development including the behavioural and social aspects of the child. The student should acquire
the relevant knowledge, skills and attitudes to take care of common childhood emergencies
(Emergency Paediatrics), should know and be able to manage common acute diseases that affect
children in Ghana and the West African Subregion (Acute Paediatrics), should know and be able
to manage as well as follow up children with chronic childhood diseases. (Chronic paediatric
problems), should know about normal nutrition, growth and development of children and their
abnormal states, including the children with special needs, should know and be able to manage the
common conditions that affect the neonate (Neonatal Paediatrics) and should be knowledgeable of
the socio-economic and cultural factors that influence the health of children in Ghana.

DEPARTMENT OF OBSTETRICS AND GYNAECOLOGY

This subject which looks at the woman’s health is in two parts: Obstetrics and Gynaecology. It is
run over two clerkships in the secong clinical year. The student is expected to understand the
scientific basis (basic sciences) of Obstetrics and Gynaecology while concentrating on the
common clinical conditions that he / she is likely to encounter. By the end of the clerkships the
student should be able to apply the basic sciences to the theory and practice of Obstetrics and
Gynaecology, take a good history; conduct a thorough clinical examination and make a good
presentation of the findings and describe and / or discuss appropriately the management of the
common clinical conditions and their complications. Conditions include normal pregnancy as well
as high-risk/abnormal pregnancies, common gynaecological conditions and also family planning
methods.

DEPARTMENT OF MEDICINE AND THERAPEUTICS

Medicine and Therapeutics Course
The Department offers comprehensive training in the discipline of cardiology, clinical
pharmacology, dermatology, endocrinology, gastroenterology, infectious diseases, nephrology,
neurology, nuclear medicine, and respiratory medicine to produce highly disciplined, scientifically
knowledgeable and skilled clinicians capable of functioning effectively in any rural or urban
medical set up in Ghana, and working at a standard acceptable in the international community of
medicine. At the end of the course, students will be expected to demonstrate ability to make
appropriate medical diagnoses, perform a problem-focused history, physical examination and
assessment,
develop skills in gathering and interpreting clinical and laboratory information, have adequate
knowledge in patient management( both pharmacologic and non-pharmacologic interventions),
acquire skills in performing stipulated practical procedures under supervision, develop appropriate
work ethics, behavior and communication skills including counseling and negotiation and attend
post-mortems on their patients.

DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHIATRY
Psychiatry Course
The Psychiatry Course leading to MB CH.B consists of Junior and Senior Clerkships.
The students are required to have a basic knowledge in the anatomy of the brain and related
structures, Neurophysiology and Biochemistry relevant to Neuropharmacology. During the Junior
Clerkship, they are also taught how to interact with the mentally ill, how to examine the mental
state of the patients, history taking and basic psychopathology at the end of which students should

134
be in a position to formulate the patient’s mental or physical problem and plan management of the
said patient. The aim of the Senior Clerkship is to consolidate what the student has already learnt
together with common Psychosexual Disorders.

Clinical Psychology Course

The goals of the course are for students to become aware of psychological determinants of
behavior and gain greater understanding of self and others, recognize and harness opportunities for
the application of psychological findings and principles, appreciate the necessity for multi-level
explanation and intervention and appreciate research methodologies and their use to drive
psychological theory. Students will be expected to think of illness from a psychological
perspective and understand that the course is as much about illness and healing as it is about the
healer. Relaxation training as well as neuropsychological assessment is also taught
There is a Project in Research in Psychiatry for four weeks when students are expected to master
the art of conceptualizing psychological and psychiatric variables and how to measure these.

DEPARTMENT OF RADIOLOGY
Department of Radiology offers lectures and tutorial during the Medicine and Surgery Clerkships
to reinforce the teaching of disease conditions. Radiological anatomy taught course consists of
basic anatomy relevant to all the common radiological examinations with emphasis on cross
sectional anatomy in the axial, coronal, sagittal and where appropriate, oblique planes. Imaging
techniques would include x-rays, ultrasonography, CT, MRI and some interventional procedures

DEPARTMENT OF SURGERY
Surgery is one of the key pillars in medical education. . The main objective of the Department is
to train well rounded medical students in all aspects of surgical disciplines who can hold their own
and function as first-line medical professionals with confidence and the right attitude. The various
disciplines of surgery through which the student rotates include General Surgery, Paediatric
Surgery, Urology, Orthopaedics, Neurosurgery, Plastic Surgery, Cardiothoracic Surgery,
Ophthalmology and Ear-Nose-Throat Surgery. At the end of his clerkship the student should be
able to take a history from a patient, perform a physical examination on him and interpret his
findings list the probable diagnosis, order relevant investigations and then synthesize all
information obtained into logical conclusion. With an acceptable and safe management plan. The
student should be able to acquire and satisfactorily demonstrate the requisite Knowledge, Attitude,
Skills and Ethical considerations necessary for the practice of surgery at the end of the
programme.

GRADUATE ENTRY MEDICAL PROGRAMME (GEMP)

Introduction
The Graduate Entry Medical Programme (GEMP) is a parallel programme of the University of
Ghana School of Medicine and Dentistry (UGSMD) which admits first degree students of science-
related courses. The duration of the programme is four (4) years, comprising an initial phase
(Phase I) of one and a half (1½) years of three semesters and a clinical phase (Phase II) of two and
a half years. Phase I of the programme covers predominately basis and para-clinical sciences
integrated with clinical sciences. Phase II is run with the existing University of Ghana School of
Medicine and Dentistry (UGSMD) clinical programmes and remains unchanged.

135
MODULES OF PHASE I
YEAR I
SEMESTER I
CODE COURSE TITLE CREDITS
GEMP 321 Cell Biology & Genetics 7
GEMP 323 Human Anatomy 7
GEMP 325 Immunity & Infections 7
Total Credits 21
*Credit made up of 5 contact hours for Lectures/Team-Based Learning and 2 hours for practical
per week. Provision has been made for extra hours for self-directed learning.

SEMESTER 2
CODE COURSE TITLE CREDITS
GEMP 322 Mechanisms of Disease 5
GEMP 324 Nutrition and Metabolism 5
GEMP 326 Cardiovascular System 5
GEMP 328 Respiratory System 5
GEMP 332 Gastro-intestinal and Hepato-biliary System 5
Total Credits 25
*Credit made up of 4 contact hours for Lectures/Team-Based Learning and 2 hours for practical
per week

SEMESTER 3
CODE COURSE TITLE CREDITS
GEMP 421 Body Fluids, Renal and Reproductive Systems 5
GEMP 423 Neuroscience 5
GEMP 425 Population Health, and Medical Statistics 5
GEMP 427 Haematopoietic and Lymphoreticular System 5
GEMP 429 Medical Psychology, Behavioural Science& Sociology 4
Total Credits 24

ASSESSMENT
Students will be assessed through Formative and Summative Assessments which will contribute
40% and 60% respectively to the final semester mark. The pass mark for a module remains 60%.

I) FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT
This examination will contribute 40% to the final semester mark.
There would be one (1) continuous assessment made up of multiple choice questions and
long/short essays towards the end of the module as well as a minimum of two (2) Team-Based
Learning (TBL) assessments and two (2) Practicals/Objective Structured Practical Examination
(OSPE) per semester.

II) SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENT

This examination will contribute 60% to the final semester mark.
There will be one of 2-part theory paper and an oral examination for each module:
 Part 1 – MCQs (50% of Summative mark)
 Part 2 – long and/or short essays (40% of Summative mark)
 Oral examination: (10% of Summative mark).

SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATIONS
There will be two supplementary examinations:
I) The first will take place after End of Semester 2 examinations – to re-sit failed End of
Semesters 1 and 2 examinations 4 to 6 weeks following the declaration of the results of

136
 the main examinations.
II) The second will be written after Semester 3, to re-sit failed Semester 3 examinations 4 to
6 weeks following the declaration of the results of the main examinations.
III) If a student fails 3 attempts at a module examination, he/she shall be asked to withdraw
from the programme.

PROGRESSION TO PHASE II
To progress to the clinical phase (Phase II), a student must have passed with at least 60% module
mark in ALL Phase I Module Examinations.

COURSE MODULE DESCRIPTIONS

The stated editions of the reading lists in the entire document notwithstanding, the latest editions
either in existence or to be published in future would be the recommended editions to be used for
all modules.

GEMP 321 CELL BIOLOGY AND GENETICS

The aim of this module is to provide information necessary for students to gain an understanding
of the cell, fundamental processes of the flow of biological information, inheritance and mutation
and how these relate to disease causation and response to treatment. The module also deals with
the principles of enzyme action and its application in medicine. It also covers gene and
chromosome analyses and issues concerning genetic screening and gene therapy. The module
would enhance students’ understanding of the central nature of genetics to modern medicine and
the basic principles underlying drug action and how they relate to their pharmacokinetic and
pharmacodynamic properties.

GEMP 322 HUMAN ANATOMY

The Human Anatomy module is aimed at providing students with sufficient knowledge and
understanding of the anatomy of human beings to enable them function competently as a clinical
students and throughout their career as clinicians, teachers or researchers. The Module which
covers relevant areas of human anatomy namely embryology, histology and gross anatomy
addresses topics such as Introduction to Anatomical Terminology, Basic Tissues, Bone
Development and Remodeling, Muscle nomenclature, Gametogenesis, Muscles of the
appendicular and axial skeletons, Anatomy of the male and female Reproductive systems among
others. Throughout the module emphasis is laid on linking basic human anatomy with relevant
clinical conditions.

GEMP 323 IMMUNITY AND INFECTIONS

This module introduces students to micro-organisms and parasites which cause disease and how
biological systems recognize and protect themselves from these foreign micro-
organisms/macromolecules. The morphology and pathological roles of bacteria, viruses and
parasites are discussed. Students will be made to appreciate the precision of the immune system
and its contribution to the survival of individual species in all possible environmental conditions.
The importance of immunology in clinical diagnosis, treatment, prevention and control of
infectious diseases of both humans and animals is emphasized.

GEMP 324 MECHANISMS OF DISEASE

This module is designed to introduce students to the scientific basis of disease and help them to
understand how a variety of agents and factors cause different basic pathological processes, the
underlying mechanisms of these processes and how these subvert morphology and/or function of
tissues, organs, systems and the whole human body. An appreciation of these processes and
mechanisms will facilitate an understanding of the symptoms, signs and abnormal laboratory test
results in patients. The module also covers the diseases and how various therapeutic interventions
are designed to curtail pathological processes involved..

GEMP 325 NUTRITION AND METABOLISM

This module, which mainly comprises nutrition, biochemistry and endocrinology, is aimed at

137
developing students’ knowledge of the sources and utilization of nutrients, energy balance, tissue
metabolism and its control by the endocrine system. This knowledge is required for understanding
the metabolic basis and treatment of diseases as well as appropriate dietary modifications in the
prevention and management of various medical and pathological conditions.

GEMP 326 CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEM

The aim of this module is to let students understand the role of the cardiovascular system in the
sustenance of life and the relationship of the structure of the heart and blood vessels to the
function of the cardiovascular system as well as alterations in functions in disease and restoration
to normalcy. Common cardiovascular diseases such as endocarditis, myocarditis, pericarditis,
atherosclerosis, arteriolosclerosis, hypertensive vascular diseases, vasculitides, aneurysms,
cardiomyopathies are discussed as examples of pathological cal conditions of the cardiovascular
system.

GEMP 328 RESPIRATORY SYSTEM

This module will enable the students to understand the structure, function, and regulatory
mechanisms of the respiratory system, and how they relate to the manifestation of common
respiratory diseases and their treatment. Students will be able to understand the anatomical,
physiological and pathophysiological basis of respiratory diseases and its relation to clinical
manifestations. It will also enable students understand the importance of environment and how
occupation can lead to some respiratory diseases. Therapeutic interventions both pharmacologic
and non-pharmacological in the management of patients with a respiratory disease are discussed.
The Module covers areas such as Respiratory Anatomy, Physiology, Pathology, Microbiology,
Pharmacology, Radiology and Physiotherapy.

GEMP 332 GASTROINTESTINAL AND HEPATOBILIARY SYSTEMS

The aim of this module is to let students understand the normal function of the human
gastrointestinal and biliary systems, and how they are altered in common diseases. It discusses the
structure and function of various parts of the alimentary tract as well as the exocrine pancreas and
the liver. Relevant clinical conditions such as peptic ulcer, pancreatitis, malabsorption and
hepatitis and basic principles of their management, including surgical interventions are
emphasized.

GEMP 421 BODY FLUIDS, RENAL AND REPRODUCTIVE SYSTEMS

This module is designed to provide knowledge on body compartments, fluid and electrolyte
compositions, acid-balance and the structure and function of the renal and reproductive systems of
both male and females. It deepens students’ understanding of the various mechanisms which
control the internal environment with particular emphasis on the role of the kidney. The endocrine
control of reproduction and possible abnormalities of reproduction and the principles of their
investigation and management are discussed.

GEMP 423 NEUROSCIENCE

This module is designed to equip students with basic knowledge of the functional anatomy and
physiology of the nervous systems, common microbial infections and pathological diseases of the
nervous system and how these impact function. Students are made to understand manifestations of
psychiatric diseases as well as the effect of drugs on the functions of the nervous system in health
and disease. This will enable them apply the acquired knowledge to diagnose, investigate and
manage diseases of the nervous system. Topics covered by the Module include: Neuroanatomy,
neurophysiology, neuropathology, neuropharmacology, psychiatry, neurology, neurosurgery,
pediatric and developmental neurology and infections of the nervous system

GEMP 425 HEALTH AND DISEASE IN POPULATION AND MEDICAL STATISTICS

This module is designed to equip students with essential knowledge of the dynamics of
populations and how to interpret population-based studies of disease distribution and associated
risk factors, treatment effectiveness as well as disease prevention for the benefit of the health of
patients and the population as a whole. The module covers topics such as General epidemiology

138
and disease control, Biostatistics, Demography, Field survey (pre-survey preparation), Field
survey (survey work, data analysis, report writing and presentation), Ecology and community
characteristics and dynamics, General principles of health education, Principles and practices of
occupational health, Environmental health, food hygiene and waste disposal, Health management
and administration, Impact of gender and unemployment on health and Social welfare systems.

GEMP 427 HAEMATOPOIETIC AND LYMPHORETICULAR SYSTEM

The general objective of this module is to introduce the structure and function of the haemopoietic
and lymphoreticular systems and haemostasis; the diseases which arise from them and how they
are affected by other systemic diseases. At the end of the module, the student should be able to
describe the structure and function of the haemopoietic and lymphoreticular systems;describe
blood coagulation, the presentation and diagnosis of bleeding and hypercoagulable disorders;
describe the aetiopathogenesis of haematological malignancies, their presentation, diagnosis and
management; discuss plasma proteins in health and disease and describe the mechanism of action
of drugs used to control abnormal clotting and their interactions with other drugs.

GEMP 429 MEDICAL PSYCHOLOGY, BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCE AND

MEDICAL SOCIOLOGY
This module is aimed at emphasizing the importance of psychological, social and societal factors
in health and disease. The effect of social values and cultural practices on health is discussed. The
module is also designed to equip students with the knowledge, skills and attitude to induce
positive change in health behaviour of individuals, communities and work places in order to
enable the trainees practice medicine ethically. Topics covered include Death and dying, Burnout
syndrome, Stress, Paradigms in healthcare, common psychological problems in the community
and Introduction to psychology.

139
 SCHOOL OF NURSING
INTRODUCTION
Nursing is a dynamic and challenging profession which serves to promote, maintain and restore
health. The changing trends in health needs, health technology and the expectations of clients
require that the graduate nurse acquires knowledge and skills of the highest standard to meet the
challenges of modern day nursing. It is against this background that the School of Nursing has
improved upon its programme to meet the current needs of the job market in Ghana and abroad.

This four-year degree programme will have Level 100 counting towards graduation. Nurses who
hold University of Ghana Diploma in Nursing will enter the programme at Level 200. Students
will be awarded BSc Nursing with one of the following options: General Nursing, Paediatric
Nursing, Midwifery, Community Health Nursing and Mental Health Nursing.

ADMINISTRATION
Ernestina Safoa Donkor - Associate Professor
BSc (Ghana), MSc (Ulster), PhD (London), (Ag. Dean)
GCAP (UK), FWCN
Theodore M. Ahuno - Senior Assistant Registrar
BA, MPA (Ghana)

DEPARTMENT OF ADULT HEALTH

Kwadwo A. Korsah - Lecturer
BA (Ghana), MPhil (Ghana), FWCN (Ag. Head of Department)
Patricia Avadu - Lecturer
Dip In Nursing, BA (Ghana), MPhil (Ghana)
Lydia Aziato - Lecturer
BA (Ghana) MPhil (Ghana) PhD (Cape Town)
Gladys Dzansi - Assistant Lecturer
BA (Ghana), MPhil (Ghana) (on Study Leave)
Cecilia Eliason - Assistant Lecturer
BA (Ghana) MPhil (Ghana)

DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY HEALTH

Patience Aniteye - Lecturer
BSc (Ghana), MPhil (Ghana), PhD (LSHTM, London) (Ag. Head of Department)
Prudence P. Mwini-Nyaledzigbor - Senior Lecturer
SRN, BSc, MPhil (Ghana), PhD (South Africa) (leave of Absence)
Lillian Akorfa Ohene - Assistant Lecturer
BSc (Ghana)MPhil (Ghana) (on Study Leave)

DEPARTMENT OF MATERNAL AND CHILD HEALTH

Florence Naab - Lecturer
BA (Ghana), MPhil (Ghana), PhD (Wisconsin)
Ernestina Asiedua - Assistant Lecturer
BA (Ghana) MPhil (Ghana)
Mary Ani-Amponsah - Assistant Lecturer
BA (Ghana) MPhil (Ghana) (on Study Leave)
Samira Mustapha Ablordey - Assistant Lecturer
Dip. In Nursing, BA (Ghana) MPhil (Ghana)
Emma Annan - Assistant Lecturer
BSc (Ghana) MPhil (Ghana)

DEPARTMENT OF RESEARCH, EDUCATION AND ADMINISTRATION

Vivian Afrah Lawer Puplampu - Lecturer
BA (Ghana) MPhil (Alberta)
Adelaide M. Ansah Ofei - Assistant Lecturer
BA (Ghana) MPhil (Ghana)

140
Adzo Atswei Kwashie - Assistant Lecturer
BSc (Ghana) MPhil (Ghana) FWCN

DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH

Alexander Kwablah Mensah Attiogbe - Assistant Lecturer
BA (Ghana) MPhil (Ghana)

FULL TIME LECTURERS OF SERVICE DEPARTMENTS

Richard Kwasi Gyasi - Associate Professor
MB, Ch B (Ghana), DCP, FWAP
Isaac Asiedu-Gyekye - Senior Lecturer
MSc, PhD (Pyatigorsk, Russia)
Charles Antwi-Boasiako - Lecturer
BSc. (Hons) (Zoology) MPhil
Matilda Steiner-Asiedu - Associate Professor
Samuel Atindanbila - Senior Lecturer
BA., PCE (UCC), MPhil (Ghana), PhD (Ghana)
Saviour Adjenti - Lecturer
BSc. (KNUST), MPhil (Ghana), PhD (Cape Town)

PART TIME LECTURER(S)

Mrs. Doris Grace Kpongbe - Part Time Lecturer
BA. MPhil (Ghana)

BSC NURSING WITH OPTIONS PROGRAMME

PROGRAMME STRUCTURE

LEVEL 100
FIRST SEMESTER
CORE
Course Code Course Title Credits
BAHS 101 Introduction to Microbiology 3
BAHS 103 Introduction to Microbiology Practicals 1
NURS 105 Introduction to Community Health Nursing 2
NURS 107 Introduction to Mental Health Nursing 2
NURS 109 Nursing Perspectives 2
NURS 111 Trauma and Emergency Nursing 2
UGRC 110 Academic Writing I 3
UGRC 120 Numeracy Skills 3
Total Credits 18

141
SECOND SEMESTER
CORE
Course Code Course Title Credits
BAHS 102 Human Anatomy 3
BAHS 104 Anatomy Practicals 1
BAHS 106 Basic Physiology 3
BAHS 108 Basic Physiology Practicals 1
NURS 108 Fundamentals of Mental Health Nursing 2
NURS 114 Psychology for Nurses 2
NURS 116 Obstetric Anatomy and Normal Pregnancy 1
NURS 118 Fundamentals of Nursing 1
NURS 122* Nursing Practical I 1
UGRC 130 Understanding Human Societies 3
UGRC 150 Critical Thinking and Practical Reasoning 3
Total Credits 21
Long Vacation Practicum
NURS 122* will be offered partly during the semester and continued for six weeks
in the long vacation.

LEVEL 200
FIRST SEMESTER
CORE
(Diploma Holders will enter at this point)

Course Code Course Title Credits

BAHS 201 Basic Biochemistry and Molecular Cell Biology 3
Basic Biochemistry and Molecular Cell Biology
BAHS 203 1
Practicals
BAHS 205 General & Autonomic Pharmacology 2
NURS 231 Principles and Practice of Health Assessment 2
NURS 233 Medical Microbiology and Parasitology 2
NURS 235 Normal Labour and Puerperium 2
NURS 237 Theoretical Foundations of Nursing 2
NURS 239 Pharmacology 3
NURS 241 Foetal and Child Development 1
NURS 243 Prevention and Control of Communicable Diseases 2
NURS 245 Nursing Practical II 1
UGRC 210 Academic Writing: II 3
Total Credits 18

*Students who entered the programme as diploma holders will offer UGRC 110: Academic
Writing1 in addition.

142
SECOND SEMESTER
CORE
Course Code Course Title Credits
NURS 232 Medical conditions of Integumentary, Gastrointestinal 2
and
Endocrine systems
NURS 234 Surgical Conditions of Integumentary, Gastrointestinal 2
andEndocrine systems
and
NURS 236 Abnormal Pregnancy, Labour and Puerperium 2
NURS 238 Classification and Management of Mental Disorders 2
Medical and Surgical Conditions of the Newborn and
NURS 242 2
the Child
NURS 244 Management of Child Welfare Clinics 2
NURS 246* Nursing Practical III 1
NURS 248 Nutrition and Dietetics 2
NURS 252 Pathology 3
UGRC 220 -
Introduction to African Studies 3
238
Total Credits 21

Long Vacation Practicum

NURS 246* will be offered partly during the semester and continued for six weeks
in the long vacation.

*Students who entered the programme as diploma holders will not do UGRC 220:
African Studies but will offer UGRC 130: Understanding Human Societies and
UGRC 150: Critical Thinking and Practical Reasoning at this level.

LEVEL 300
FIRST SEMESTER
CORE
Course Code Course Title Credits
BAHS 301 Clinical Microbiology 2
NURS 331 Medical Conditions of Respiratory, Cardiovascular and
3
Genitourinarv Svstems
NURS 333 Surgical Conditions of Respiratory, Cardiovascular 2
and Genitourinary Systems

Community Health Service Organisation and

NURS 335 2
Participation
NURS 337 Nursing Practical IV 1
NURS 339 Reproductive Health 2
NURS 341 High Risk Neonate 2
NURS 343 Principles of Psychiatric Nursing 1
NURS 345 Nursing Research 2
Total Credits 15
*Students who entered the programme as diploma holders will offer UGRC J 20: Numeracy
Skills in addition.

143
 SECOND SEMESTER
CORE

Course Code Course Title Credits

Medical Conditions of Nervous and Musculo-skeletal

NURS 332 3
Systems and Sensori-Neural Organs
Surgical Conditions of Nervous and Musculo-Skeletal
NURS 334 2
Systems and Sensori-Neural Organs

Systems and Sensori-Neural Organs Occupational and

NURS 336 2
Community Health Services

NURS 338* Nursing Practical V 1

NURS 342 Medical and Surgical Conditions in Childhood 2

NURS 344 Management of Major Psychiatric Disorders 1

NURS 346 Proposal Development and Report Writing 2

Gynaecological Nursing and Obstetric/Gynaecological
NURS 348 2
Operations
NURS 352 Advanced Clinical Nursing I 2
Total Credits 17
Long Vacation Practicum
NURS 338* will be offered partly during the semester and continued for six weeks
in the long vacation

* Students who entered the programme as diploma holders will offer UGRC 220:
Introduction to African Studies in addition.

LEVEL 400
FIRST SEMESTER
CORE
Course Code Course Title Credits
NURS 400** Proiect Work 6
NURS 451 Tools and Methods of Teaching Nursing 2
NURS 453 Principles of Management in Nursing 2
NURS455 Biostatistics 2
NURS457 Nursing Practical VI (Specialty option) 3
NURS459 Advanced Clinical Nursing Il 2
NURS461 Nursing Seminar 2
Credits 16
Options (Select 3 credits)
General
Nursing
NURS463 Peri-Operative and Critical Care Nursing 3
Paediatric
Nursing
NURS465 Integrated Management of Childhood illnesses 3
Community Health Nursing

144
 NURS467 Community Health Nursing Administration 3
Midwifery
NURS 469 Advanced Midwifery Practice 3
Mental Health Nursing
NURS 471 Theoretical Frameworks of Mental Health Nursing 3
Total Credits 19

SECOND SEMESTER
CORE
Course Code Course Title Credits
NURS 452 Curriculum Development in Nursing Education 3
NURS 454 Administration of Nursing Services and Schools 2
NURS 456 Teaching Practice 2
NURS 458* Nursing Practical VII (Specialty option) 3
Credits 13
Options (Select 3 credits)
General
Nursing
NURS 462 Palliative Care and Hospital Emergency Management 3
Paediatric Nursing
NURS 464 Childhood Chronic and Life Threatening Diseases 3
Community Health Nursing
NURS 466 Home-Based Nursing and National Health Programme 3
Midwifery
NURS 468 Domiciliary Midwifery I 3
Mental Health Nursing
NURS 472 Advanced Practice in Mental Health Nursing I 3
Total Credits I 16

Long Vacation Practicum

NURS 458* will be offered partly during the semester and continued for six weeks in
the long vacation.

 NURS 400** is a six credit course, three credits allocated to each semester.
The option chosen in first semester should be continued with its corresponding
course in the second semester.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
BAHS 101 Introduction to Microbiology
To introduce the students to Medical Microbiology as a field of study. During the course, various
microbial agents of medical importance will be studied, with emphasis on their prevention and
control.

BAHS 102 Human Anatomy

To help students appreciate the normal structure of the human body and apply this knowledge in
the health science. Internationally-accepted nomenclature will be introduced and used throughout
the course. The students will be exposed to preserved body structures to aid better understanding.
Diagrams of anatomic structures will be presented as part of the course.

145
BAHS 103 Introduction to Microbiology Practicals
To illustrate the experimental principles involved in course BAHS 101and to acquaint students
with the laboratory equipment, and methods applied in clinical diagnosis. This practical course is
designed to teach the student about morphology of microbial agents and simple staining and other
techniques for their identification.

BAHS 104 Anatomy Practicals

This course aims to help students to appreciate the relationship between structures in the human
body which will support the lectures in the laboratory.

BAHS 106 Basic Physiology

To introduce the students to the normal function and physiological processes of the human body.
Students are expected to study the specific physiological properties of the cell, organs and systems
outlined in the content. The students will also be required to learn the systems in relation to how
they help maintain homeostasis in the body.

BAHS 108 Basic Physiology Practicals

To expose students to experimental methodology to enable them acquire skills to complement the
knowledge from the theory.

NURS 105 Introduction to Community Health Nursing

This course introduces students to the history, processes and methods of community health
nursing. Students will also discuss the concept of health, personal and environmental health. They
will develop competencies in promoting health in the community and managing home accidents.
Students will be expected to select a community or group and examine its environmental health
practices.

NURS 107 Introduction to Mental Health Nursing

This course is designed to introduce students to the basic concepts in mental health care. It
consists of various concepts used in psychiatric/mental health nursing which would be useful to
students in understanding the behaviour of clients. The course will be useful to students who are
preparing to care for patients with biopsychosocial needs in a variety of clinical settings. It will
also assist students to appreciate developments in psychiatric/mental health care over the years
and stimulate them to develop interest in mental health care.

NURS 108 Fundamentals of Mental Health Nursing

This course is designed to equip the student with knowledge of the theoretical basis for
psychiatric mental health nursing. It includes the processes of assessment, admission and
discharge of various categories of people with mental health problems, as well as the legal and
ethical issues involved in these processes. This knowledge will guide the student to identify
clients' problems, determine and respect clients' rights in psychiatric nursing practice.

NURS 109 Nursing Perspectives

This course is designed to introduce students to the nursing profession. It explores the historical
development of nursing, different perspectives on the professionalism of the nurse, ethical
standards, and the legal implications of nursing practice. Students will also be acquainted with the
objectives and structure of the various nursing and health related organizations, and the new
trends in nursing care.

NURS 111 Trauma and Emergency Nursing

The course introduces students to the various types of trauma and their management. It will also
equip students with knowledge and skills that can be utilized to provide safety / emergency care to
individuals in the community. The course includes practical sessions in the laboratory and
students will be expected to do return demonstration on competencies demonstrated.

146
NURS 114 Psychology for Nurses
The course is designed to help students appreciate the behavioural characteristics of humans. The
course will examine theories underlying human behaviour. The physical, cognitive, and
psychosocial factors influencing human responses to illness will be explored. Students will be
introduced to appropriate mechanisms that can be used in meeting the needs of individuals with
negative response to illness.

NURS 116 Obstetric Anatomy and Normal Pregnancy

This course is designed to introduce students to obstetric anatomy and physiology, and
management of normal pregnancy.

NURS 118 Fundamentals of Nursing

This course is to introduce students to the basic concepts and techniques in nursing. Students will
acquire knowledge and skills to carry out basic nursing procedures through the use of the nursing
process and infection prevention practices. It will offer students opportunity to demonstrate skills
acquired and to properly document all nursing care given to patients.

NURS 122 Nursing Practical I

This course will expose students to clinical and field experiences in emergency and trauma care,
primary health care and mental health. The purpose of the placement is to enable students gain
skills in basic nursing within the different clinical areas. It will be offered partly during the
semester and continued as a six week long vacation course. During the long vacation, students will
be placed in medical/surgical units of selected hospitals for two weeks. They will also work in
polyclinics and psychiatric hospitals for two weeks respectively.

BAHS 201 Basic Biochemistry and Molecular Cell Biology

This course is aimed at introducing students to the major chemical constituents of the cell and the
biochemical basis of human function and disease. Description of cell signaling, enzyme kinetics
and introduction to basic molecular biology shall also be covered.

BAHS 203 Basic Biochemistry and Molecular Cell Biology Practicals

The aim of this course is to acquire practical skills in biochemistry and appreciate biochemical
concepts to support the theory.

BAHS 205 General & Autonomic Pharmacology

To equip students with knowledge in basic pharmacological concepts and the pharmacology of the
automatic nervous systems.

NURS 231 Principles and Practice of Health Assessment

The course is designed to equip students with knowledge and skills in carrying out comprehensive
health assessment. Students will be taken through the physical assessment of the human body in
relation to the various body systems. They will gain competency in determining normal and
abnormal functioning of organs and systems. The course will consist of classroom teaching and
skills demonstration.

NURS 232 Medical Conditions of Integumentary, Gastrointestinal and Endocrine

Systems
This course introduces students to medical conditions of the integumentary, gastrointestinal, and
endocrine systems. The conditions will be discussed with reference to definition, types,
prevalence, aetiology, pathophysiology, clinical manifestation, diagnostic investigations,
differential diagnosis and management. The framework for nursing management will be Betty
Neumann's prevention concept and Virginia Henderson's nursing components.

NURS 233 Medical Microbiology and Parasitology

This course is designed to give students knowledge about microbial organisms. It will also
examine the way infections and infestation are transmitted and how to disinfect and sterilize

147
materials. The course has a practical component to enable students view micro-organisms using
the light microscope. The aim is for students to apply the knowledge gained to the prevention of
cross infection.

NURS 234 Surgical Conditions of Integumentary, Gastrointestinal and Endocrine

Systems
The course will focus on surgical conditions of the integumentary, gastrointestinal and endocrine
systems, and their surgical interventions. Neoplasms will also be discussed. The conditions will be
discussed with reference to definition, types, prevalence, aetiology, pathophysiology, clinical
manifestation, diagnostic investigations, differential diagnosis, and conservative/surgical
management. The framework for nursing management will be Levine's conservation principles
and the nursing process.

NURS 235 Normal Labour and Puerperium

This course is designed to introduce the student to the stages and management of normal labour
and normal puerperium. Students are expected to gain competencies that will enable them to give
appropriate care during labour and puerperium. It will also involve skills demonstration and
clinical placement.

NURS 236 Abnormal Pregnancy, Labour and Puerperium

This course is designed to enable the student midwife diagnose and manage abnormalities
associated with pregnancy, labour and puerperium.

NURS 237 Theoretical Foundations of Nursing

This course is designed to provide nursing students insight into the multiple nursing theories. The
course will focus on theory and practical application of the concepts discussed. It will consist of
presentations and applied exercises. The students will be given the opportunity to critically
analyze some of the existing nursing theories and equip them to meet professional and social
expectations.

NURS 238 Classification and Management of Mental Disorders

This course will focus on the classification of mental disorders, developmental, behavioural and
anxiety disorders. Students will be introduced to assessment and management of these conditions.

NURS 239 Pharmacology

This course is designed to equip students with knowledge in basic concepts of pharmacology.
Students will be introduced to the principles of drug administration, effects of drugs as well as
excretion of drugs from the body. The different classes of drugs and their effect on the various
body systems will be discussed. Various side effects of drugs will also be analyzed.

NURS 241 Foetal and Child Development

This course offers students knowledge on conceptual and foetal development, growth and
development of the child.

NURS 242 Medical and Surgical Conditions of the Newborn and the Child
This course is designed to equip students with knowledge and skills to manage the newborn and
the child. It will enable students manage medical and surgical conditions in the newborn and the
child.

NURS 243 Prevention and Control of Communicable Diseases

The course is designed to equip students with knowledge and skills in prevention and care of
individuals/families with communicable diseases. Students will be introduced to theory of disease,
epidemiology, control principles and methods, control strategies and organization of diseases of
public health importance. Disease notification and health regulations in public health will also be
emphasized.

148
NURS 244 Management of Child Welfare Clinics
This course is designed to enable students develop competencies in community health practice.
Students will be taken through the nursing process as applied in community health nursing,
organization of child welfare clinics and immunization. They will carry out home visits and
conduct a study on a problem family.

NURS 245 Nursing Practical II

This practical course is designed to enable students gain competencies in medical/surgical and
paediatric nursing. The focus will include assessment of patients, admission and discharging of
patients, administration of medication and care of patients using the nursing process. There will be
practical examination at the end of the session. Students are expected to continue with practical
experience during the inter-semester break.

NURS 246 Nursing Practical III

The course aims at giving students the opportunity to apply the nursing process in caring for
patients with conditions affecting integumentary, digestive and endocrine systems. Students
will also gain skills in the management of pregnant women during antenatal, labour and
puerperium. There will also be placement in the community and psychiatric hospital. There will
be practical examinations at the end of the session.

NURS 248 Nutrition and Dietetics

This course is designed to help students appreciate the value of nutrients in health and illness. The
student will be introduced to the different types of food nutrients, their functions and sources. The
effects of over-nutrition and under-nutrition will be stressed. The concept of convalescent diet,
special diet and planning meals for ill patients will also be examined. The nutritional requirements
for specific disease conditions will be discussed. Students will also be introduced to how to assess
the nutritional status individuals.

NURS 252 Pathology

This course is designed to expose students to pathological processes that occur in the human body.
Students will be taken through cellular basis of disease, inflammatory processes and healing of
wounds and fractures. The concepts of immunology and development of neoplasm will be
discussed. There will be concurrent practical sessions to expose students to pathological tissues
macroscopically and microscopically.

BAHS 301 Clinical Microbiology

To enable students acquire knowledge on the interaction between various infectious agents and
humans as well as the environment, promote the occurrence of infectious diseases, as they affect
the systems. Infectious agents of public health importance in Ghana will be emphasized.

NURS 331 Medical Conditions of Respiratory, Cardiovascular and Genitourinary

Systems
This course is designed to enable students develop competencies in managing-patients with
medical conditions of the respiratory, cardiovascular and genitourinary systems. The conditions
will be discussed with reference to description of the condition, types, prevalence, aetiology,
pathophysiology, clinical manifestation, diagnostic investigations, differential diagnosis and
management. The framework for nursing management will be Betty Neuman's prevention
principles and the nursing process.

NURS 332 Medical Conditions of Nervous and Musculo-Skeletal Systems and

Sensori-Neural Organs
The course will expose students to medical conditions of the nervous, musculo-skeletal system
and sensori-neural organs. The conditions will be discussed with reference to definition, types,
prevalence, aetiology, pathophysiology, clinical manifestation, diagnostic investigations,
differential diagnosis and management. The framework for nursing anagement will be Betty
Neuman's prevention principles and the nursing process.

149
NURS 333 Surgical Conditions of Respiratory, Cardiovascular and
Genitourinary Systems
The course is designed to enable students develop competencies in managing patients with
surgical conditions of the respiratory, cardiovascular and genitourinary systems. The conditions
will be discussed with reference to definition, types, prevalence, aetiology, pathophysiology,
clinical manifestation, diagnostic investigations, differential diagnosis and management. The
framework for nursing management will be Levine's conservation
principles and the nursing process.

NURS 334 Surgical Conditions of Nervous and Musculo-Skeletal Systems and

Sensori-Neural Organs
The course is designed to help students develop competencies in managing surgical conditions of
the nervous and musculoskeletal system and sensori-neural organs. The conditions will be
examined based on the definition, prevalence, aetiology, pathophysiology, clinical manifestation,
diagnostic investigations, surgical and conservative management. Levine's conservation principles
and the nursing process will be the framework for discussing nursing interventions.

NURS 335 Community Health Service Organization and Participation

This course will equip students with the requisite knowledge and skills relating to community
health practice. Students will be taken through community diagnosis, mobilization, organization
and participation. The sources of community data, measurement of morbidity and mortality, and
health indices will also be discussed. Students will be assigned in groups to carry out a
community study as part of the course.

NURS 336 Occupational and Community Health Services

The course is aimed at assisting students to develop competencies in providing school,
occupational, outreach and reproductive/adolescent health services. The problems of the school
child, care of the physically/psychologically impaired and the aged will also be discussed.
Students will be put in groups to undertake school health and health
outreach services.

NURS 337 Nursing Practical IV

This course offers students the opportunity to apply knowledge and skills acquired in performing
various nursing procedures. They will be placed on selected wards. There will be practical
examinations at the end of the session. Students are expected to continue with practical
experience during the inter-semester break.

NURS338 Nursing Practical V

This course will equip students with skills in managing patients pre-, intra-, and post-, operatively.
They will be placed in general and specialized theatres during the semester. Students will have
psychiatric, obstetric and gynaecological nursing experiences during the long vacation.

NURS 339 Reproductive Health

This course is designed to give students insight into physical and emotional maturity of
adolescents and associated problems, adolescent sexuality and associated risks. It will also expose
students to basic principles of population dynamics and family planning.

NURS341 High Risk Neonate

The course is designed to provide students with knowledge and skills to identify and manage the
high risk neonate, recognise emergency conditions and take appropriate actions.

NURS 342 Medical Surgical Conditions in Childhood

The course is designed to provide students with knowledge and skills in managing medical and
surgical conditions in children. Conditions affecting the endocrine, renal, gastrointestinal tract as
well as tumours, genetic disorders and congenital malformations will be discussed.

150
NURS 343 Principles of Psychiatric Nursing
The course introduces students to the principles of psychiatric nursing. Students will be exposed
to the knowledge and skills in assessing and managing clients with major psychiatric disorders.

NURS 344 Management of Major Psychiatric Disorders

This course is a continuation of NURS 343. It will assist students to plan and deliver care that
will stabilise the individual client's health status to facilitate reintegration of the client into the
community.

NURS 345 Nursing Research

This course is designed to introduce students to the use of the scientific process in identification,
study and solution of problems. Students will be introduced to the principles and techniques of
the research process. It will stimulate critical thinking and promote evidence-based practice.

NURS 346 Proposal Development and Report Writing

The course is designed to build on NURS 345 and assist students to be able to identify health
and nursing problems in the course of their work and design simple but appropriate research
projects to solve those problems. Students are expected to develop competencies in writing
research proposals and report. It will also create in students the need for dissemination and
utilization of research findings. They will be assigned supervisors to guide them through the
research process.

NURS 348 Gynaecological Nursing and Obstetric / Gynaecological Operations

The course is designed to equip the student with knowledge on the various disorders of the
female reproductive system, and manage clients with gynaecological problems, and in obstetric
and gynaecological operations.

NURS 352 Advanced Clinical Nursing I

This course will enable students develop competencies in preparing patients for diagnostic
procedures, setting trays and trolleys for various therapeutic procedures. Procedures of the
integumentary, cardiovascular, respiratory, gastrointestinal and genitourinary systems will be
discussed. There will be a component on practical skill demonstrations.

NURS 400 Project Work

This course is designed to test students' ability to identify a health and/nursing problem and
design appropriate research into that problem. The course is aimed at testing the ability of
students to search for literature, collect quality data and produce a standard scientific project
work. The student is expected to present the research problem for approval and carry out the
research under the supervision of lecturers. At the end of the second semester, two copies of
typed work will be presented for assessment.

NURS 451 Tools and Methods of Teaching Nursing

This course will introduce nursing students to the theory, philosophy, and principles in teaching
and learning. It aims at equipping nursing students with the knowledge and skills that the nurse
educator requires in order to translate curriculum objectives into measurable outcomes. This
course also introduces students to the major teaching and
learning strategies. It aims at equipping the student with skills in facilitating active student
learning and critical thinking.

NURS 452 Curriculum Development in Nursing Education

The course introduces students to basic concepts and the application of curriculum development
process to nursing education in particular. Factors influencing curriculum development and
learning are examined in relation to nursing education. Students will study and critique nursing
curricula at various levels.

151
NURS 453 Principles of Management in Nursing
This course presents the basis of the theory and science of management, and the management of
the national health system. It emphasizes the essentials of management that are pertinent to the
effective work of nurses while maintaining their human relation skills gained from nursing
practice and sustaining the values that originally attracted them to nursing. The functions of
management - planning, organizing, staffing and leading, and controlling will provide the
conceptual framework for nurses to understand the contemporary challenges nurse managers face
with management of the workforce, health financing, budgeting, ethical decision-making,
technology management, health information systems and emerging workplace issues. This course
lays the groundwork for an understanding of the nature and importance of managing and of
management as a developed and important science for managing health service organizations.

NURS 454 Administration of Nursing Services and Schools

The present day concept in nursing service administration is to demonstrate administrative
functions that will provide therapeutic and satisfying situations for patients and personnel. The
course is designed to prepare student/nurse administrators for working in dynamic health care
environments with acute, long-term, community orientations and schools of nursing. The course
provides practical approaches for applying leadership and management skills.

NURS 455 Biostatistics

This course is designed to equip students with skills in basic statistical methods used in health
research. In particular, students will learn methods of describing data and how to interpret and use
confidence intervals and significance tests, the most common methods of allowing for random
variation in research results. The presentation and comparison of proportions and means will be
covered. As part of this course, students will learn to make practical use of a statistical computer
package.

NURS 456 Teaching Practice

This course is a practical component of NURS 451 which exposes students to a variety of methods
suitable for teaching. It aims at equipping the student with teaching skills. Students are expected to
have practice teaching in the classroom setting where they will be evaluated by their lecturers and
peers.

NURS 457 Nursing Practical VI (Specialty Option)

This course gives students the opportunity to undertake nursing practicum in child health,
maternal health, adult health, community health and mental health depending on their specialty
options.

NURS 458 Nursing Practical VII (Specialty Option)

The course gives the student the opportunity to continue with nursing practicum in their specialty
option.

NURS 459 Advanced Clinical Nursing II

This course is a continuation of NURS 352 which aimed at assisting students to develop
competencies in preparing patients for diagnostic procedures, setting trays and trolleys for various,
therapeutic procedures. Medical and surgical procedures of the endocrine, neurologic,
reproductive systems and sensori-neural organs will also be discussed. Students will also be
exposed to ward management and nursing records. There will be practical demonstrations and
return demonstration.

NURS 461 Nursing Seminar

This course is designed to provide students the opportunity to discuss events and issues that
influence health in general and/or nursing in particular. Students are expected to identify topics of
interest to them and make presentations to the class for discussion and critique.

152
NURS 462 Palliative care and Hospital Emergency Management
The course is designed to enhance students' knowledge and skills in managing medical
emergencies. They will also be introduced to managing clients / families with life threatening
illnesses.

NURS 463 Peri-Operative and Critical Care Nursing

The course will equip students with the knowledge and clinical skills needed to provide care for
adult patients requiring surgery and critical care. It consists of classroom teaching and practical
sessions in peri-operative nursing and critical care.

NURS 464 Childhood Chronic and Life-Threatening Diseases

The students will acquire knowledge and skills to enable them manage children with life-
threatening illnesses through the application of palliative care. Students will also develop
competencies in managing children with chronic illnesses that are not life-threatening and children
on life support.

NURS 465 Integrated Management of Childhood Illnesses

The course is designed to provide the student with knowledge and skills in the use of a more
integrated approach to manage sick children to achieve better outcomes.

NURS 466 Home-Based Nursing and National Health Programme

This course prepares students for community and home-based nursing. There will be discussions
on the changing policies and practice in National Health Programmes.

NURS 467 Community Health Nursing Administration

This course will enable students build their knowledge and skills in health care systems
management, occupational health and safety, regenerative health, school health and port health.
They will also be involved in disease surveillance and control, special immunization programmes
and public health administration.

NURS 468 Domiciliary Midwifery

The course is designed to help the student acquire knowledge to carry out domiciliary midwifery
services in the community. The student will also manage clients and families in the community
during pregnancy, labour and puerperium and compile the care given into a written document.

NURS 469 Advanced Midwifery Practice

This course is designed to enable the student midwife diagnose and manage various abnormalities
associated with pregnancy, labour and puerperium. There will be demonstration and clinical
components. The student is also expected to present patient / family maternity care study.

NURS 471 Theoretical Frameworks in Mental Health Nursing

This course is designed to introduce the student to theoretical frameworks used in mental health
care. Learners will also examine family development structure, process and concepts and review
their theoretical underpinnings from family theory. It is also designed to enable students to be
abreast with trends emerging in mental health care and also to appreciate the relationship between
social behaviour and health. The learner will also learn to plan to care for specific mental
disorders.

NURS 472 Advanced Practice in Mental Health Nursing

This course is designed to help students develop an understanding of the complexity, rewards and
challenges of working in virus specialty areas in the context of primary health care delivery
system. Aging and developmental processes will be learnt. The student will understand the
significance of the family and loved ones in planning care for the various categories of disorders.
Students will be placed in chosen specialty area to carry out and present a project work.

153
 SCHOOL OF PHARMACY
ADMINISTRATION

Alexander K. Nyarko - Associate Professor, Ag. Dean

B.Sc., (Ghana) M.Sc. (Ghana), PhD (Philadelphia)
Susan Fosua Okan - Assistant Registrar/School Administrator
B.Sc. (KNUST), MPhil (Ghana), EMBA (Ghana)
*Gladys Agyemang-Sereboo - Senior Accountant
B.Sc. (Ghana), EMBA (Ghana)

FACULTY

DEPARTMENT OF PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY

Samuel Frimpong-Manso - Senior Lecturer/Head of Department
MPharm (Szeged), PhD (Szeged)
Nathaniel Nii Adu Okine - Associate Professor
BPharm (KNUST), PhD (London)
George Magnus-Aryittey - Lecturer
BSc. (Education) (UCC), BSc. (Chemistry), (UCC),
MSc. (Chemistry), (Brock)
Lawrence Asamoah Adutwum - Assistant Lecturer
BPharm (KNUST), MPharm (Nagasaki), MPSGh
Kwabena Frimpong-Manso Opuni - Assistant Lecturer
BPharm (KNUST), MPharm (KNUST), PMP, MPSGh
Mahmood Brobbey Oppong - Assistant Lecturer
BPharm (KNUST), MPharm (KNUST), MPSGh

DEPARTMENT OF PHARMACEUTICS AND MICROBIOLOGY

Henry Nettey - Senior Lecturer/Head of Department
BSc (Toronto), PharmD PhD (Mercer)
+Ofosua Adi-Dako - Lecturer
BPharm (KNUST), MPharm (KNUST), MPSGh
+Awo Afi Kwapong - Assistant Lecturer
BPharm (KNUST),MPharm (KNUST), MPSGh
+Philip Debrah - Assistant Lecturer
BPharm (KNUST), MPharm (KNUST), MPSGh
Mansa Fredua-Agyemang - Lecturer
BPharm (KNUST), Diploma (ICM, UK), MSc (UK),
MPhil (UK), PhD (UK)
Emelia Oppong Bekoe - Lecturer
BPharm (KNUST), MPharm (KNUST), MPSGh,
PhD Münster
+Lovia Allotey-Babington - Clinical Tutor
MSc (Pyatigorsk, Russia), MSc. (London),
Dip Mgt (IPMC), MPSGh

DEPARTMENT OF PHARMACOGNOSY AND HERBAL MEDICINE

Joseph Adusei Sarkodie - Lecturer/Ag. Head of Department
Bsc. Chemistry (Ghana), M.Sc. (Ghana), PhD (Ghana)
Cindy Kitcher - Lecturer
BSc (Ghana), DPhil (KNUST)
+Paul Owusu Donkor - Assistant Lecturer
BPharm (KNUST), Mphil (KNUST)

DEPARTMENT OF PHARMACOLOGY AND TOXICOLOGY

Isaac J. Asiedu-Gyekye - Senior Lecturer/Head of Department
MSc (Pharm), PhD UK (Pyatigorsk), CMC, FDIP,
MCPA, MPSGh, IPMA
Alexander K. Nyarko - Professor (Contract)
BSc. (Ghana) M.Sc. (Ghana), PhD (Philadelphia)

154
Kwasi Agyei Bugyei - Associate Professor (Contract)
DVM., BVSc., (Ljuibljana), MSc., PhD (Guelph)
Kwame Benoit Nguessan Banga - Senior Lecturer
BSc. (Cote d’Ivoire), MSc. (Cote d’Ivoire), PhD (Strasbourg)
Patrick Amoateng - Lecturer
BPharm (KNUST), PhD (KNUST), MCPA, MPSGh
Kennedy Edem Kukuia - Lecturer
B.Pharm (KNUST), MPSGH, PhD (KNUST)
+Seth K. Amponsah - Assistant Lecturer
BSc (Ghana), MPhil (Ghana)

DEPARTMENT OF PHARMACY PRACTICE AND CLINICAL PHARMACY

Barima Amissah Afrane - Senior Lecturer/ Ag. HOD
BSc (New York), PharmD (Southern California) (Contract)
Irene Akwo-Kretchy - Lecturer
BPharm (KNUST), MPhil (Psychology) (Ghana),
MPSGh, PhD (KNUST)
_________________
+ Study Leave
 Acting

PART TIME ACADEMIC STAFF

Arthur Commey Sackeyfio - Part Time Associate Professor

Pharmacy (Manchester) PhD (Bradford), FPSG,,
FPCPWA
G.D. Lutterodt - Part Time Professor
BSc. BPharm, MSc., PhD, PRF
Edwin Nkansah - Part-Time Lecturer
BSc (Cape Coast), MSc (London), PhD (London)
Kate Coleman-Sarfo - Part-Time Lecturer
BPharm (KNUST), PGD (Aberdeen), MSc (KNUST),
MPH (Ghana)
Joseph K. Ecklu - Lecturer/Part-Time
BSc. MBA (Ghana)
Emmanuel Klo - Part-Time Lecturer
MSc Pharmacy (Ukraine), PGD (Scotland)
Florence Ama Nkansah - Part-Time Lecturer
BPharm (KNUST), MSc (Aberdeen)
Philip Anum - Part-Time Lecturer
MSc Pharm (Pyatigorsk),
MSc Clinical Pharm (Bradford), FPCPharm (WAPCP)
Raymond Ashaley Tetteh - Part-Time Lecturer
MSc Pharm (Romania), MSc Clinical Pharm (Aberdeen),
CHA (GIMPA), CDIM (Cape Town)
Joseph Kodjo Nsiah Nyoagbe - Part-Time Lecturer
BPharm (KNUST),
MSc Pharm (Bradford), MBA (GIMPA)
Doris Kumadoh - Part-Time Lecturer
BPharm (KNUST), MPhil (KNUST), MPSGH
Isaac Kingsley Amponsah - Part-Time Lecturer
B.Pharm (KNUST), PhD (KNUST), MPSGH,
WANNPRES, IAPH
Michael Agyekum Addo - Part-Time Lecturer
BPharm (KNUST), MSc (KNUST), MPSGH

155
 STUDENTS’ ADMISSION, PROGRESSION AND GRADUATION

1.1 GENERAL REGULATIONS

1.1.1 The University runs a modular course structure. Under this structure, the University’s
academic programme has been organized into a semester system, and instruction takes the
form of courses evaluated in terms of credits. Units of courses are examinable at the end of
every semester and, if passed, a student shall earn credit(s) for the Units. The courses are
coded and arranged in progressive order of difficulty, or in levels of academic progression.

1.1.2 Each department shall provide detailed information about the structure of courses leading
to the award of Bachelors’ degree.

1.1.3 It is the responsibility of each student admitted to the University of Ghana, to be familiar
with the specific requirements of the degree as well as the rules, regulations and policies
of the University.

1.1.4 Each student is responsible for ensuring that the courses in which registration is effected
satisfy the programme requirements of the Bachelor’s degree sought; advice and/or
counseling for all who need assistance is freely available.

1.1.5 It is also understood that every student, by the act of registering, agrees to abide by all
rules, regulations and policies of the University of Ghana and of the Faculties or
Departments in which that student is registered.

1.1.6 Each student is expected to be familiar with the General Information outlined in this
Handbook as well as the information pertaining to the School of Pharmacy. Students shall
therefore be held liable for any lapses. When in doubt, students may consult their Heads
of Department in writing with a copy to the Dean asking that advice be given in writing.

1.1.7 Exemption from any of these General Regulations may be granted only by the express
permission of the Academic Board on the recommendation of the Board of the School of
Pharmacy.

1.1.8 The University reserves the right to change rules, regulations and policies, as well as
programme and course requirements given in this Handbook without prior notice.

1.2 ADMISSION TO THE SCHOOL OF PHARMACY

1.2.1 Further to the General Regulations regarding admission into the University of Ghana,
admission to the School of Pharmacy for the B. Pharm Programme shall be direct into
Level 100
a) from the Senior Secondary School (using the SSS results) and must meet the
following requirements:
i. Core subjects
 passes in three subjects, namely, English, Mathematics and Integrated Science
 additionally, candidates shall be required to pass core Social Studies at least at
Grade E.
ii. Elective subjects
Passes in three Elective Subjects shall be required namely Biology, Chemistry
and either Physics or Mathematics.
b) Other qualifications include International Baccalaureate (IB), International General
Certificate of Secondary Education (IGCSE), General Certificate of Education
(GCSE), the American Grades 12 and 13 examinations and other external
qualifications which have equivalencies to the Senior Secondary School Certificate
of Education (SSSCE) and the General Certificate of Education (GCE).

156
1.3.1 ACADEMIC YEAR / STRUCTURE

1.3.1 The Academic Session shall comprise two semesters.

1.3.2 Duration of Semester
A semester shall be of 17 weeks duration and be structured as follows:
14 weeks of Teaching
1 week of Revision
2 weeks of Examinations.

1.4 DEFINITION OF COURSE UNIT

A course unit shall be defined as follows:
i. One-hour lecture = 1 Unit
ii. One-hour tutorial = 1 Unit
iii. One, two/three-hour practical session = 1 Unit

1.5 DEFINITION OF COURSE CREDIT

A credit shall be defined as follows:
i. One-hour lecture or tutorial/week/semester
ii. One two/three-hour practical/week/semester.

1.6 GRADING SYSTEM FOR COURSES & SUBJECTS

1.6.1 Student performance in a subject/course shall be graded as follows:
Letter Grade Marks Grade Point Interpretation

A 80 – 100 4.0 Outstanding

B+ 75 – 79 3.5 Very Good

B 70 – 74 3.0 Good

C+ 65 – 69 2.5 Fairly Good

C 60 – 64 2.0 Average

D+ 55 – 59 1.5 Below Average

D 50 – 54 1.0 Marginal Pass

*E 45-49 0.5 Unsatisfactory

F 0 – 44 0 Fail

Note: *Although this is a failure grade, it may still be accepted as fulfilling prerequisite for
other courses.

Other Grades

Grade Interpretation Grade Point

X Fail 0
Z Disqualification 0
I Incomplete 0
Y Continuing 0
AUDI Audit 0

157
1.6.2 Grade Point (GP): Each grade is assigned an equivalent grade point as indicated
above. The number of (grade) points earned by a student, for each course completed, is
computed as the product of the number of credits for the course and the grade point
equivalent of the grade obtained in that course.
1.6.3 Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA): The student’s cumulative grade point average
is calculated by dividing the total number of grade points obtained, up to any specified
time, by the total number of credits of all courses for which the student has registered up
to that time.

1.6.4 Final Grade Point Average (FGPA): The FGPA is the CGPA for all courses under
consideration calculated up to the end of a student’s academic programme.

1.7 DEFINITION OF GRADES

1.7.1 Pass Grades: Grades A to D+ (not less than 1.5 GPA) constitute Pass grades in a course
and also a subject.

1.7.2 Failure Grades: Grades D, E, F, X, Z constitute Failure grades in a course and also in a
subject.

1.7.3 Continuing: A grade Y, denoting Continuing shall be awarded at the end of a semester to
any student who is taking a course, which continues into the next semester.

1.7.4 Non-Completion of Course:

i. A grade I, denoting Incomplete, shall be awarded to a student who is unable to
complete a course for reasons adjudged by the Board of Examiners as
satisfactory. Such a student shall be expected to complete the course the very
next time the course is available.

ii. A grade X shall be awarded to a student who is unable to complete a course for
reasons adjudged by the Board of Examiners as unsatisfactory.

1.7.5 Disqualification:

i. A grade Z denotes Disqualification from an examination as a result of an

examination malpractice or offence, and shall be awarded whenever it is
established that a candidate had attempted to gain an unfair advantage in an
examination, be it in a Principal subject or an Ancillary or any other paper.
ii. A candidate awarded a grade Z may be debarred from taking a University
Examination for a stated period, or indefinitely, or may be expelled from the
University.

iii. A grade Z may be awarded only by the Board of Examiners.

1.7.6 Student in Good Standing

A student in good standing shall be one whose Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) is
at least 1.50 (Grade D+).

1.8 DEFINITION OF COURSES AND SUBJECTS

1.8.1 Core Pharmacy Course

A core pharmacy course is any course in a pharmaceutical discipline that is offered as
part of the B.Pharm programme.

1.8.2 Non-Pharmacy Course

158
 A non-pharmacy course is a course in a non-pharmaceutical discipline that is offered a
part of the B.Pharm programme.

The non-pharmacy courses currently offered in the B.Pharm programme are:

PHAR 121 Mathematics for Pharmacy I
PHAR 122 Mathematics for Pharmacy II
PHAR 141 Human Anatomy and Physiology
PHAR 143 Human Anatomy and Physiology (Practical)
PHAR 142 Basic Biochemistry
PHAR 144 Basic Biochemistry (Practical)
PHAR 151 Computer Literacy I
PHAR 152 Computer Literacy II
PHAR 251 Biostatistics
PHAR 253 Entrepreneurial Skills (Practicals)
UGRC 110 Academic Writing I
UGRC 150 Critical Thinking and Practical Reasoning
UGRC 210 Academic Writing II
UGRC 220 Liberal and African Studies

1.8.3. Core Pharmacy Subject

All core pharmacy courses in a particular pharmaceutical subject area shall constitute a
subject in pharmacy.
The core pharmacy subjects currently offered in the B.Pharm Programme are:
I. General Chemistry: PHAR 111; PHAR 112; PHAR 113; PHAR 114
II. Principles of Pharmacy: PHAR 123; PHAR 125
III. Pharmaceutical Microbiology I: PHAR 124; PHAR 126
IV. Pharmacognosy: PHAR 131; PHAR 133
V. Behavioural Pharmacy: PHAR 153; PHAR 154
VI. Organic/Medicinal Chemistry I: PHAR 211; PHAR 212; PHAR 213; PHAR 214
VII. Pharmaceutical Microbiology II: PHAR 221; PHAR 223
VIII. Physical Pharmacy: PHAR 222; PHAR 224
IX. Drugs of Plant Origin I: PHAR 232; PHAR 232
X. General/Autonomic Pharmacology: PHAR 241; PHAR 242; PHAR 243; PHAR 244
XI. Biostatistics & Pharmacoepidemiology: PHAR 251
XII. Chemical Pathology: PHAR 252; PHAR 254
XIII. Drug Analysis: PHAR 311; PHAR 313
XIV. Medicinal Chemistry II: PHAR 312; PHAR 314
XV. Pharmaceutical Technology: PHAR 321; PHAR 323
XVI. Principles of Immunology: PHAR 322; PHAR 324
XVII. Drugs of Plant Origin II: PHAR 331; PHAR 333
XVIII. Endocrine & Immunopharmacology: PHAR 341; PHAR 343
XIX. Systems Pharmacology I & Toxicology: PHAR 342; PHAR 344; PHAR 346
XX. Clinical Pharmacy: PHAR 351; PHAR 353
XXI. Pharmacy Practice: PHAR 352; PHAR 354
XXII. Drug Quality Assurance: PHAR 411; PHAR 412
XXIII. Applied Pharmaceutics & Immunology: PHAR 421; PHAR 422
XXIV. Phytotherapy & Herbal Medicine: PHAR 431; PHAR 432
XXV. Systems Pharmacology II & Chemotherapy: PHAR 441; PHAR 442
XXVI. Pharmacotherapy & Disease Management: PHAR 451; PHAR 452
XXVII. Final Year Project: PHAR 410; PHAR 420; PHAR 430; PHAR 440; PHAR 450

1.8.4 Non-Pharmacy Subject

All non-pharmacy courses in non-pharmacy but related disciplines shall constitute
subjects in a non-pharmacy category.
Non-pharmacy subjects currently offered in the B.Pharm programme are:

159
 I. Mathematics for Pharmacy : PHAR 121 and PHAR 122
II. Human Anatomy and Physiology : PHAR 141 and PHAR 143
III. Basic Biochemistry : PHAR 142 and PHAR 144
IV. Computer Literacy : PHAR 151 and PHAR 152
V. Biostatistics and Entrepreneurial Skills: PHAR 251 and PHAR 253
VI. Academic Writing : UGRC 110 and UGRC 210
VII. Social Studies: UGRC 150 and UGRC 220

1.9. PROBATION AND WITHDRAWAL

1. 9.1 A student who fails to obtain a grade point average of 1.50 (55%) in a subject shall be
eligible for the Supplementary Examinations.
1.9.2 A student who fails to obtain the requisite pass in a subject after the Supplementary
Examinations shall be asked by the Dean to repeat the year and the course, provided that
not less than 2 courses shall be taken in the repeated year.
1.9.3 A student who fails to obtain the requisite pass in the subject after repeating the year shall
be asked by the Dean to withdraw from the School of Pharmacy.
1.9.4 A student can proceed to the next stage of the programme if and only if he/she has passed
all the courses of the preceding level, or has failed not more than one course.

2.0 B.PHARM DEGREE PROGRAMME

2.1 DURATION OF PROGRAMME
2.1.1 The minimum period for the B.Pharm Degree shall be 8 semesters and the maximum period
shall be 12 semesters. These minimum and maximum periods are calculated from the
date of first registration.

2.1.2 A candidate who is unable to complete his/her programme within the maximum period
allowed shall lose all credits accumulated. Such a candidate shall not be allowed to re-
apply for admission into the B.Pharm degree programme.

2.2 INTERRUPTION OF STUDY PROGRAMME

2.2.1 A student may break his/her study programme but may not break for more than 4
continuous semesters, so however that the maximum period allowable for the completion
of the programme is not exceeded. Such a student shall be allowed to continue the
programme from where he/she had left off.

2.2.2 A student who wishes to interrupt his/her course of study shall apply in advance to the Dean
of the School of Pharmacy, stating reasons why he/she wants to interrupt his/her study
programme, and permission duly granted before he/she leaves the University. The decision
of the Dean shall be communicated to the applicant before he/she leaves the University.
2.2.3 A student who breaks his/her studies for more than 4 continuous semesters shall be deemed
to have lost any accumulated credits. Such a student may be allowed to re-apply for
admission to the School of Pharmacy.
2.2.4 Where the ground for interruption of studies is medical, the Head of the Medical School
Clinic/Director of Health Services, University of Ghana shall be required to advise the
Dean on the propriety and length of period of interruption. The Dean shall cause the Head
of the Medical School Clinic to investigate any medical report reaching his office from
any health delivery facility outside the Medical School Clinic/University Hospital and
advise accordingly.

2.3 SCHEME OF EXAMINATION FOR B.PHARM DEGREE

2.3.1 A final (end-of-semester) examination shall normally be required as a part of every
course. An examination schedule showing time and place of examination for each course
shall be published each semester.

2.3.2 The marks obtained in the end-of-semester examination shall contribute 70% of the grade

160
 for the course while continuous assessment shall contribute the remaining 30% (except
for practicals or other courses which may be assessed entirely by continuous assessment).

2.3.3 Time allotted to examination papers shall be as follows:

1-Credit Course - 1 hour
2-Credit Course - 2 hours
3-or more Credit Course - 2 to 3 hours.

2.4 ELIGIBILITY FOR EXAMINATIONS

2.4.1 A student shall attend all such lectures, tutorials, seminars and practicals and undertake
all other assignments as approved by the University.

2.4.2 Each Department shall, with the approval of the Academic Board, determine the
requirements for the subjects they offer.
2.4.3 Further to 2.4.1 above, a student shall attend lectures, tutorials, practicals and other
activities prescribed for the courses/subjects for which he/she has registered, and execute
all assignments given.

2.4.4 A student who does not fulfill the requirements for any course/subject shall not be allowed
to take the examination for that course/subject.
2.4.5 In any case, a student who is absent for a cumulative period of 21 days from all lectures,
tutorials, practicals and other activities prescribed for any subject in any semester shall be
deemed to have withdrawn from the course/subject. Such a student shall not be permitted
to sit for the semester examination.

2.5 REGISTRATION FOR EXAMINATIONS

2.5.1 Registration for a School of Pharmacy Examination shall require endorsement of the
Registration Form by the Head of Department to the effect that the candidate has pursued
satisfactorily the approved course(s) of study being offered over the prescribed period,
and has attended at least 85% of lectures, tutorials, practicals and other activities
prescribed for the course(s)/subjects. A candidate’s registration shall not be valid unless
it is so endorsed.

2.5.2 Endorsement as in (2.5.1) above shall be withheld if a candidate is not deemed to have
followed satisfactorily the approved course of study (as in Section 2.4).

2.5.3 In any event of the withholding of an endorsement, the Head of Department shall request
the confirmation by the Board of the School of Pharmacy.

2.6 SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATIONS

2.6.1 The Examiners’ Board shall decide whether a student who fails in any course shall be
allowed to re-write the examination in the failed course as a Supplementary Examination
(to be held in the Long Vacation). If he/she re-writes and passes that examination, he/she
shall be awarded the full grade earned on that occasion. The student’s transcript will show
the number of occasions the candidate took the examination for that particular course and
the grades earned on all such occasions.

2.6.2 Supplementary Examinations shall not include continuous assessment marks.

2.6.3 Supplementary Examinations shall be held six weeks after the main examination.

2.6.4 A student shall be allowed to take not more than 5 courses in all subject areas at any one
time as the Supplementary Examinations.

2.6.5 A student who at any time would be required to re-write University Examinations in more
than 5 courses in all the subject areas shall repeat the year.

161
2.6.6 See also Regulation 1.9 (Probation and Withdrawal)

2.7 Deferment Of Examination

2.7.1 On Grounds of Ill-Health: A student who has satisfied all the requirements as specified
in Section 2.5, but is unable to take the main (end of semester) examination on grounds of
ill health, shall, on application to the Dean, and on provision of a Medical Certificate
issued or
endorsed by the Head of the Medical School Clinic/Director of Health Services, Legon,
be allowed to take supplementary examination as his/her main examination. He/she shall
be credited with the grade obtained in the supplementary examination.

2.7.2 Subsequent application for deferment, on grounds of ill-health, shall be subject to a

Medical Certificate issued by a properly constituted Medical Board.

2.7.3 On Grounds other than Ill-Health: In cases of deferment on grounds other than ill-
health, the Dean of the School of Pharmacy shall invite the applicant for interview. It
shall be the student’s responsibility to satisfy the School of Pharmacy beyond reasonable
doubt why he/she wishes to defer the examinations.

2.7.4 In all cases of deferment of examinations, the applicant(s) shall obtain written responses
from the Dean before leaving the School.

2.8 EXAMINERS’ BOARD

2.8.1 There shall be Examiners’ Board for the main and supplementary examinations which shall
comprise the following:
Dean – Chairman
Heads of Department
Internal Examiners for the various courses
Senior Assistant Registrar (SAA) – Secretary

2.8.2 Examiners’ Board shall receive, consider and determine the results of the respective
examinations.

2.8.3 The Board shall be required to make appropriate recommendations on any candidate based
on his/her performance and also on any aspect of the examination as it deems fit.

3.0 DECLARATION OF RESULTS

3.1 Results of semester examinations, taken at the end of each semester shall normally be
published by the Dean on the School Notice Board before the commencement of the next
semester.

3.2 A results slip indicating the student’s performance in the examination shall be made
available to the student.

3.3 ELIGIBILITY FOR THE B.PHARM DEGREE

3.3.1 The B.Pharm degree shall be awarded to a candidate who has been properly admitted to the
University, has followed the approved courses of study over the prescribed period and has
satisfied the conditions as stated in Regulations 3.3.2 and 3.3.3 below.

3.3.2 UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENTS

i. evidence of regular enrolment in the degree programme
ii. discharge of all obligations owed to the University
iii. a pass in all University required courses
iv. satisfactory performance in the appropriate University Examinations.

162
3.3.3 SCHOOL/DEPARTMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
Satisfactory discharge of such requirements as may be prescribed for the degree.

3.3.4 REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION

3.3.4.1 A candidate shall be deemed to have:
i) satisfied all General University and School requirements;
ii) obtained at least 55% in each course featured in the examinations;

3.4 CONFIRMATION OF AWARD OF DEGREE

3.4.1 A list of candidates who are deemed eligible as in Regulations 3.3 and 3.4 shall be laid
before the Academic Board of the University for approval as soon as practicable.
3.4.2 No award shall be confirmed unless the Academic Board of the University is satisfied that
the candidate has satisfied all the conditions for the award of a degree.

3.5 CANCELLATION OF AWARD

3.5.1 Notwithstanding previous confirmation of an award of a degree as in Regulation 3.4, the
Academic Board of the University may at any time cancel an award even with retrospective
effect if it becomes known that:
(i) a candidate has entered the University with false qualifications
(ii) a candidate has impersonated someone else
(iii) a candidate has been guilty of examination malpractice for which a grade Z would
have been awarded
(iv) there are other reasons that would have led to the withholding of confirmation of
the award in the first place.

1.5.2 In any such event, the decision of the Academic Board of the University shall be published
on the University Notice Boards and the candidate notified. Such cancellation and the
reasons for it shall be entered on the candidate’s transcript.

3.6 TRANSCRIPT OF ACADEMIC RECORD

At the end of a student’s programme, the University shall, on the payment of an appropriate
fee, issue to the particular student a complete transcript of his/her academic record. This
transcript shall be marked Student’s Copy and shall record all courses attempted and all
results obtained.

3.7 CLASSIFICATION OF DEGREE

The end-of-semester examination results from Level 100 except specified University and
Faculty required courses shall be taken into account in the computation of the Final Grade
Point Averages (FGPA) for the classification of the bachelor’s degree.

3.7.1 The GPA at Levels 100, 200, 300 and 400 shall be weighted in the proportions 1:1:2:2.

3.7.2 In the determination of the FGPA, a weighted average of all repeat courses shall be used, as
for instance, a 3-credit course with a ‘D’ at first attempt and an ‘A’ at the second attempt
shall attract a total of 6 credits in the computation of the grade Point Average of that
particular course.

3.7.3 The FGPA for FIRST CLASS shall be 3.60 or better.

3.7.4 The full scheme of classification shall read as follows:

First Class - FGPA of 3.60 or better
Second Class (Upper) - FGPA of 3.0 – 3.59
Second Class (Lower) - FGPA of 2.0 – 2.99
Third Class - FGPA of 1.50 – 1.99
Pass - FGPA of 1.0 – 1.49
Fail - FGPA of 0.0 – 0.99

163
3.7.5 University and Faculty required courses shall continue to remain ancillary subjects and a
pass in every subject shall be required by all undergraduate degree students for the award of
a Bachelor’s degree; marks obtained shall be entered on the student’s transcript, but shall
not count towards the classification of the degree.

3.8 UNIVERSITY OF GHANA REQUIRED COURSES

i) Academic Writing I & II (UGRC 110 & UGRC 210)
ii) Critical Thinking and Practical Reasoning (UGRC 150)
iii) Liberal and African Studies (UGRC 220)

3.9 FACULTY REQUIRED SUBJECTS

i) Mathematics for Pharmacy
ii) Human Anatomy and Physiology
iii) Basic Biochemistry
iv) Computer Literacy.

3.10 NAME OF AWARDING INSTITUTION

University of Ghana

3.11 NAME OF DEGREE

Bachelor of Pharmacy (Honours) degree

3.12 ELIGIBILITY FOR POSTGRADUATE DEGREES

3.12.1 Eligibility for Pharm.D, MPhil and PhD degrees shall be determined when the
Departments are fully operational.

4.0 EMPLOYMENT PROSPECTS OF STUDENTS

The Pharmacy programme is structured to ensure that upon successful completion the
graduates from the School will satisfy the current requirement of the Pharmacy Council
of Ghana for entry into the pre-registration training programme for registration as
pharmacists in Ghana. They will thus be eligible to practice as clinical pharmacists,
community pharmacists, regulatory pharmacists, industrial pharmacists or, after
appropriate post-graduate training, as pharmaceutical scientists in academia and research
establishments.

5.0 CURRICULA OF COURSES

In developing the curricula and syllabuses for the School the aims and objectives of
academic programmes of the School were established.

5.1 AIMS
The purpose of the degree programmes of the School of Pharmacy is to produce
pharmacy graduates who:
 are committed to life-long learning
 having a sufficient understanding of the principles and techniques of pharmaceutical
sciences (and after appropriate internship) are able to communicate and deliver
pharmaceutical care in the community and hospital settings;
 are able to take professional responsibility in pharmaceutical industry for the
manufacture and testing of medicinal products
 are able, after appropriate postgraduate training, to pursue careers in academia and
research establishments.
Special attention is focused on the development of skills that will enable the graduate to
produce therapeutic substances of plant origin. This is intended to accelerate the scientific
development of herbal medicine in Ghana.

164
5.2 Objectives
At graduation the student will:
(i) understand how medicines are developed, manufactured and made available for
pharmaceutical care
(ii) have a basic understanding of medicine formulation and the capability to
prepare extemporaneously any medicine for which this would be regarded as the
normal means of provision of pharmaceutical care
(iii) be able to supply medicines in accordance with pharmaceutical knowledge,
legislation and codes of professional conduct and practice
(iv) have sufficient academic knowledge to interpret and evaluate prescriptions and
other orders for medicines and to underpin a role in advising patients and other
health care professionals about medicines and their usage
(v) be able to recognize common disease states and make appropriate interventions
to presented symptoms
(vi) have an appreciation of the principles of medicinal products, quality assessment
and quality assurance mechanisms in all aspects of scientific and professional
activities
(vii) have an appreciation of research methodologies relevant to natural, clinical and
social sciences.

6.0 COURSE MODULES

6.1 LEVEL 100 YEAR ONE
SEMESTER 1
COURSE COURSE TITLE CREDITS
CODE
PHAR 111 General Chemistry I 3
PHAR 113 General Chemistry I (Practical) 1
PHAR 121 Mathematics for Pharmacy I 1
PHAR 123 Introduction to Principles of Pharmacy 3
PHAR 125 Principles of Pharmacy (Practical) 1
PHAR 131 Pharmacognosy 2
PHAR 133 Pharmacognosy (Practical) 1
PHAR 141 Human Anatomy & Physiology 2
PHAR 143 Human Anatomy & Physiology (Practical) 1
PHAR 151 Computer Literacy I 1
PHAR 153 Orientation to Pharmacy 2
UGRC 110 Academic Writing I 3
TOTAL CREDITS 21

SEMESTER 2
COURSE COURSE TITLE CREDITS
CODE
PHAR 112 Organic Pharmaceutical Chemistry I 3
PHAR 114 Organic Pharmaceutical Chemistry (Practical) 1
PHAR 122 Mathematics for Pharmacy II 1
PHAR 124 Pharmaceutical Microbiology I 3
PHAR 126 Pharmaceutical Microbiology I (Practical) 1
PHAR 142 Basic Biochemistry 3
PHAR 144 Basic Biochemistry (Practical) 1
PHAR 152 Computer Literacy II 1
PHAR 154 Psychology & Behavioural Science 2
UGRC 150 Critical Thinking and Practical Reasoning 3
TOTAL CREDITS 19

165
6.2 LEVEL 200 YEAR TWO
SEMESTER 3
COURSE COURSE TITLE CREDITS
CODE
PHAR 211 Physical/analytical chemistry 3
PHAR 213 Physical/analytical Chemistry (Practical) 1
PHAR 221 Pharmaceutical Microbiology II 2
PHAR 223 Pharmaceutical Microbiology II (Practical) 1
PHAR 241 General Principles of Pharmacology 3
PHAR 243 General Principles of Pharmacology (Practical) 1
PHAR 251 Biostatistics 2
PHAR 253 Entrepreneurial Skills (Practical) 2
UGRC 210 Academic Writing II 3
TOTAL CREDITS 18

SEMESTER 4
COURSE COURSE TITLE CREDITS
CODE
PHAR 212 Organic Pharmaceutical Chemistry II 3
PHAR 214 Organic Pharmaceutical Chemistry II (Practical) 1
PHAR 222 Physical Pharmacy 3
PHAR 224 Physical Pharmacy (Practical) 1
PHAR 232 Phytochemistry 2
PHAR 234 Phytochemistry (Practical) 1
PHAR 242 Autonomic Pharmacology 3
PHAR 244 Autonomic Pharmacology (Practical) 1
PHAR 252 Chemical Pathology 2
PHAR 254 Chemical Pathology (Practical) 1
UGRC 220 Liberal and African Studies 3
TOTAL CREDITS 21

6.3 LEVEL 300 YEAR THREE

SEMESTER 5
COURSE COURSE TITLE CREDITS
CODE
PHAR 311 Medicinal Chemistry I 3
PHAR 313 Medicinal Chemistry I (Practical) 1
PHAR 321 Pharmaceutical Technology 2
PHAR 323 Pharmaceutical Technology (Practical) 1
PHAR 331 Natural Drug Production and Evaluation 2
PHAR 333 Natural Drug Production and Evaluation (Practical) 1
PHAR 341 Endocrine and Immunopharmacology 3
PHAR 343 Experimental Pharmacology I (In vitro, Practical) 1
PHAR 351 Clinical Pharmacokinetics and Bioavailability 3
PHAR 353 Pharmacoepidemiology and Pharmacoeconomics 2
TOTAL CREDITS 19

SEMESTER 6
COURSE COURSE TITLE CREDITS
CODE
PHAR 312 Drug / Spectroscopic analysis 4
PHAR 314 Drug / Spectroscopic analysis (Practical) 1
PHAR 322 Principles of Immunology 3

166
 PHAR 324 Principles of Immunology (Practical) 1
PHAR 342 Systems Pharmacology I 3
PHAR 344 Principles of Toxicology 2
PHAR 346 Experimental Pharmacology II (In vivo, Practical) 1
PHAR 352 Social and Behavioural Pharmacy 3
PHAR 354 Community Pharmacy Practice (Practical) 1
TOTAL CREDITS 19

6.4 LEVEL 400 YEAR FOUR

SEMESTER 7
COURSE COURSE TITLE CREDITS
CODE
PHAR 410 Pharmaceutical Chemistry Project *
PHAR 411 Medicinal Chemistry II 3
PHAR 420 Pharmaceutics Project *
PHAR 421 Applied Immunology 3
PHAR 423 Principles of Pharmaceutics 2
PHAR 430 Pharmacognosy/Herbal Medicine Project *
PHAR 431 Plant Poisons and Pesticides 3
PHAR 440 Pharmacology Project *
PHAR 441 Systems Pharmacology II 3
PHAR 450 Pharmacy Practice Project *
PHAR 451 Pharmacotherapy and Disease Management 3
PHAR 453 Logistics and Health Supply Chain Management 2
TOTAL CREDITS 19
* Students are eligible to select only one project

SEMESTER 8
COURSE COURSE TITLE CREDITS
CODE
PHAR 410 Pharmaceutical Chemistry Project *
PHAR 412 Drug Design, Development and Quality Assurance 4
PHAR 420 Pharmaceutics Project *
PHAR 430 Pharmacognosy/Herbal Medicine Project *
PHAR 432 Advances in Phytotherapy and Herbal Medicine 3
PHAR 440 Pharmacology Project *
PHAR 442 Chemotherapy and Anti-infective Agents 3
PHAR 450 Pharmacy Practice Project *
PHAR 452 Patient Treatment Assessment 4
TOTAL CREDITS 14
Add 6 Credits for Project 20

167
7.0 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (B. PHARM)

7.1 Department of Pharmaceutical Chemistry

PHAR 111 General Chemistry I (3 Credits)
The student will be expected to appreciate the relevance of chemistry to pharmacy
practice. The course will focus on chemical structure, bonding and shape as exemplified
in the classical model of the atom, Bohr’s models, quantum mechanics and Schrödinger
equation, relation to atomic structure, Aufbau, Hund’s and Pauli’s exclusion principles:
MO and VB approaches to bonding, shapes of atomic and molecular orbitals e.g. H 2O,
NH3 and CH4 and Hybridization of atomic orbitals. The Periodic Table, Equilibria in
Electrolytes, Acids and Bases, Buffers, Handerson Hasselberg equation.
Bio-Inorganic Chemistry; metals in the body, electrolytes and transition metals-roles in
biological functions, iron in haemoglobin, zinc in some enzymes, identification, assay
and uses of metals in pharmacy e.g. Fe, Mg, Al, Zn , Ca etc.
Organic chemistry: Introduction to organic chemistry: Alkanes and cycloalkanes;
bonding, nomenclature, isomerism, preparations, reactions, free radical chain reaction:
Alkenes; Preparation and reactions, geometric isomerism, carbonium ions, addition
reaction. Markonikov’s and anti Markonikov’s addition, polymerization, substitution and
oxidation reactions, dienes, 1, 4- addition reaction. Alkynes; preparations, addition
reactions, tautomerism and acidity.

PHAR 113 General Chemistry Practical (1 Credit)

Students will develop the ability to identify laboratory equipment. The course will enable
students to develop practical skills for the preparation of stock solutions, weighing
techniques and calibration of a burette, perform basic volumetric analysis, acid/base,
double indicator and back titrations, redox titrations, permanganate and
iodine/thiosulphate titration and complexometric titrations.

PHAR 112 Organic Pharmaceutical Chemistry I (3 Credits)

In this course students will acquire the ability to classify organic compounds into groups,
predict their chemical and physical properties, method of synthesis, the reactions they
under and their significance to pharmacy and medicine. Functional group Chemistry
including; Benzene and its aromaticity, Arenes: Organometallic compounds including
Grignard reagents and the reactions, Alcohols, Alkyl halides: preparation and
reactions; Aryl halides: Glycols: Ethers and epoxides, Aldehydes and ketones, their
properties, preparation and reactions; Carboxylic acids; Amines; Diazonium salts;

PHAR 114 Organic Pharmaceutical Chemistry Practical (1 Credit)

Students will acquire practical skills for basic techniques in simple synthesis, basic and
limit tests, determination of melting points and boiling points, recrystalization, solvent
extraction and reduced pressure evaporation.

PHAR 211 Physical/Analytical Chemistry (3 Credits)

Appreciation of physical chemistry concepts, ability to derive reaction rates, determine
the order of reactions and apply these concepts to drug stability in pharmaceutical
formulations and other relevant pharmaceutical systems. Characteristics of weak acids,
bases and their salts, amino, buffer solutions. Polarimetry and Refractometry.
Electrolytic conduction. Electromotive Force. Polarography and Amperometry,
Chemical kinetics – Definition of basic terms, order of reaction: derivation of Zero, first
and second order Laws. Factors affecting rate of a chemical process - temperature, ionic
effect. Arrhenius’ and Eyring’s equation, theory of rate process. Thermodynamics: First
and Second Laws, Thermochemistry, Enthalpy, Entropy, Free Energy. Introduction to
chromatography; Introduction to spectroscopy: Light absorption and the use of filters to
select various types of light. The electromagnetic spectrum and its separation, i.e. R O Y
G B I V.

168
PHAR 213 Physical Chemistry Practical (1 Credit)
In this course the student will be trained to use basic laboratory equipment such as
polarimeter, conductimeter and refractometer. By the application of physical chemistry
principles the student will be enabled to identify and analyze given compounds and
solutions.

PHAR 212 Organic Pharmaceutical Chemistry II (3 Credits)

Students will be exposed to the Chemistry of Biologically important macromolecules and
their interactions. Review of functional group Chemistry, Dicarboxylic acids,
Condensation polymerization, Keto acids and esters, Hydroxy acids, lactides, lactones,
Stereochemistry, Optical isomerism; Heterocyclic compounds (Pyrrole, Furan,
Thiophene, Pyridine Fused ring heterocyclics including Quinoline, isoquinoline, purines
etc), properties, synthesis and their reaction Alicyclic compounds and Carbohydrates,
Amino acids, peptides proteins including 1o, 2o, 3o & 4o structures and their synthesis,
Nucleosides, nucleotides and Nucleic acids including RNA, DNA, their replication and
protein biosynthesis.

PHAR 214 Organic Pharm. Chemistry II Practical (1 Credit)

This course will enable students develop the practical ability to carry out synthesis,
extraction, purification and re-crystallization to obtain very pure compounds. Volumetric
analysis of organic compounds and related pharmaceuticals. Determination of elements
and functional groups in organic compounds.

PHAR 311 Medicinal Chemistry I (3 credits)

Introduction to Medicinal Chemistry. Physicochemical principles of drug action. Drug
metabolism including bio-transformation and conjugation, mechanisms and therapeutic
significance. The Pharmacodynamic and miscellaneous agents to be encountered in this
course will include Analgesics (Narcotic and non-narcotics), antipyretics, anti-tussives;
central nervous system depressants; psychotherapeutic agents; drugs acting on the
cardiovascular, renal and haematopoietic systems; hormonal and related drugs e.g.
steroids, peptides, phospholipid metabolites; autonomic nervous system agonists and
antagonists; Neurotransmitters in the adrenergic and cholinergic systems.

PHAR 313 Medicinal Chemistry I Practical (1 Credit)

The practical skills acquired in course PHAS 214 will be used for standardization of
selected solutions; iodimetric assay of penicillins by the BP method; Assay of selected
drugs by BP methods; synthesis, purification and analysis of selected drugs and
pharmaceutical products.

PHAR 312 Drug /Spectroscopic analysis (4 Credits)

Introduction to spectroscopy
Spectroscopic methods of analysis and structural determination of drugs: flame
photometry and atomic absorption spectroscopy; instrumentation, underlying processes
and applications in the pharmaceutical industry; interpretation of spectra and
identification of compounds using spectroscopic techniques. Techniques involving UV
and Visible spectroscopy (including fluorimetry), Infra Red Spectroscopy, Nuclear
Magnetic Resonance, Proton & Carbon 13 NMR, Mass Spectroscopy and X-ray
crystallography will be considered. Correlation of these methods and techniques for
structure elucidation will also be considered. Preparation of monographs.
Chromatography in Pharmaceutical analysis (GLC and HPLC). Review of titrimetric
methods for quality assurance of drugs. Non-aqueous titrations, acid/base titrations,
oxidation-reduction titration etc.

PHAR 314 Drug Analysis Practical (1 Credit)

This course will enable students to assay, identify and estimate the purity of drugs and
other pharmaceutical products using basic equipment like UV and IR

169
spectrophotometers. Students will learn techniques involving titrimetric, gravimetric,
potentiometric, chromatographic and spectroscopic methods of analysis of drugs.

PHAR 411 Medicinal Chemistry II (3 Credits)

Students will be required to demonstrate ability to relate chemistry of medicinal
compounds to their physicochemical properties, structural features, stability, assay and
mode of action. They will also be able to relate stereochemistry to biological activity.
The course will provide approaches to synthesis of medicinal compounds and the
chemistry of chemotherapeutic agents such as: antimalarials, trypanocides,
antischistosomal agents, amoebicides, trichomonicides, leishmanicides, filaricides and
anthelmintics. Also included are drugs acting against infectious diseases; commonly
used antibiotics and related agents of clinical importance, antineoplastic and anti-viral
agents.

PHAR 410 Pharmaceutical Chemistry Project (6 Credits)

In the final year of the B.Pharm degree programme students will be assigned one research
project to be undertaken in both Semesters 7 and 8. The project will be designed to
enable the students to demonstrate the scientific skills they have acquired in the
preceding three years. A problem of relevance in pharmaceutical science or pharmacy
practice which will require literature search, choice of appropriate methodology,
experimental design and execution, data generation or collection, compilation, analysis
and discussion of results using acceptable statistical methods will be assigned to students.
Upon completion of the project, which will be carried out under the mentorship of an
academic supervisor, the student will present a seminar and a final bound report for
assessment.
NB;
Project I; Introduction to report writing, selection of research topic, Literature search on
topic, design of experiment and collection of reagents and chemicals for the work.
Project II; experimental work, analysis of data and writing and oral presentation of
report.

PHAR 412 Drug Design, Development and Quality Assurance (4 Credits)

In this course, students will appreciate principles of drug development including drug
design concepts. It will also provide an awareness and appreciation of the significance of
drug quality in pharmacotherapy. – Quantitative Structure Activity Relationships (QSAR)
and appropriate formulation with pharmacologically inert excipients and additives.
Students will be assigned one case study each of a therapeutic class of drugs to illustrate
the design and development of specific drugs in that class. Theory and practice of quality
assessment of drugs and pharmaceutical products. Good Manufacturing Practices to
promote quality assurance and ensure quality control. Laboratory methods and
techniques for drug quality assessment and assurance. The student will be expected to
appreciate the relevance of chemistry to pharmacy practice. The course will focus on
chemical structure, bonding and shape as exemplified in the classical model of the atom,
Bohr’s models, quantum mechanics and Schrödinger equation, relation to atomic
structure, Aufbau, Hund’s and Pauli’s principles: MO and VB approaches to bonding,
shapes of atomic and molecular orbitals e.g. H2O, NH3 and CH4 and Hybridisation of
atomic orbitals. The Periodic Table; Equilibria in Electrolytes; Acids and Bases; Bio-
inorganic chemistry; metals in the body, electrolytes and transition metals-roles in
biological functions, iron in haemoglobin, zinc in some enzymes, identification, assay
and uses of metals in pharmacy e.g. Fe, Mg, Al, Zn , Ca etc. Organic chemistry:
Introduction to organic chemistry: Alkanes; bonding, nomenclature, isomerism,
preparations, reactions, free radical chain reaction: Alkenes; Preparation and reactions,
geometric isomerism, carbonium ions, additions. Markovnikov’s and anti Markovnikov’s
addition, polymerization, substitution and oxidation reactosn, dienes, 1, 4- addition
reaction. Alkynes; preparations, addition reactions, tautomerism and acidity.

170
7.2 Department of Pharmaceutics and Microbiology
PHAR 121 Mathematics for Pharmacy I (1 Credit)
This course will establish the relevance of mathematics in pharmacy. Application of
mathematical concepts in pharmaceutical systems and phenomena will be made clear.
Differentiation: Limits, definition, product, quotient, function of a function, implicit
differentiation, stationary points, turning points, points of inflection and function
sketching.
Logarithmic Plots: Exponential and logarithmic functions, semi-logarithmic and
logarithmic plots.
Integration Methods: By parts, algebraic substitution and partial fractions.
First-order Rate Processes: Definition, different physical processes obeying the Law
(e.g. radioactive decay, chemical reaction, microbial growth, and elementary
pharmacokinetics), half-life and semi-logarithmic plots.

PHAR 122 Mathematics for Pharmacy II (Prerequisite PHAS 121); (1 Credit)

Zero, second and third-order reaction: The rate equations, their solutions and half-life.
Triangular Charts: Graphical representation of three component systems.
Partial Differentiation: Functions of several variables, first and second partial
derivatives, geometric interpretation.
Integration: Definite integrals, area under the curve, infinite limits, approximate
integration methods (trapezoidal rule).
Differential equations: Solution of ordinary differential equations by separation of
variables and integrating factor methods. Partial differential equations, the unsteady state
diffusion equations. Fick’s Law of Diffusion.

PHAR 123 Introduction to Principles of Pharmacy (3 Credits)

This course will explain the fundamental principles of pharmacy as the procurement,
storage and delivery of medicines in accordance with the ethics and laws of pharmacy
practice. The course will provide students with the knowledge of the theory and practice
of pharmacy by the following processes: Formulation, compounding and
extemporaneous preparation of various dosage forms of medicines. Dispensing and
counseling in a comprehensive pharmaceutical care delivery system.

PHAR 124 Pharmaceutical Microbiology I (3 Credits)

This course will introduce students to the fundamentals of the biology of micro-
organisms and their significance in pharmacy.
Bacteriology: history; classification and nomenclature; structure and function; culture
media; growth requirements, dynamics of growth; mode of reproduction; simple
identification procedures. Gram staining and important biochemical diagnostic methods.
Virology: Structure of virus, bacteriophage cultivation techniques. Assay: Mode of
replication of animal virus and bacteriophage; in virulent or avirulent form.
Phenomenon of lysogeny in bacteria and latency in human cells. Transduction and
recombination interference. Comparative study of virus with other submicroscopic
infective agents; oncogenic viruses and tumours.
Mycology: Basic principles in mycology: Yeasts and moulds. Morphological
characteristics, growth requirements, multiplication and reproduction; isolation,
cultivation (culture media) and microscopic examination; economic importance.
Parasitology: Morphology, life cycles and classifications of human and animal parasites.
Parasite infections of humans e.g. nematodes, trematodes, cetodes and protozoa.

PHAR 125 Principles of Pharmacy Practical (1 Credit)

Introduction to dispensing prescriptions – labeling, sources of information,
pharmaceutical compounding, posology and dosage calculations, pharmaceutical
calculations, measurements and weighings. Pharmaceutical dosage forms; Routes of
administration, Basic incompatibilities in dispensing; colouring and flavouring agents,

171
pharmaceutical solvents, diluents, antioxidants and buffers, common waxes, oils and fats.
Precision and accuracy in dispensing. Various calculations used in dispensing.
Preparation of percentage solutions, aromatic solutions, mixtures, emulsions,
suspensions, syrups, lotions creams and suppositories.

PHAR 126 Pharmaceutical Microbiology I Practical (1 Credit)

This course seeks to provide students with practical skills in microbiology through the
following sources of micro-organisms: soil, atmosphere, water bodies, humans and
pharmaceutical containers, etc. Microscopic examination of prepared slides – fungi,
bacteria etc. Staining techniques: simple, differential (Gram) stain, spore and motility.
Culture media; Liquid/Solid; aerobic/anaerobic media; routine and diagnostic media
(include McIintosh Fields’ Jar, Anaerobic Jar). Isolation of micro-organisms: Serial
dilution, pour plate, streaking, spreading etc. Bacteria and Fungal enumeration: Total
count turbidometrics microscopic count, viable count, pour plate, roll tube, over dried
(Miles and Misra) agar plate techniques. Statistical evaluation of counting techniques.

PHAR 221 Pharmaceutical Microbiology II (2 Credits)

In this course students will be made aware of the significance and implications of
microbial contamination of pharmaceutical products and the need for disinfection and
sterilization. The course will provide for an understanding of the physicochemical
methods for controlling microbial contamination of pharmaceutical products and for total
elimination of microbial contaminants from products and creation and maintenance of
sterile work environment.
Methods of Sterilization: Dry heat; moist heat (autoclave-various types); Heating with a
bactericide (HWAB); Filtration (various types); High efficiency particulate air filters
(HEPA filters); Testing of filters. Gaseous sterilization, ethylene oxide sterilization.
Radiation sterilization. Monitoring of sterilization efficiency by physical, chemical and
bacteriological methods.
Principles of Disinfection: Types of disinfectants; dynamics of disinfection; factors
influencing efficiency of disinfection process; evaluation of disinfectant activity.
Preservation: Basic principles; Types; choice (factors to consider); Preservation of
sterile pharmaceutical products.

PHAR 222 Physical Pharmacy (3 Credits)

This course provides for an understanding of the physical concepts applicable to
pharmacy and an appreciation of the scientific basis of pharmaceutical formulation,
compounding and mixing.
The course deals with the following characteristics of matter pertaining to pharmacy.
Introduction to States of Matter – liquid, solid, gaseous states, polymorphism,
intermolecular forces such as phase equilibria and phase rule; surface and interfacial
phenomena; liquid state (liquefaction of gases, aerosols, vapour pressure of liquid,
boiling point); solid and crystalline state: crystalline solids, X-ray diffraction,
polymorphism, crystallization, effloresencse, Desiccation, Hygroscopic substances,
Deliquescence. Solid and Liquid Equilibrium: Melting point and intermolecular forces,
sublimation, cooling of liquid mixtures, eutectic mixtures. Surface and Interfacial
phenomenon -viscosity and rheology. Disperse Systems – Suspensions and emulsions
will be covered in detail including stabilization processes. Reaction Kinetics and drug
stability.

PHAR 223 Pharmaceutical Microbiology II Practical (1 Credit)

In this course, students will become familiar with the types of equipment used for
sterilization and disinfection in formulation and manufacture of sterile pharmaceutical
products. Students will acquire hands-on practical experience with the formulation and
preparation of the following sterile pharmaceutical products: parenteral products,
ophthalmic solutions, occulenta, (in single and multiple dose forms); surgical dressings.
Students will learn aseptic techniques applicable to the preparation of thermolabile sterile

172
products. Students will learn biochemical characteristics of micro-organisms; perform
antibiotic sensitivity tests and sterility testing protocols.

PHAR 224 Physical Pharmacy Practical (1 Credit)

This course will provide students with an understanding of the practical aspects of the
relevance of the following phenomena in pharmacy: Thermodynamics; solutions and
phase Equilibria. Ionic solutions and Electrolytic Equilibria; Reaction kinetics; Disperse
Systems and Rheology.

PHAR 321 Pharmaceutical Technology (3 Credits)

In this course students will learn the theoretical basis of processes employed in the
pharmaceutical industry for the manufacture and quality assurance of pharmaceutical
products. The course will cover good manufacturing practices in general, and
specifically, the following processes: Bioavailability and Bioequivalence Testing;
Separation; Packaging; Stability of products. Quality Assurance and Control. The
following product types will also be considered: Solutions, Emulsions, suspensions, and
Extractives; Powders; Oral solid dosage forms; coated dosage forms; sustained-release
drug delivery systems.

PHAR 322 Principles of Immunology (3 Credits)

This course will provide an awareness of the immunological basis of disease and an
understanding of immunotherapy as an aspect of pharmaceutical science. The course will
involve a consideration of: the immune system-characteristics of antigens and antibodies,
Humoral immunity, cellular immunity; Tumor immunology; Immunogenetics;
Immunological deficiencies; Types of immunity and hypersensitivity reactions. Active
Immunization: Vaccines, Toxoids.
Passive Immunization: Human immune sera, Animal immune sera

PHAR 323 Pharmaceutical Technology Practical (1 Credit)

This course will enable students acquire practical skills necessary for small and medium
scale manufacture of pharmaceutical products in the laboratory. In addition, students will
be exposed to real industrial conditions of pharmaceutical product manufacture through
supervised industrial attachments. Students will become familiar with various industrial
equipments and obtain operational experience in their use. Students will be given
practical manufacturing exercises to enable them develop competencies in
pharmaceutical technology applicable to: Tabletting, Capsuling, Rheology,
Solubilization, Particle size analysis, drug stability assessment etc.

PHAR 324 Principles of Immunology Practical (1 Credit)

In this course students will learn practical aspects of the production of
immunopharmaceuticals. These will include: Biologic Immunogens for Active
Immunity-vaccines and Toxoids; Biologic Immunogens for Passive Immunity-Human
Immune Sera (Homologous Sera) and Animal Immune Sera (Heterologous Sera).
Students will also learn the clinical conditions for use and the criteria for storage of these
products.

PHAR 420 Pharmaceutics Project (6 Credits)

This is a final year project in pharmaceutics which will be taken in Semesters 7 and 8.
The format of the course is similar to PHAS 410, PHAS 430, PHAS 440 and PHAS 450.
(Please see PHAS 410).

PHAR 421 Applied Immunology (3 Credits)

This course will highlight aspects of the applications of immunology in pharmacotherapy.
Students will appreciate the immunological basis of the use of immunodiagnostic drugs,
immunosuppressant drugs, immunostimulant drugs and immunoassay of drugs. The
phenomenon of drug induced allergy will also be part of this course.

173
 PHAR 423 Principles of Pharmaceutics (Prerequisite PHAS 123) (2 Credits)
In this course, the student will appreciate the principles of drug design as outlined in
preformulation and formulation studies. The course will highlight various techniques in
drug formulation studies including micro and nano-formulations, biotechnology, as well
as methods of testing the quality of the formulations. The course will cover all dosage
forms, and also consider medicated topical applications and aerosols.

7.3 Department of Pharmacognosy and Herbal Medicine

PHAR 131 Pharmacognosy (2 Credits)
In this course students will study the following:
Plant morphology, plant cell types and structure, organized cell inclusions, introductory
taxonomy, isolation techniques for tissues and cells. In addition students will study the
history and scope of pharmacognosy and classification of crude drugs. Students will
appreciate the pharmacognostical features of powders of natural origin, fibres and
surgical dressings, plant physiology, basic plant physiology, basic plant metablolism and
secondary plant metabolites.

PHAR 133 Pharmacognosy Practical (1 Credit)

In this course students will be introduced to the structural and functional features of the
light microscope and its accessories. Students will appreciate the principles, techniques
and reagents that are used in microscopy. Students will use the microscope to examine
unicellular products of pharmaceutical interest e.g. chalk, diatomite and yeast. Cell
contents to be examined will include: calcium oxalate, silica carbonate crystals, starch
and aleurone grains. Microscopic techniques will be applied using chemo-microscopic
reagents to identify cell wall constituents such as lignin, lipids, carbohydrates, amino
acids, proteins and oil droplets. Students will acquire practical skills in the techniques of
microscopical analysis, measurements in microscopy and in the preparation of permanent
microscope slide mounts. Students will be enabled to identify the descriptive features of
plant parts such as flowers, fruits, leaves, stems, barks, roots and seeds.

PHAR 232 Phytochemistry (2 Credits)

This course will introduce students to medicinal plants and their secondary metabolites as
potential therapeutic agents. Students will be enabled to identify active chemical
constituents of medicinal plants in terms of their structure and biological characteristics.
The pharmaceutical significance of the active constituents will be emphasized. The
occurrence, extraction, detection and physico-chemical characterization of the following
classes of plant constituents will be considered: complex carbohydrates; glycosides;
saponins; alkaloids; lipids; volatile oils and related substances; phenolic compounds;
benzopyrans and enzymes.

PHAR 234 Phytochemistry Practical (1 Credit)

In this course students will apply standard phytochemical tests to establish the chemical
identity and evaluate the pharmaceutical potential of medicinal plant products. Students
will be enabled to perform standardisation and quality assessment of natural products of
plant origin. Students will learn techniques of extraction, separation and isolation of
plant constituents.

PHAR 331 Natural Drug Production and Evaluation (2 Credits)

This course will ensure appreciation and understanding of factors which influence
cultivation, collection, preparation and storage of medicinal plants and also the scientific
and technological processes of analysis of natural drugs of plant origin. The course will
consider the following: Crude drug production: Endogenous and exogenous factors
affecting cultivation and preparation of plant drugs; collection, processing and storage of
natural drugs. Adulteration: Forms of adulteration, choice of adulterants and their
detection in natural drugs. Evaluation of natural drugs: Methods of evaluation, including

174
 chemical, physical, microscopic and biological methods; quantitative microscopic
methods, fluorescence analysis and polarographic techniques. Separation techniques:
Materials for chromatography, the various types including, column chromatography
(CC), paper chromatography (PC), thin layer chromatography (TLC), gas liquid
chromatography (GLC), High Performance Liquid Chromatography (HPLC), gel
filtration and ion exchange chromatography; electrophoresis; and their application in
isolation of compounds in plant extracts.

PHAR 333 Natural Drug Production and Evaluation Practical (1 Credit)

In this course students will acquire practical skills for the evaluation, standardization and
quality assessment of natural drugs of plant origin. The course will entail the application
of microscopy, quantitative microscopy, fluorescence phenomena and chromatography.
Students will develop ability to assay natural drugs by the use of standard assay
procedures.

PHAR 430 Pharmacognosy/Herbal Medicine Project (6 Credits)

(As for PHAS 410, PHAS 420)

PHAR 431 Plant Poisons and Pesticides (3 Credits)

In this course students will be made aware that plant products are not only potentially
therapeutic in humans but can also be toxic to both humans and animals including pests.
The course will inform students to recognize biological sources, physico-chemical
characteristics and toxicity profile of plant products that are poisonous (including
poisonous mushrooms), allergenic, carcinogenic, hallucinogenic, teratogenic and
pesticidal. Students will be enabled to appreciate the need for identification and care in
handling such plant products to ensure personal safety and also to propose antidotal
measures in cases of accidental contamination or ingestion.

PHAR 432 Advances in Phytotherapy and Herbal Medicine (3 Credits)

Students will be made aware of recent developments in phytotherapy and herbal
medicine. This will be achieved through illustration of phytotherapy of specific chronic
and acute diseases with selected medicinal plants and herbal preparations. Through
comparative study of orthodox and traditional medicine, students will appreciate
advantages and disadvantages of both systems. Aspects of complimentary medicine will
be considered. This will include principles of homeopathic and chiropractic medicine and
acupuncture. The course will highlight recent promotion of the use of traditional
medicine by the WHO particularly in Developing Countries and the strategic plans for
achieving integrated pharmacotherapy using both orthodox and traditional medical
practices. Current trends in plant medicine research and the role of research in promoting
Traditional Medicine will be emphasized. Socio-cultural implications of the use of
Traditional Medicine will be considered. Provision will be made for students to interact
with practitioners of traditional medicine to appreciate the intricate psychical aspects of
the practice.

7.4 Department of Pharmacology and Toxicology

PHAR 141 Human Anatomy and Physiology (2 Credits)
Appreciation of the action of drugs in human subjects requires a sound knowledge and
understanding of the structure and functions of the body at the cellular, tissue, organ and
system levels. In this course students will learn the micro-anatomical features and
physiological functions of cells, tissues and organs in the following systems of the body:
musculo-skeletal system, blood and cardiovascular systems, renal system, endocrine
system, reproductive system, digestive system, respiratory system and the nervous
system. Details of the structure and function of these systems will be presented and
treated in a manner that would ensure that students can recognize the normal state and be
able to detect deviations that constitute disease.

175
PHAR 142 Basic Biochemistry (3 Credits)
Biochemistry and biochemical concepts form an important basis for an understanding of
the mechanisms of drug action. This course will therefore provide the essential
biochemistry base for the development of the principles of pharmacology and toxicology.
Students will study and gain understanding of the structure and molecular properties of
the following biomolecules: amino acids, proteins, enzymes, simple and complex
carbohydrates, fatty acids, lipids, nucleotides, RNA and DNA. The course will further
provide a basis for understanding: The principles of metabolic pathways; The role of
glycolysis and citric acid cycle in oxidative phosphorylation and energy production; The
integration of carbohydrate and fat metabolism; Bioenergetics; mitochondrial respiration
and oxidative phosphorylation; Metabolism of amino acids, heam and nucleotides;
Hormonal regulation of metabolism. Students will develop an appreciation of biological
information transfer and molecular biology within the context of: Genome organization
and gene structure; DNA replication, repair and recombination; RNA synthesis and
processing; Mechanisms of gene regulation; Recombinant DNA technology in medicine
and pharmacy

PHAR 143 Human Anatomy and Physiology Practical (1 Credit)

Students will be exposed to experimental methodology to enable them acquire skills for
defining the structure (histological features) of various tissues and organs and
appreciating the functional characteristics of skeletal and cardiac muscle. Further skills
will be developed in observing cardiovascular and respiratory functions. Haematology:
erythrocyte count; total and differential leucocyte count; estimation of haemoglobin in
blood by Sahli’s method; determination of colour index; determination of blood group –
ABO system and Rhesus Factor. Nerve-muscle preparation: the simple muscle twitch;
effect of temperature on simple muscle twitch; effect of different strengths of shock;
velocity of nerve impulse; effect of fatigue; summation of responses and genesis of
tetanus. Histological examination of various tissues: nervous tissue, skeletal tissue,
smooth muscle, cardiac muscle, kidney and liver. Cardiovascular system: Frog heart
model (in situ contractions) – effect of acetylcholine and adrenaline; blood pressure
measurements before and after exercise; effect of change of posture on blood pressure.
Respiratory system: Spirometry-measurement of lung capacities; the Forced Expiratory
Volume (FEVT).

PHAR 144 Basic Biochemistry Practical (1 Credit)

In this course students will acquire practical skills in biochemistry and appreciate
biochemical concepts. The course will entail the following laboratory exercises:
isolation of glucose from fruits and urine; determination of lactose content of cow’s milk;
tests for vitamin A and Thiamine; paper chromatography of amino acids; characterization
of pigments in leaves; passive transport; simple demonstration of the activity of
dehydrogenases; Urine analysis – determination of protein in urine, glucose in urine,
abnormal constituents of urine; glucose tolerance test; cholinesterase stability test.

PHAR 241 General Principles of Pharmacology (3 Credits)

In this course students will be introduced to fundamental concepts pertaining to drug
action. Historical development of pharmacology will be addressed. Students will gain
appreciation and understanding of the following: Basic pharmacological and
toxicological terminology – definitions; Pharmacokinetics – administration, absorption,
distribution, biotransformation and elimination of drugs; pharmacodynamics – drug
receptor theory, mechanisms of drug action, relationship between drug concentration and
effect; measurement in pharmacology (quantitative aspects of pharmacology); Factors
influencing response to drugs; Principles of toxicology; Pharmacogenetics.

PHAR 242 Autonomic Pharmacology (3 Credits)

Students will acquire understanding of the structure and function of the autonomic

176
nervous system. This will form the basis of appreciation of the pharmacological
significance and therapeutic application of the following: cholinoceptor–activating and
cholinesterase- inhibiting drugs; cholinoceptor-blocking drugs; adrenoceptor-activating
and other sympathomimetic drugs; adrenoceptor antagonist drugs.

PHAR 243 General Principles of Pharmacology Practical (1 Credit)

In this course students will acquire experience in basic principles of experimental
pharmacology. Students will become familiar with laboratory equipment, materials,
methodology and techniques in experimental pharmacology. Simple experiments will be
designed to illustrate routes of administration of drugs, dose-response relationships,
agonists and their sites of action, the phenomenon of antagonism (types, qualitative and
quantitative aspects), biological assay (types and presentation-graphical or mathematical).

PHAR 244 Autonomic Pharmacology Practical (1 Credit)

Students will acquire the ability to perform simple experiments to illustrate concepts of
autonomic pharmacology. Experiments will demonstrate pharmacology of
cholinomimetic and sympathemimetic agents, antagonists acting on cholinoceptors and
adrenoceptors, enzyme inhibitors and their effects on drugs acting within the autonomic
nervous system. Experiments will involve the use of intestinal smooth muscle of the
rabbit and guinea-pig (isolated tissues) and the respiratory system of the guinea-pig
(bronchodilators and bronchoconstrictors in the whole animal).

PHAR 341 Endocrine and Immunopharmacology (3 Credits)

This course will ensure an understanding of the pharmacology of the following:
Autacoids – histamine, 5-hydroxytryptamine (serotonin), vasoactive peptides, the
eicosanoids; Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs; Disease-modifying antirheumatic
drugs; Drugs used in gout; Drugs used in allergy and antagonists of autacoids.
Immunomodulators: immunostimulants and immunosuppressive agents. Endocrine
drugs; hypothalamic and pituitary hormones, thyroid and antithyroid drugs,
adrenocorticosteriods and adrenocortical antagonists, pancreatic hormones and
antidiabetic drugs, agents that affect bone mineral homeostasis.

PHAR 342 Systems Pharmacology I (3 Credits)

Students will acquire understanding of drugs acting on the following systems:
Cardiovascular and renal system - antihypertensive agents, vasodilators and antiangina
agents, drugs used in heart failure, agents used in cardiac arrhythmias, diuretic agents.
Gastrointestinal system - drugs used to inhibit or neutralize gastric acid secretion e.g. H 2–
receptor antagonists, antacids, muscarinic receptor antagonists, proton-pump inhibitors;
drugs that affect reflex mechanism of vomiting e.g. emetics and antiemetics; drugs that
affect gastrointestinal motility e.g. laxatives, purgatives. Respiratory System – drugs used
in the treatment and management of asthma, mucolytics, antitussives, respiratory
stimulants. Blood – coagulants, anticoagulants, drugs used in anaemia, anti-
hyperlipidaemic agents. In the study of all these drugs students will be expected to know
the mechanism of pharmacological action, undesired side effects, clinical indications and
clinically significant interactions with other drugs.

PHAR 343 Experimental Pharmacology I Practical (In vitro) (1 Credit)

Students will be expected to acquire practical skills in isolating tissues and organs and
preparing them in appropriate experimental conditions for various types of study.
Emphasis will be placed on the choice of experimental tissue or organ and the
maintenance of suitable ambient conditions for the experiment. In this course students
will gain hands-on experience with the following isolated tissues and organs: Intestinal
smooth muscle (Rabbit duodenum) to study smooth muscle relaxation or contraction in
response to selected agonists; Guinea-pig tracheal chain preparation to study the effects
of various spasmogens in a cumulative dose-response manner; Isolated Phrenic-nerve-
hemidiaphragm preparation of the rat to study the pharmacological properties of

177
 neuromuscular blocking drugs; Rat isolated uterus preparation to study the effects of
selected drugs on the uterine smooth muscle in the non-pregnant and pregnant state.
Frog rectus abdominis muscle preparation to perform a bioassay (STTS assay) of
acetylcholine.

PHAR 344 Principles of Toxicology (2 Credits)

This course will seek to provide knowledge of fundamental concepts of toxicology to
students. Aspects of toxicology to be treated will include: introduction to Toxicology:
occupational and environmental; heavy metal intoxication and chelators; antidotes in
poisoning; Tissue and organ manifestations of chemical poisoning; characteristics of
acute and chronic poisoning.

PHAR 346 Experimental Pharmacology II Practical (in vivo) (1 Credit)

This course will provide the student with skills in pharmacological experimentation in
whole or intact subjects as opposed to isolated tissues and organs. The student will
acquire techniques in preparing the subject for the study. The subject may be conscious
or anaesthetized. The procedure may be invasive or non-invasive. Students will be
expected to carefully note the conditions for the experiment and observe and learn the
outcome of every procedure. The course will include the following: The human eye –
effects of selected drugs on the eye to illustrate the autonomic inervation and clinical
relevance; the guinea-pig skin - effects of selected drugs on the micro-circulation and
inervation of the skin and clinical significance; the anaesthetized cat - effects of selected
drugs on the arterial blood pressure of the cat in the anaesthetized state; The conscious
guinea-pig – effects of selected drugs on pulmonary function of the guinea-pig in the
conscious state to demonstrate broncholdilalation and bronchoconstriction with clinical
implications; sleeping time in rats and neuro-behavioural experiments – effects of
selected centrally acting drugs (barbiturates) on sleeping time in rats and the interaction
with other drugs, Sulphonamide metabolism in man - determination of urinary output of
a sulphonamide after oral ingestion in man, clinical implications.

PHAR 440 Pharmacology Project (6 Credits)

(As for PHAS 410, PHAS 420)

PHAR 441 Systems Pharmacology II (3 Credits)

This course will consider drugs that affect central nervous system (CNS) Functions and
Disorders. Students will be expected to acquire understanding of the classification,
general pharmacological properties, including pharmacokinetics, pharmacodynamics,
clinical uses and contraindications and undesirable side effects of CNS drugs. The course
will provide a broad pharmacological knowledge of the following: Chemical
transmission and drug action in the central nervous system; sedative-hypnotic drugs; the
alcohols; antiseizure drugs; general anaesthetic agents; local anaesthics; skeletal muscle
relaxants; pharmacologic management of parkinsonism and other movement disorders;
antipsychotic agents; antidepressants; opioid analgesics and antagonists and drug and
substance abuse.

PHAR 442 Chemotherapy and Anti-infective Agents (3 Credits)

In this course students will be expected to develop knowledge and understanding of the
classification, general pharmacological properties including pharmacokinetics,
pharmacodynamics, clinical uses, contraindications and undesirable side effects of the
drugs. The course will deal with the following: basic principles of chemotherapy; cancer
chemotherapy; antibacterial agents; antiviral drugs; antifungal drugs; antiprotozoal drugs;
anthelminthic drugs; drug resistance.

7.5 Department of Pharmacy Practice and Clinical Pharmacy

PHAR 151 Computer Literacy I (1 Credit)
This course provides students with fundamental knowledge by way of introduction to

178
informatics. This will include the following: Historical development of computers and
computer networks – digital computers and analog computers; Basic parts of a computer
system, how the computer system works, hardware and software of computer system.
Basic computer applications – word processing, computer graphics, calculations and
simulations e.g. Spreadsheet, statistical software and data representation; information
management, search algorithms and databases; Global information infrastructure –
structure and organization of the world wide web (www), www browsers, information
search in www, search engines educational resources in www, pharmaceutical resources
in www, molecular and bioinformatics.

PHAR 152 Computer Literacy II (Prerequisite: PHAS 151) (1 Credit)

Will provide the students with the requisite knowledge that would enable them develop
further computer literacy skills. The course will prepare students to develop competence
to describe the structure and functions of an operating system and apply software in the
practice of pharmacy and healthcare delivery. Application software vrs system
software (operating system) with suitable examples. The learning opportunities in this
course will include the following: Robotics and automation in pharmacy; integrated
healthcare information systems; legal and ethical aspects of information technology;
commercial applications of information technology and the use of computer technology
in drug information and pharmaceutical error prevention.

PHAR 153 Orientation to Pharmacy (2 Credits)

In this course students will be introduced to pharmacy as a discipline in Science, as an
industry, as a profession in healthcare delivery and as a social service to the community.
Students will be expected to understand and appreciate the scope, evolution of pharmacy
globally and in Ghana, the ethics of the profession, the branches of Pharmacy: Hospital
Pharmacy, Community Pharmacy, Industrial Pharmacy, Academic and Research
Pharmacy and Regulatory Pharmacy. Students will be made aware of career
opportunities and responsibilities in the job market and the requirements for training and
registration for practice.

PHAR 154 Psychology and Behavioural Science (2 Credits)

In this course students will learn the relevance of psychology in pharmacy practice. The
role of the pharmacist in getting patients to accept pharmaceutical care will be
emphasized. The course will entail: definition, brief history and scope of psychology,
illness behaviour, understanding the patient, effective counselling to ensure therapeutic
confidence and patient compliance. Students will be enabled to appreciate the
significance of good inter-personal relationships in healthcare delivery. Aspects of
behavioural science and industrial and social psychology will be considered.

UGRC 110 Academic Writing I (3 Credits)

The main objective of Academic Writing I is to equip students with the language skills
that will enable them to read and write effectively. Students will be taken initially
through fundamental issues in grammar and composition in order to consolidate their
language skills in these areas. Subsequently, reading and writing skills relevant to
university work will be introduced. These will include the structure of the essay, unity,
completeness and coherence in essay writing; summarizing as a skill basic to exposition,
writing from sources, referencing skills and avoiding plagiarism. The course will be
taught in small groups and class activities are characterised by group work, oral
presentations and extensive practical assignments.

UGRC 150 Critical Thinking and Practical Reasoning (3 Credits)

An essential element in the training of social studies and humanities students is providing
a corrective and diagnostic skill set that enables students to discriminate logically
between: rhetorical ploys that give motives vs. arguments providing good logical reasons
for believing an assertion. Students need to recognize the contrast between inductive and

179
deductive reasoning and the different types of support yielded by each, to evaluate the
quality of evidence confirming an empirical hypothesis about human conduct, to maintain
individual professional and scholarly discretion in the face of peer pressure and mob
mentality. Those enrolled in this course will be provided the vocabulary and techniques
to employ critical thought and practice within the academic arena and beyond.

PHAR 251 Biostatistics (2 Credits)

This course will offer students learning opportunities to acquire knowledge in the
principles of statistics, especially as they apply to analysis and evaluation of biomedical
systems including pharmacotherapy. Evaluation of pharmaceutical interventions in
public health issues, using appropriate statistical methods, will be given prominence. The
course will emphasize the following: Presentation of sample data; Measures of central
tendency and dispersion; Probability distribution; Sampling procedures; Estimation –
application of Student’s t Test, the Chi- Square Test, Analysis of Variance (ANOVA) and
Experimental Design; Hypothesis testing; Fitting a line; Regression theory; Correlation
and Contingency tables. Students will be expected to develop competencies in the
application of these statistical principles for the assessment of pharmacotherapy in the
management of diseases. The practical significance of biostatistics in health care
delivery systems will be emphasized.

PHAR 252 Chemical Pathology (2 Credits)

An awareness of the nature and extent of deviation from normal values and features of
physiology, biochemistry and micro-anatomy in disease is an essential pre-requisite for
effective pharmaceutical care. This course will provide the necessary knowledge in
chemical pathology for determining remedial measures to be taken. Students will acquire
an understanding of normal and disease – related changes in biochemical and
physiological parameters occurring in tissue and body fluids, cells and tissues, organs and
systems of the body. Students will be expected to know relevant terminology and
pharmaceutical mechanisms underlying procedures that are employed to restore normalcy
to these parameters.

PHAR 253 Entrepreneurial skills (Practical) (2 Credits)

This course will enable students to acquire skills as entrepreneurs in pharmacy practice
particularly in a highly competitive technological and economic environment. Students will
be expected to develop the ability to: Recognize and assess their entrepreneurial potential;
Appreciate the need to be creative and innovative in their profession, Recognize the
importance of action planning and effective communication to ensure prudent decision-
making and develop attitudes that will make them focused, motivated and open to change.
Students will also develop the ability to apply basic concepts and tools involved in the
creation and functioning of a new and profitable technology- based venture. The course
will entail: Evaluation of opportunities, assessment and acquisition of resources;
development of a business plan and Assessment of the implications of prevailing business
climate and economic and professional environment for establishing a new enterprise.

PHAR 254 Chemical Pathology Practical (1 Credit)

This course deals with the practical aspects of PHAS 252. Students will gain practical
experience in methodology for measuring parameters in chemical pathology. Students
will be expected to be familiar with equipment, reagents and histopathological techniques
employed in chemical pathology. Diagnostic value and clinical significance of changes
in the biochemical and physiological parameters will be discussed.

UGRC 210: Academic Writing II

Academic Writing II is a follow-up to Academic Writing I and builds upon the skills
acquired in the first year. Students will be required to read and critique a variety of
academic essays in their areas of study. Writing activities will derive from these reading
tasks and students will be guided to develop their writing through process writing which

180
involves: pre-drafting, drafting, re-writing and revising. In this broad context, students
will revise and consolidate their grammar through proof reading and editing activities.
The course will also involve training students to write from multiple sources as a
preparation for doing research-based writing. Activities will be geared towards getting
students to develop the skills of extracting and sorting information from multiple sources
and synthesizing them into coherent arguments in an essay. Students will be required to
write such a synthesis essay for assessment. Subsequently, students will be introduced to
academic presentation skills.

UGRC 220: Liberal and African Studies

Course Structure
The Liberal and African Studies course seeks to provide basic background knowledge of
Africa, its histories, people and cultures. After a general introduction to African Studies,
General Studies and Leadership in Africa, students will be required to take one of these
five modules: Gender and Culture, Gender and Development, Leadership in Africa,
African Art, its Philosophy and Criticism, and Philosophy in African Cultures.
The general introduction takes two weeks and involves four hours of lectures, one hour
of tutorial and a practical activity – film show. This module is examinable through the
electives.

Description of Modules:
General Introduction to African Studies
This introduction aims to provide basic background knowledge of Africa, its histories,
peoples and cultures. It serves as the spring board from which to launch the elective
courses on African and Liberal Studies.

Introduction to Gender
The main objective of the two week introduction is to help students appreciate the
gendered nature of African societies, how this impacts development and state as well as
state and civil society responses to gender inequalities. The course will cover topics such
as why we deal with gender issues in African studies and key gender concepts and make
a case for transforming gender relations on the basis of three justifications - citizenship
rights and the constitution, development imperatives and the promotion of gender
equitable cultures. Week two will focus on state and civil society responses to gender
inequalities focusing on legal and cultural reforms, affirmative action, gender and
development and civil society activism. The role of individual and group agency and
leadership in changing gender relations will be highlighted.

Introduction to Leadership in Africa

Good leaders are expected to solve new problems which arise in their domain and the
changing landscape of business. Leadership is a complex process by which the leader
influences others to perform and achieve. Leadership attributes – beliefs, values, ethics,
character, knowledge and skills – are all traits which can be learned. This course
provides the basis for understanding what leadership is and what leaders do to be
successful. The course particularly seeks to make students understand traditional and
contemporary concepts and practices of leadership in Africa.

Gender and Culture in Africa

This module examines how culture shapes the positions of women and men in African
societies and analyses cultures and cultural practices as dynamic, contested and rooted in
socio-economic conditions and power relations. Key concepts in gender studies are
analysed in relation to debates about accepted notions of culture. Students will be
encouraged to reflect on their own experiences of gender and their role in reinforcing and
transforming the nature of gender relations in society.

181
Gender Issues in Africa’s Development
This module will introduce students to key concepts and issues in gender and
development with specific reference to Africa. It argues that development is not a neutral
process, but impacts men and women differently. Key topics will include men and
women’s access to resources in Africa such as land, labour, credit, time and social
capital, production and reproduction. The module will also examine the gendered
implications of natural resource management and sustainable development as well as
decision making. It will further examine state and civil society responses to gender issues
in Africa. The main objective of this foundation course is to sensitize students to gender
issues and enable students recognize and understand the relevance of gender as a
development issue and how gender inequalities negatively affect development.

Leadership in Africa
This course encompasses leadership styles and models, leadership in management, a
history of chieftaincy and traditional leadership in Africa, African leadership and
democracy, as well as challenges confronting African traditional leadership.

African Art, its Philosophy and Criticism

This module is designed to introduce students to an understanding of African art and its
conceptual framework as evidence of material culture actively involved in the historical
process and life of the African. As a cultural practice, it forms the bedrock of African
aesthetic expression. The course argues that the environment, availability of materials for
producing art, different histories and external influences have affected African art and its
development. The course proposes that African art is reflective and representative of
African belief, philosophy, values and taste, and that it is used in several social, political
and religious functions. As a fairly new field, the course introduces students to the forms
of art, historical and theoretical enquiries and approaches to the subject such as art as
history, history as an art, aesthetics, style, subject and subject matter interpretations and
meanings, visual narratives, gender perceptions, roles and representations, art criticism
and contemporary discourses on the practice of art on the continent.

Philosophy in African Cultures

This course aims to introduce students to philosophical thought in African cultures
emphasizing its relation and relevance to contemporary African cultures and
development. Topics will include African cosmologies, concepts of God, deities,
ancestors, African communal and individualist values, the concept of the human being,
destiny, evil and ethics/morality, gender and race.

PHAR 351 Clinical Pharmacokinetics and Bioavailability (3 Credits)

This course is designed to equip students with the appreciation of patient-based clinical
pharmacotherapy. Although an overview of basic concepts of pharmacokinetics including
absorption, distribution, metabolism, elimination, half-life, elimination rate, area under
the curve and their mathematical interpretations will be reviewed, specific case-studies
will remain the main focus so that at the end of the course, students would be able to
explain compartmental models given their clinical correlates and describe the principle of
superposition and how it applies to multiple drug dosing. Define the model-independent
pharmacokinetic parameters. Students will be able to determine appropriate drug regimen
of patients receiving aminoglycosides, vancomycin, theophylline, phenytoin and digoxin
and construct plasma drug concentration versus times curves of typical patients and use
properties of the curve to determine patient’s pharmacokinetic parameters and calculate
alpha (), beta (β), and intercepts A and B for a drug conforming to a two compartment
model.

PHAR 352 Social and Behavioural Pharmacy (3 Credits)

This course will provide students with knowledge of the principles involved in pharmacy
practice. Students will be expected to understand the legal and ethical principles of the

182
practice of pharmacy. They will be expected to acquire full knowledge of the provisions
of the Pharmacy Act 489, 1994 and its Legislative Instrument (L.I.1645 of 1998) and also
the Food and Drugs Law 1992, PNDC L 305B and amendments. Students will be
introduced to the code of Ethics of the Pharmaceutical Society of Ghana: Professional
ethics, professional characteristics and responsibilities. They must also acquire
thorough knowledge of the following; Institutional patient care, Ambulatory patient care,
Long-term patient care facilities, the role of the pharmacist in public health, behavioural
determinants of the patient, patient communication, drug education and information,
patient compliance, the prescription, drug interactions, clinical drug literature, the
pharmacist and the National Health Insurance Scheme.

PHAR 353 Pharmacoepidemiology and Pharmacoeconomics (2 Credits)

Pharmacoepidemiology is the discipline that seeks to understand the use of and the
effects of medicines in large numbers of people. Pharmacoepidemiological studies aim
to quantify the risks and benefits of drug treatment in different populations and findings
can be used to decide on the most effective medicine in a patient or populace. The course
will introduce students to the descrsiption and concept of pharmacoepidemiology and its
relevance to pharmacy practice.
Pharmacoeconomics entails evaluation of ways and means of applying limited resources
to provide the best pharmacotherapy. In other words, the study encompasses analysis of
costs and outcomes associated with the use of pharmaceutical products and services. It is
closely related to outcomes research which is the scientific measurement of the impact of
antecedent health care.
During this course general knowledge and methods of analysis of both above mentioned
disciplines will be given. Upon completion of this course the student will: Understand
fundamental statistical concepts and methods in Pharmacoepidemiology; Appreciate the
role of the statistical concepts and methods in drug development, drug use, drug safety
monitoring and drug safety research; Appreciate and be able to report on adverse
reactions; Compare and contrast cost-effectiveness, cost-minimization, cost-utility and
cost-benefit analyses; Describe at least two sources of cost data; Describe how to obtain
clinical and humanistic outcomes data; Compare and contrast the decision-analytic and
statistical methods of modeling a disease intervention; Be able to calculate an expected
cost and an expected outcome using a decision tree.

PHAR 354 Community Pharmacy Practice Practical (1 Credit)

In this course students will be exposed to real life situations of Community Pharmacy
Practice. The School will link up with selected Community pharmacies where students
will be assigned short periods of professional mentorships under identified pharmacists.
The School will set up a Model Community Pharmacy for teaching in an actual
professional setting. Students will be expected to gain supervised experience in the
Model Pharmacy practice. Students will present written reports of case studies assigned
to them.

PHAR 450 Pharmacy Practice Project (6 Credits)

(As for PHAS 410, PHAS 420)

PHAR 451 Pharmacotherapy and Disease Management (3 Credits)

In this course students will learn the general application of drugs to the treatment of
diseases. The course will entail identification and recognition of: Pathophysiology of
Diseases; Factors influencing the choice of appropriate pharmacotherapeutic intervention;
Medication Implications e.g. drug interactions, adverse drug events and iatrogenic
effects; Patient compliance issues; Patient counseling issues; Therapeutic outcomes; and
Follow-up pharmaceutical care.

PHAR 452 Patient Treatment Assessment (4 Credits)

In this course students will be given access to selected patients on drug treatment on ward

183
 rounds and at the OPD Pharmacy. Students will have opportunity to determine the
patient’s response to therapy. This will be done in consultation with health-care
providers. Subsequent to this, students will be expected to evaluate the merits and
demerits of the treatment given in the context of the broad principles of pharmacotherapy.

PHAR 453 - Logistics and Health Supply Chain Management (2 Credits)

In this course, students will learn the principles of drug supply management. The course
will entail:
 Selection and procurement of drugs (appreciation of treatment guidelines, formularies
and Essential Drug Lists (EDL)).
 Distribution of drugs (this involves medical stores management, drug management at
health facilities, transportation and storage facilities). Packaging, storage and quality
assurance of drugs and medicines.
 Concept of commodity security.
 Logistics system and its components (data pipeline, lead time, issue data, dispensed-to-
user data).
 Description of allocation (push) and requisition (pull) distribution systems.
 Description of Ghana pipeline and identification of the different levels involved.

184
 SCHOOL OF PUBLIC HEALTH
BACKGROUND
The Bachelor of Public Health programme was developed in collaboration with the Ministry of
Health and Ghana Health Service. The programme was planned to run for FIVE years in the first
instance. In the first five years only candidates with diploma certificates who are already working
in the health service are considered and admitted to Level 200. This undergraduate programme is
to offer opportunities for middle level health professionals to upgrade themselves and promote
continuing professional development. The programme content is designed with the view to
developing capacity to improve the implementation of public health programmes and
interventions. It is intended to help develop mid-level public health practitioners who will work at
the district and programme levels in the Ghana Health Service and its Allied institutions. The first
batch of student enrolled in October of the 2010/2011 academic year.

CENTRAL ADMINISTRATION
Richard M. Adanu - Professor (Dean)
MB.ChB (Ghana) MPH(Johns Hopkins) FWACS
Godfred Amoah - Assistant Registrar
BEd(Winneba), MEd(Cape Coast)
Angelina Lily Armah - Assistant Librarian
BA, Grad. Dip., M.Phil (Ghana)

DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH POLICY PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT

Reuben Esena - Senior Lecturer
BSc(Ghana) M.Phil(Kumasi), PhD(UK) (Head of Department)
Moses K. Aikins - Associate Professor
BSc(Ghana) MA, PhD(London)
Justice Nonvignon - Senior Lecturer
BA(UCC), MA(Tanzania), PhD(Ghana)
Augustine Adomah-Afari - Lecturer
BSc, MBA(Ghana) MA, PhD(UK)
Genevieve C.N.O. Aryeetey - Lecturer
BA (Ghana) MA (Japan) PhD (Netherlands)
Ibrahim Abdallah - Lecturer
BA(Ghana), MA (Canada), DrPH (USA),

DEPARTMENT OF EPIDEMIOLOGY AND DISEASE CONTROL

Patricia Akweongo - Senior Lecturer
BA(Ghana) MA, PhD(South Africa) (Head of Department)
Francis Anto - Senior Lecturer
BSc, M.Phil, PhD (Ghana)
Priscillia Awo Nortey - Lecturer
B.Pharm (Kumasi), MPH (Ghana), PhD (Nottingham)
Bismark Sarfo - Lecturer
BSc (Ghana), MPH(USA) PhD(Ghana)
Ernest Kenu - Lecturer
BSc. MB.ChB, MPH, PhD (Ghana), FGCP
Anthony Danso-Appiah - Lecturer
BSc (Ghana), MSc, PhD, DSc (Rotterdam)
AdolphinaAddoleyAddo-Lartey - Lecturer
BSc (Ghana), MSc. (lowa), PhD (USA)

DEPARTMENT OF SOCIAL AND BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCE

Philip Baba Adongo - Associate Professor
BA(Ghana) MSc (Keele) PhD(London) (Head of Department)
Phyllis Dako-Gyeke - Lecturer
BA (Cape Coast) MA(Ohio) PhD(Bowling)

185
Emmanuel Asampong - Lecturer
BSc. M.Phil/PhD (Ghana)
Mercy Ackumey - Lecturer
BA, MA, MPH (Ghana) PhD (Bowling)
Yela Awunyo-Akaba - Assistant Lecturer
BSc (Ghana) MSc. (USA)
KwabenaOpoku-Mensah - Research Fellow
BA, M.Phil (Ghana)

DEPARTMENT OF POPULATION, FAMILY AND REPRODUCTIVE HEALTH

Augustine K. Ankomah - Associate Professor
BA (Ghana) MSc (Nigeria) PhD (Exeter) (Head of Department)
Richmond Ayeetey - Senior Lecturer
BSc. MPH(Ghana ) PhD(Iowa)
Amos K. Laar - Senior Lecturer
BSc,MPH,PhD (Ghana)
Margaret Atuahene - Lecturer
BSc(USA) MA(Ohio) MPH/MEd(Columbia),
PhD(Ghana)
Agnes M. Kotoh - Lecturer
Dip., BA, (Ghana), PhD(Netherlands)
Ernest Tei Maya - Lecturer
MB.ChB/MPH (Ghana), FWACS, FGCS
Abubakar A. Manu - Lecturer
BEd (UCC) MBA,PhD(Ghana)

DEPARTMENT OF BIOSTATISTICS
Samuel Bosomprah - Senior Lecturer
BSc(Ghana), MSc PhD) (London) (Head of Department)
Frances B. Da Costa Vroom - Tutor
BIS(Canada) MSc (Ghana)
Seth K. Afagbedzi - Assistant Lecturer
BSc(UCC),MPhil (Ghana)
Samuel K. K. Dery - Assistant Lecturer
BSc, MPhil (Ghana)
Duah Dwomoh - Assistant Lecturer
BSc (UCC),MPhil (Kumasi)
Chris BambeyGuure - Assistant Lecturer
B.Ed (UCC), MSc. (Malaysia)

DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGICAL, ENVIRONMENTAL AND

OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH
Julius Fobil - Associate Professor
BSc MPhil(Ghana)DrPH DTM(Germany) (Head of Department)
Isabella A. Quakyi - Professor
BSc, MSc(UK) PhD(London)
Mawuli Dzodzomenyo - Senior Lecturer
BSc,MPhil(Ghana), PhD(Japan)
Judith K. Stephens - Lecturer
BSc(Kumasi) MSc(UK), MPH,MPhil/PhD(Ghana)
Reginald Quansah - Lecturer
BSc.(Ghana), MSc.(Sweden), PhD(UK)
John Arko-Mensah - Lecturer
BSc. M.Phil(Ghana), PhD(Sweden)
Uri S. Markakpo - Research Fellow
BSc. M.Phil/PhD (Ghana)

186
THE BACHELOR OF PUBLIC HEALTH PROGRAMME

1.1 Tracks available under the Bachelor of Public Health programme

The programme tracks available are:
 Public Health Nursing
 Nutrition
 Applied Environmental Health Sciences
 Disease Prevention and Control
 Health Information Systems
 Health Promotion

1.2 Fieldwork
Field practice in June – August is mandatory every year for students at level 300. Students are
required to participate in a field practicum of at least 8-10 weeks duration. Experiences to be
gained include: community diagnoses, report writing, developing implementation strategies, and
presenting reports at community meetings.

During this period, students are given the opportunity to work at a district or health department.
Students will then develop papers relevant to their practicum experience, into a project.

The student will be provided with an opportunity to take a principal role in the development and
conduct of a project within a community or a health department. The student will apply the
principles learned in the classroom to planning, implementation, analysis and interpretation of the
project. The project is to be completed within one academic year. The amount of time the student
will spend at the agency or health department is expected to vary according to the needs of the
project. The student will generally be expected to spend a greater time conducting background
research, collecting and analysing data, writing up results and interpretation for the final report.
Examples of field work projects could include programme evaluations, needs assessments,
surveys, intervention implementation and analysis of existing data. Each student will conduct this
field work under the direction of a faculty member.

2.1 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS

The general University Admissions regulations and requirements shall apply in addition to the
following:

2.1.1 DIPLOMA
Candidates with Diploma in health or related sciences who satisfy the requirements for admission
shall enter at Level 200 (the second year of the 4-year bachelor’s degree programme). Students
admitted to Level 200 may be given exemption for some courses based on previous studies.

2.1.2 CREDITS FOR COURSES UNDERTAKEN.

Candidates who have taken prescribed level 200 courses at the Diploma level will be credited with
such courses.
The Requirements:
(i) Candidates with Diplomas awarded by University of Ghana, Institutions recognized by
or affiliated to the University of Ghana and Institutions under the Ministry of
Healthshall require an FGPA of 3.2 or better/equivalent and shall attend a selection
interview.

187
 (ii) Diplomas awarded by institutions other than those indicated in (i) above may be
considered eligible on recommendation by a special committee to be appointed by the
Dean.
The committee shall assess the candidate’s transcripts and the course content of the diploma to
determine the suitability of his/her previous training and make recommendations accordingly, to
the Dean. Shortlisted candidates shall be required to sit an entrance examination and attend a
selection interview.

2.2 ACADEMIC SESSION/ STRUCTURE

The academic year shall be two semesters. The First Semester session covers the period of August
– December and the Second Semester runs from January – May. Each Semester is structured as
follows:
13 weeks of Teaching
1 week of Revision
3 weeks of Examination

2.2.1 REGISTRATION
For a student to obtain credits in any course, he or she must be admitted into the School and must
be properly registered for that course during the official registration period at the beginning of
each semester. The student shall plan his/her courses in consultation with his/her course Advisor.

2.3 INTERNSHIP TRAINING

Students shall be affiliated to relevant institutions for their internship training during the long
vacation of Level 300.

2.4 DURATION OF PROGRAMME

The duration of the Bachelor of Public Health Programme for individuals entering at various
levels shall be as follows:

Level 100 entrants: Minimum of 8 semesters and maximum of 10 semesters

Level 200 entrants: Minimum of 6 semesters and maximum of 8 semesters

A Student who is unable to complete the programme within the stipulated maximum period shall
forfeit all accumulated credits and lose his/her studentship.
Such a student may however re-apply for admission into the University.
The minimum and maximum periods are calculated from the date of first registration.

2.5 STUDY PROGRAMME FOR THE BACHELOR’S DEGREE

The Total Study Programme for the BSc. Public Health shall comprise the following:
i. General University Requirement
ii. Faculty Requirement
iii. Core Courses as determined by the school
iv. Elective Courses as determined by the School/Department

2.5 General University Requirement

African Studies is a requirement for graduation by all students irrespective of their level of entry.
1. UGRC 220-African Studies
2. UGRC 110- Academic Writing I
3. *UGRC 210- Academic Writing II

188
 4. UGRC 150- Critical Thinking and Practical Reasoning
5. *UGRC 130- Understanding Human Societies
These are requirements for graduation by all students irrespective of their level of entry.
Note: UGRC 130 – Understanding Human Societies will be replaced by GSPH 106- Health
Behaviour and Society and UGRC 210 - Academic Writing II will be replaced by GSPH 214 –
Writing for Public Health

2.6 MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM WORKLOAD PER SEMESTER

2.6.1 A full-time student shall be required to carry a minimum workload of 18 credits per
semester and a maximum of 21.

2.6.2 Under special circumstances, a student may, with the approval of the Dean of Faculty, be
allowed to carry a workload outside these limits, provided that the minimum workload
will not fall below 15 credits per semester.

3.0 EXAMINATIONS
3.0.1 Continuous Assessment
There shall be a continuous assessmentof each course taken and marks obtained shall
contribute 30% towards the final grade while the end of semester examination contributes
70% of the final mark. (Except for practicals or related courses which may be assessed
entirely by continuous assessment).

3.0.2 Long Essay/Project Work

Wherever applicable, Long Essay/Project Work shall be submitted for assessment before
the date of the last paper of the second semester examination. In default the candidate
shall be asked to submit the Long Essay/Project Work the following semester and shall
be treated asa Repeat Examination, with all its implications.

3.0.1 End of Semester Examinations

(i) Each course, with the exception of a Project, shall normally be completed in one
semester.
(ii) A final (end-of-semester) examination shall normally be required as a part of
every course. An examination schedule showing time and place of examination
for each course shall be published each semester.
(iii) The time allotted to the examination papers shall be as follows:
1 – Credit Course - 1 hour
2 – Credit Course - 2 hours
3 or 4 – Credit Course - 2 to 3 hours

3.1 ELIGIBILITY FOR EXAMINATION

(i) A student shall attend all such lectures, tutorials, seminars and practicals and
undertake all other assignments as are approved by the University.
(ii) Further to (3.1(i)), a student shall be expected to attend lectures, tutorials,
practicals and execute all assignments given.
(iii) Each Department shall, with the approval of the Academic Board, determine the
requirements for the courses they offer. A student who does not fulfil the
requirements shall not be allowed to take the examination for that course.
(iv) In any case, a student who is absent for a Cumulative Period of 25% from all
lectures, tutorials, practicals and other activities prescribed for any course in any

189
 semester shall be deemed to have withdrawn from the course. Such a student
shall not be permitted to sit for the semester examination.

4.0 Credit Hours Required to Graduate

4.1 Requirement
A candidate shall be deemed to have:
1. Satisfied all General University and School requirements;
2. Obtained passes in all courses and subjects;
3. Accumulated all the credits for all the courses at Levels 100, 200, 300 and 400
as appropriate for the candidate’s level of entry.

Entry into Level 100

1. Students can take a maximum of 142 credits hours and pass at least 132 credits
hours including all core courses.

Entry into Level 200

2. Students can take a maximum of 112 credits hours and pass at least 102 credit
hours including all core courses.

4.2 Eligibility
(a) A Bachelor’s Degree appropriately designated shall be awarded to a candidate who has
been properly admitted to the University, has followed the approved courses of study
over the prescribed period and has satisfied the conditions.
(b) University requirements:
i. Evidence of regular enrolment
ii. Discharge of all obligations owed to the University
iii. A pass in all University required courses
iv. Satisfactory performance in the appropriate University Examination.
(c) School/Department Requirement(s)
Satisfactory Discharge of such requirement(s) as may be prescribed for the
degree.

4.3 CLASSIFICATION OF BACHELOR’S DEGREE

4.3.1 All end-of-semester examination results from Level 300 shall be taken into account in the
computation of the Final Grade Point Averages (FGPA) for the classification of the
bachelor’s degree.
4.3.2 The GPAs at Levels 300 and 400 shall be weighted in the proportions 2:2.
4.3.3 In the determination of the FGPA, a weighted average of all repeat courses shall be used,
as for instance, a 3-credit course with a ‘D’ at first attempt and an ‘A’ at the second
attempt shall attract a total of 6 credits in the computation of the Grade Point Average of
that particular course.

190
SUMMARY OF COURSES FOR THE BACHELOR OF PUBLIC HEALTH
PROGRAMME
The study programme for the Bachelor of Public Health will comprise the following
a. General University Requirements
b. Core Courses
c. Prescribed Electives
General University Requirements
UGRC 110 Academic Writing I
UGRC 150 Critical Thinking and Practical Reasoning
UGRC 220 African Studies
*UGRC 130 Understanding Human Societies will be replaced by GSPH 106 Health Behaviour
and Society and UGRC 210 Academic Writing II will be replaced by GSPH 214 Writing for
Public Health.

LIST OF COURSES
Code Course Title Credit
*GSPH 106 Health Behaviour and Society 2
*GSPH 202 Ecological Approach to Health 2
*GSPH 203 Epidemiology: Principles and Methods 2
*GSPH 204 The Health Care System in Ghana 2
*GSPH 205 Medical Anthropology: Cultural Foundation for Health and Illness 2
*GSPH 207 Introduction to Biostatistics 2
*GSPH 208 Population, Health and Development 3
*GSPH 209 Introduction to Microbiology 3
*GSPH 211 Introduction to Pharmacology 2
*GSPH 212 Introduction to Research Methods 2
*GSPH 213 Introduction to Public Health Ethics 2
*GSPH 214 Writing for Public Health 3
GSPH 215 Basic Principles of Environmental Health 2
UGRC 220 African Studies 3
*GSPH 301 Child Survival Programme: Expanded ProgrammeOf Immunization 2
*GSPH 302 Infant and Young Child Feeding 2
GSPH 303 Reproductive Health: Maternal Health Care 2
*GSPH 304 Fundamentals of Public Health Surveillance 2
*GSPH 305 Principles of Disease Control 3
*GSPH 306 Child Survival: Management of the Sick Child 2
*GSPH 307 Public Health Nutrition 2
GSPH 308 Family Planning Methods and Practice 2
*GSPH 309 Primary Health Care System 2
*GSPH 311 Environmental Health and Sanitation 2
*GSPH 312 Management and Leadership of Health Services 2
*GSPH 313 Monitoring and Evaluation of Health Programmes I 2
*GSPH 314 Health Management Information Systems 2
GSPH 315 Research Methods I 2
GSPH 316 School Health Services I 2
GSPH 317 Introduction to Health Policy 2
GSPH 318 Introduction to Occupational Health and Safety 2

191
 GSPH 319 Neglected Tropical Diseases 2
GSPH 321 Zoonotic Infections 2
GSPH 323 Non-Communicable Diseases 2
*GSPH 322 Research Methods II 2
*GSPH 324 Public Health Seminar I 2
GSPH 325 Environmental Quality and Sanitary Inspection 2
GSPH 326 Global Climate Change and Health Effects 2
GSPH 327 Municipal Sanitary Services and Amenities 2
GSPH 322 Research Methods I 2
GSPH 328 Control of Emerging and Re-emerging Diseases 2
GSPH 329 Hygiene of Food Processing and Handling 2
GSPH 331 Introduction to Population and Health
GSPH 332 Integrated Disease Surveillance Systems 3
GSPH 333 Database System Management I 3
GSPH 334 Geographic Information Systems I 2
GSPH 335 Health Data Management 2
GSPH 336 Water Supply and Treatment 2
GSPH 337 Information Security 2
GSPH 338 Solid Waste Management 2
GSPH 339 Nutrients and their Metabolism 2
GSPH 341 Assessment of Nutritional Status 3
GSPH 342 Pest and Vector Control 2
GSPH 343 Malnutrition and Food Security 2
GSPH 344 Environmental Exposure Assessment 2
GSPH 345 Contemporary Issues in Health Promotion 2
GSPH 346 System Analysis and Design
GSPH 347 Health Communications Theory and Practice 2
GSPH 348 Data Analysis and Presentation (HMIS) I 3
GSPH 349 Research Methods in Social and Behavioural Sciences 2
GSPH 351 Information Technology Application in Health Care management 2
GSPH 352 Applied Nutrition 2
GSPH 354 Nutritional Surveillance 2
GSPH 356 Life style and Nutrition 2
GSPH 358 Behaviour Change Communication 2
GSPH 362 Mass Communication in Health Education and Public Health 2
GSPH 401 Biostatistics for Public Health 2
GSPH 403 Reproductive Health IV – Comprehensive 2
*GSPH 405 Introduction to Gender and Health Care 2
GSPH 407 School Health Services II 2
GSPH 409 Reproductive Health and Culture 2
*GSPH 410 Project Work 8
GSPH 411 Health problems of infants and children 2
*GSPH 413 Scientific Communication including Report Writing 2
*GSPH 414 Public Health Seminar II 2
*GSPH 415 Public Health Ethics Care for HIV and AIDS 2
GSPH 417 Database Management II 2
GSPH 420 Field Attachment

192
 GSPH 421 Public Health Surveillance of Chronic Diseases 2
GSPH 423 Emergency/ Preparedness and Outbreak Investigation 2
GSPH 402 Health Promotion and Education 2
GSPH 404 Health Care for Aged and Elderly 2
GSPH 406 Mental and Social Health Care 2
GSPH 408 Monitoring and Evaluation of Health Programmes II 2
GSPH 412 Health Promotion and Disease Prevention 2
GSPH 416 International Health Regulations 3
GSPH 418 Global Health Security 2
GSPH 420 Field Attachment 2
GSPH 422 Environmental Health Promotion and Education 2
GSPH 424 Institutional Development and Sector Management 2
GSPH 426 Environmental Epidemiology 2
GSPH 427 Domestic and Industrial Waste Water Disposal 2
GSPH 429 Health Aspects of Housing 2
GSPH 431 Gender and Environmental Health 2
GSPH 432 Medical Records and Management 2
GSPH 433 Public Health Legislation, Regulation and Enforcement 2
GSPH 434 Public Health Programme Planning and Evaluation 2
GSPH 435 Human Excreta and Sewage Disposal 2
GSPH 436 Clinical Data Classification and Coding II 2
GSPH 437 Introduction to Field Epidemiology 2
GSPH 438 Nutrition Rehabilitation Programmes 2
GSPH 439 Geographic Information Systems II 2
GSPH 441 Clinical Data Classification and Coding I 2
GSPH 443 Electronic Health and Data Systems 2
GSPH 445 Data Base Systems and Management 2
GSPH 447 Food and Nutrition Policy 2
GSPH 449 Communication for Nutrition and Healthy Lifestyle 2
GSPH 451 Nutrition Transition in Ghana 2
GSPH 453 Diet and Disease 2
GSPH 455 School Feeding Programmes 2
GSPH 457 Food Safety and Hygiene 2
GSPH 459 Intervention Strategies for Health Promotion 2
GSPH 461 Principles and Practice of Community Organisation 2
GSPH 463 Psychological Influence on Health 2
GSPH 465 School Based Nutrition Education 2
GSPH 467 Adolescent Health: Social and Behavioural Perspective 2
GSPH 442 Food Laws and Regulations 2
GSPH 444 Nutrition Seminar 2
GSPH 446 Change Interventions for Chronic Disease 2
GSPH 448 Rights for the Health of Women and Children 2
GSPH 452 Reproductive Health in Developing Countries 2
GSPH 454 Mental Health as a Public Health Issue 2
*Candidates must pass all these core coursesto qualify for graduation.

193
COURSES FOR LEVEL 200

GSPH 106 Health Behaviour and Society 2 credit

Define health, society, social groups, illness, sickness, health care, mental illness. Interface of
social system and culture, levels of social change, social dimension of healthcare system meaning
for the individuals and institutions. The functions and structures of politics and religion and its
effects on society and individuals will also be examined.

GSPH 202 Ecological Approach to Health 2 Credits

Environment and human biology, climate, chemical pollution, food production, food conservation;
poisons and toxic agents, organic pollution of water; effects of environmental degradation:
greenhouse effect of ozone layer depletion, desertification.

GSPH 203 Epidemiology: Principles and Methods 2 Credits

Measures of disease frequency, rates, ratios; descriptive studies, analytic studies geographic
comparisons, temporal comparisons ;survey sampling ;epidemiological study design; surveillance

GSPH 204 The Health Care System in Ghana 3 Credits

This course will cover the concepts of health systems and public health, national health systems,
historical development of Ghana’s health system, challenges and strategies for health systems.
Measures to meet challenges of the health system.

GSPH 205 Medical Anthropology: Cultural Foundation for Health and Illness 2 Credits
This course will help the student to understand the societal and cultural determinants of health.
The content of the course will include the definition and concept of culture and health; the practice
of medical anthropology; Social structures and conceptions of disease; treatment and outcome;
influence of culture and religion on behavior in relation to health and diseases; health decision
making, modern and traditional systems for health care and culture and social epidemiology.

GSPH 208 Population, Health and Development 3 Credits

Factors affecting population distribution, implications of population distribution,
Components of population change, factors in historical decline and mortality and morbidity,
general overview of demographic analysis, vital registration, population growth and distribution,
mortality measurements, fertility measurements; population policies and programmes in Ghana

GSPH 207 Introduction to Biostatistics 2 Credits

Descriptive statistics; sampling techniques, summary measures, measures of central tendency,
measures of dispersion, normal distribution, data presentation, measures of association.

GSPH 209 Introduction to Microbiology 3 Credits

Foundation and overview of microbiology, the structure and functioning of fungi, bacteria and
viruses, the methods used to culture, control and study these organisms in the laboratory, Isolation,
Classification and Identification of Microbes.

GSPH 211 Introduction to Pharmacology 2 Credits

General principles of pharmacology; mechanism of drug action; classification, drug metabolism
and pharmacokinetics, introduction to toxicology, principles of adverse drugs reactions;
poisoning including insecticides and agrochemicals. Reactions to common domestic chemicals
including corrosives and heavy metals such as in the digestive, neurological, cardiovascular
systems. Introduction to safety monitoring.

GSPH 212 Introduction to Research Methods 2 Credits

The course will introduce the formulation of research questions, research objectives, describe the
qualitative methodology, purposive sampling, sample size determination, Construct variables, and
discuss the generalization, validity and reliability. Data analysis including thematic and network
analysis and presentation

194
GSPH 213 Introduction to Public Health Ethics 2 Credits
Traditions and values in public health, social determinants of health, ethical analysis and decision
making, ethics and pandemic power, participation and disparities, research with human subjects,
professional ethics, cross-cultural ethics.

GSPH 214: Writing for Public Health 3 Credits

Writing readable health messages, summarizing, important points, write lists, choosing a style that
is easy to follow; using the active voice; defining difficult words by context clues.

GSPH 215 Basic Principles of Environmental Health 3 Credits

The course will include the following: 1. Definitions: Environment, health, environmental health,
environmental health hazards. 2. Classification of the elements of the environment (physical,
biological, chemical, radiological). 3. Sources of environmental health: waste materials (human,
industrial, etc) and support media (food, water, soil, air). 4. Methods of transmission of
environment hazards from source to objects at risk. 5. Impacts of environmental hazards on man,
animals and the environment. 6. Methods of control of environmental hazards. 7. Applications of
concepts and principles.

GSPH 301 Child Survival Programme: Expanded Programme on Immunization 2 Credits

Global and national immunization strategy; types of vaccines; vaccine management, maintenance
of the cold chain system, organization of immunization sessions, improving access and coverage
of immunization; community mobilization for vaccination programmes, monitoring and
supervision of immunization activities; immunization surveillance, vaccination coverage survey

GSPH 302 Infant and Young Child Feeding 2 Credits

Nutritive needs of infants and young children, Breastfeeding and its challenges, Supplementary
and complementary feeding, International code for breastfeeding, feeding of the low-weight-birth
infant, weaning practices, effects of early feeding on later life. Goals of nutritional management of
infant and young children.

GSPH 303 Reproductive Health: Maternal Health Care 2 Credits

Maternal health care : antenatal care, labour and postnatal care; emergency obstetric care
strategies, appropriate technologies for monitoring pregnancy and labour; Definitions of maternal
death, identifying maternal deaths, facility based maternal deaths review, verbal autopsy for
maternal death, epidemiology of maternal mortality in Africa; near miss obstetric events. Issues
relating to reproductive morbidities in women.

GSPH 304 Fundamentals of Public Health Surveillance 2 Credits

Historical development of surveillance; planning a surveillance system, sources of health related
information, collecting surveillance data, analyzing and interpreting surveillance data, use of
surveillance data for public health action. Evaluating public health surveillance system.

GSPH 305 Principles of Disease Control 3 Credits

Burden and trends of infectious diseases, Determinants of infectious disease, natural history of
infectious disease, management and control strategies, problems and challenges, specific
interventions for selected infectious diseases

GSPH 306 Child Survival: Management of the Sick Child 2Credits

Define IMCI, Improving case management skills of health-care staff, Improving overall health
systems, Improving family and community health practices, algorithms for diagnosis and
treatment of Acute respiratory Infections, Diarrhoea, malaria, ear infection, malnutrition and
vaccination status. Community IMCI.

GSPH 307 Public Health Nutrition 2 Credits

Various food groups, carbohydrates, proteins, fats, vitamins, trace elements; specific micronutrient

195
deficiencies, Vitamin A deficiency , iron deficiency and anaemia, iodine deficiency disorder ;
nutritional requirements of pregnant and lactating women, infants and children; obesity and related
conditions; growth monitoring and promotion; under- nutrition; community based nutrition
programmes; nutritional surveillance, growth monitoring and promotion. Retrieval of medical
data, develop and modify questionnaires.

GSPH 308 Family Planning Methods and Practice 3 Credits

Description of various contraceptive methods, mechanisms of action, failure rates, safety issues
and warnings, barriers to increased use, a management of unsafe abortion, emergency
contraception, approaches to delivery conducting situational analysis, family planning and HIV
positive women.

GSPH 309 Primary Health Care System 2 Credits

Definition of primary care and history, common health problems, maternal and child health care,
including family planning, nutrition, immunization, safe water supply, basic sanitation, locally
endemic diseases and what can be done to prevent and control them. Treatment of common
diseases and injuries. Preventive, promotional, and rehabilitative services for the individual,
family and community. Community involvement in the formulation and implementation of health
care activities. Discussion on continued dialogue with the community and health care professional.
The role of primary care in the National health care system.

GSPH 312 Management and Leadership of Health Services 2 Credits

This course will cover the nature of management, different management skills, roles in the
management model, planning and the planning process; organizing, division of work, delegation
and coordination; leading and understanding and managing conflict for health services. The
importance of leadership, the leading process, and leadership treats and styles. Interpersonal
conflict, beneficial and dysfunctional aspects of conflict, sources of conflict, managing and
resolving conflict.

GSPH 311 Environmental Health and Sanitation 2 Credits

The course will introduce students to the basics of environmental health and sanitation and will
cover environmental epidemiology, toxicology, policy and regulation. Students will have the
opportunity to study various agents of environmental diseases- including zoonotic and vector-
borne diseases, toxic mental and elements, pesticides and other organic chemicals. Students will
also be introduced to the application of environmental health and sanitation in the area of water
and air quality, food safety, solid and liquid water and occupational health.

GSPH 313 Monitoring and Evaluation of Health Programmes 2 Credits

Formative evaluation research, project monitoring-process evaluation; evaluation-effectiveness
evaluation, framework for evaluation-inputs, outputs, outcome and impact, programme indicators,
data collection methods, types of analysis, key elements of evaluation plan, scope of the
evaluation, methodological approach, implementation plan, dissemination and utilization of results

GSPH 315 Research Methods 2 Credits

The course introduces the basic concepts of research including a historical perspective. Discusses
the scientific method for research, advantages and disadvantages, describes the research process
and explains the various components of the research process. It explores several methods of
formulating a research question. It introduces the formulation of general objectives and specific
objectives. The courses address the formulation of research hypothesis and it relations with the
research question.

GSPH 317 Introduction to Health Policy 2 Credits

Factors influencing public social policy development, Environmental context of reform, the role of
different players within the policy process, effective use of modern tools in policy making, forging
consensus in policy making research., Agenda setting, Policy design factors, policy background,
policy process variables, policy participation, policy implementation

196
GSPH 319 Neglected Tropical Diseases 2 Credits
Burden of neglected tropical diseases, prevalence of trachoma, soil transmitted helminthes,
schistosomiasis lymphatic filariasis, treatment of neglected tropical diseases. Prevention of NTDs
and global effort to control and eliminate NTDs.

GSPH 321 Zoonotic Infections 2 Credits

The burden of zoonotic diseases, prevalence and control of zoonotic diseases, surveillance and
control of emerging and re-emerging diseases and the challenge of veterinary public health, global
trends in emerging infectious diseases, wildlife and zoonoses.

GSPH 323 Non-Communicable Diseases 2 Credits

Definitions, Types of non-communicable diseases and the burdens especially those relevant to
Ghana. Risk factors and their management and strategies for prevention and control. Non-
communicable diseases; cancer registers and other registers used in disease control.

GSPH 325 Environmental Quality and Sanitary Inspection 2 Credits

Concepts of environmental quality (hygiene); Practice at community level (prevention of
contamination of land, premises and infrastructures and pollution of water infrastructures (roads,
drainage systems, parks, etc.) and the pollution of water bodies
(beaches, river banks, etc).Identification of environmental hygiene problems at premises level
(residential, commercial, industrial, institutional), public places (markets, lorry parks, beaches,
river banks, lagoons, stadia, and open undeveloped lands).
Legislation: Role of legislation in environmental quality (hygiene) promotion; procedures for the
making and review of national and local legislation; practices in Ghana. Sanitary Inspection:
Environmental hygiene monitory by Sanitary Inspection; hygiene education; compliance
enforcement and procedures. Institutional Arrangements: Institutional and development concept
and principles; structure of appropriate department/units; sanitary inspection in Ghana.
Identification of the sources of air pollution both indoor and outdoor.

GSPH 327 Municipal Sanitary Services and Amenities 2 Credits

Concept of provision of municipal sanitary services and amenities. Elements of municipal
services: Public cleansing (streets, drains, markets, lorry parks, stadia, etc); maintenance of
hygienic conditions at waste storage and disposal sites; pest control (mosquitoes, flies, rodents).
Elements of Municipal Amenities: Litter bins; waste storage site/containers and final disposal;
Sites and facilities; public urinals and toilets; cemeteries; food and meat markets; public spots
(parks and seats); developed beaches. Strategies for Financing Municipal Programmes (financing,
modernization, maintenance, expansion, etc).Standards of design operation and maintenance.
Institutional arrangements for the municipal programmes.

GSPH 329 Hygiene of Food Processing and Handling 3 Credits

Definitions: Food-borne Diseases, Food hygiene, food infection, food intoxication. Principles:
Food and nutrition; food-borne diseases: classification of diseases (infection, intoxication),
causative agents, transmission mechanisms, manifestation; incriminating food; preventive
measures.
Food and Safety Practices: (i) Raw food and meat (prevention of contamination, meat hygiene) (ii)
Primary processing (hygienic practices, milling, packaging, storage, etc) (iii) Prepared foods
(hygiene in preparation, storage, serving, etc).

Food establishments: Approval of sites, facilities, design of layout, display equipment, permits and
certificates of operation. Food Inspection and Hygiene Education: (i) establishment of
departments/units (ii) design of appropriate educational programmes.
Legislation: National and. local; permits/certificates, enforcement of legislation (notices,
prosecution, sanctions).
Institutional Arrangements: Roles of government, business association, etc; department/unit of
local authority; mechanisms for inter-agency coordination and collaboration

197
GSPH 331 Introduction to Population and Health 2 Credits
Basic concepts of population growth and socio-economic development, rates and ratios, sources of
demographic data, data evaluation, age-sex composition, ideal family size, fertility preference,
measures of infant, foetal and perinatal mortality, construction of crude and adjusted mortality
rates, demographic transition and Hoover theory.

GSPH 333 Database Management System I 3 Credits

The evolution of database systems, early database management systems, overview of database
management system components, the storage manager, the query manager, the client server
architecture. Introduction to Data Protection, overview of storage technology, backup and restore,
remote copy and replication, basic security concepts, storage system security, policy based data
protection, Information lifecycle management

GSPH 335 Health Data Management 2 Credits

Collection, organization, analysis and presentation of health care data; vital and public health
statistics; calculation of health care specific statistics, hospital utilization; mortality rates, autopsy
rates, outpatient statistics; preparation of statistical reports; methods of ensuring data quality-
accuracy, timeliness, completeness and validity

GSPH 337 Information Security

Information security management; information security culture; misuse and abuse of computer
systems; computer ethics and security; authorization and access control; malicious software in
ubiquitous computing; statistical database security; copy protection system; information security
culture; security governance and compliance; data warehousing, data mining and security

GSPH 339 Nutrients and their Metabolism 2 Credits

Nutrient utilization: digestion, absorption and metabolism, metabolic relationships among
carbohydrate, protein and fat in the major tissues of the body
Reading List

GSPH 341 Assessment of Nutritional Status 3 Credits

Study the techniques used in assessing nutritional status of individuals and communities during
health and disease using dietary, biochemical, and clinical and anthropometric measurements.
Methods of measuring the dietary intake of individuals and communities; anthropometric
measurements of individuals and communities and how to do them; biochemical assessments of
individuals and communities; clinical and functional appraisal of nutritional status and vital
statistics and nutritional surveillance as well as growth monitoring.

GSPH 343 Malnutrition and Food Security 2 Credits

Relationships between diseases; nutrition and diets. Epidemiology of diseases with dietary origins
Vitamin A deficiency disorders, Iron deficiency anaemia, Iodine deficiency disorders, dental
disorders, GIT disorders, Gallstones, Cardiovascular diseases, obesity and diabetes, cancers. Diet,
nutrition and the prevention of chronic diseases. Dietary management in therapy. Food fads and
disease prevention. Management of food fads.

GSPH 345 Contemporary Issues in Health Promotion 2 Credits

The course will deal with contemporary issues in promoting health and exploring concepts of
health, wellness –illness continuum, levels of prevention, culture and values, sources of
community information, health as a value, folk healing and professional care system. It will also
introduce students to the communication process and ethics, barriers to effective communication,
health care ethics, screening: advantages and disadvantages and sources and effects of stress.

GSPH 347 Health Communications Theory and Practice 2 Credits

Communicating is key to the implementation of public health programmes. The course will
introduce students to the various communication theories including theories of communication

198
impact on behaviour, various cognitive theories, social process theories, emotional response
theories and mass media theories. The course will also provide students the opportunity to learn
various frameworks for designing and producing communication strategies and how to introduce
such strategies into intervention programmes and evaluate them.

GSPH 349 Research Methods in Social and Behavioural Sciences 2 Credits

The course will introduce students to research methods to improve knowledge, theory and practice
in the field. It will provide students the epistemological and theoretical framework to both
quantitative and qualitative research methods in the social sciences. The course will assess the
principles and applications of both quantitative and qualitative methods. It will cover sampling
methods, questionnaires, structured and unstructured interviews, ethnography, participant
observation, participatory action research and ethical issues of research.

GSPH 351 Information Technology Application in Health Management II 2 Credits

Managerial-oriented approach to the use of IT in organizations to improve quality and
productivity. Case studies highlight new technology and applications, including fuzzy logic,
neural computing, and hypermedia, problems many district teams encounter.

GSPH 314 Health Management Information Systems 2 Credits

The course will aim at introducing students to the general concepts of health management
information systems. Description of various health management information systems used at all
levels of the health system and their linkage will be made.

GSPH 316 School Health Services I 2 Credits

School Health service, including role of the school teachers and parents, Child growth and
development, basic hygiene including oral hygiene, sanitation, nutrition including common foods ,
fruits and their nutrient value. Physical exercise and health.

GSPH 318 Introduction to Occupational Health and Safety 2 Credits

Pre-placement screening; Occupational lung diseases, silicosis, asbestos -related diseases,
occupational asthma, and byssinosis; health monitoring and investigation of a hazard; use of
protective clothing; sickness absence, measuring absence, basic statistics and misconceptions,
factors known to influence sickness absence; rehabilitation and settlement at work; principles of
toxicology

GSPH 322 Research Methods II 2 Credits

The course will introduce proposal writing from formulation of research questions, research
objectives, design of the study, data collection, analysis, discussion and presentation of results.
Principle of ethical conduct of research, Grant writing and sourcing of funding to conduct research

GSPH 324 Public Health Seminar I 2 Credits

Global public health diseases affecting developing countries; control measures in place for global
public health diseases affecting developing countries.

GSPH 326 Global Climate Change and Health Effects 2 Credits

Variety of effects associated with climate change in different regions on health, malaria,
contamination of water bodies, pollution adaptations of human communities to climatic change

GSPH 328 Control of Emerging and Re-emerging Diseases 2 Credits

Emerging infections in historical context, geographical spread of infections, human demographics
and behavior, climate and weather, international travel and commerce, war and famine, technology
and industry, microbial adaptation and change, economic development and land use, development
of multiple-resistant bacterial pathogens, emerging issues in blood borne infections, resurgent
vector borne diseases.

199
GSPH 332 Integrated Disease Surveillance Systems 3 Credits
Overview of surveillance, importance of surveillance, standard case definitions, standard methods
for reporting priority diseases district –level indicators for monitoring quality of surveillance and
response at the health facility, community –based surveillance, alert thresholds, information flow
in integrated disease surveillance, developing public health bulletin, IDSR contribution to
epidemic preparedness.

GSPH 334 Geographic Information Systems I 2 Credits

Definition of geographical information system; spatial data; database management; data input and
editing; data analysis; data editing; data quality issues; GIS project editing and management, use
of GISs in surveillance and monitoring vector-borne diseases, environmental health, children and
pedestrian

GSPH 335 Health Data Management 2 Credits

Analysing public health data; validity of ICD 10 Hospital discharge data, applied spatial statistics
for public health data, analysis of hospital data of chronic diseases such as cancer, diabetes.

GSPH 336 Water Supply and Treatment 2 Credits

Definition: Water resources, source of supply, portability, safeness etc.
Sources of Water Supply (Water resources): Sources: Surface water (rivers, lakes, dams, ponds,
lagoons, sea water); Ground water (springs, water table); Rain water.
Uses of Water Resources: Human physiological requirement; Domestic (personal hygiene, food
preparation, waste disposal); Industrial and commercial (manufacturing, food and drink services);
Agricultural (irrigation, crop watering, etc); Public cleansing (drain cleansing); Firefighting.
Water Associated Diseases: (i) Water’s role in disease transmission (ii) Classification of water-
associated diseases (water-borne, water-based, water-washed, water-related)
Water Purification: Purpose: Provision of safe water for drinking; production of water meeting
industrial standards.
Methods of Source Protection: Protection of sources of supply (springs, rivers, etc); Household
methods (boiling, cloth filtration, chemical disinfection, etc); Conventional water treatment
Drinking Water (Quality) Standards: Parameters (Bacteriological, physical, chemical,
radiological); Indicators and limit setting.
Water Supply Development: Classification of schemes: Rural Water Supply (sanitary wells, bore-
hole supply, springs); small town supply (limited pipe-borne distribution; Urban supply (pipe-
borne supply.

GSPH 338 Solid Waste Management 2 Credits

The course will examine the following: Definition: Waste, refuse, rubbish, recycling, waste
management.Classification of solid wastes by characteristics and source. Sources of solid waste
generation: domestic, commercial, industrial, agricultural, hospital, institutions, etc.
Waste generation: Individual, community.Hazards of solid waste accumulation in the community
(health, land, degradation, property devaluation, etc) Methods of Storage, collection,
transportation, treatment and final disposal. Financing and tariff systems for solid waste
management. Types of legislation and bye-laws needed for solid waste management.
Institutional arrangements: Central, regional, district and town level organizations, human
resource development.

GSPH 339 Nutrients and their Metabolism 2 Credits

Nutrient utilization: digestion, absorption and metabolism, metabolic relationships among
carbohydrates, proteins and fat in the major body tissues, differences in digestibility of foods and
physiologic implications, influence of food and non-nutrient food components, nutrient –nutrient
interactions in foods, effects of macronutrients and fiber.

GSPH 342 Pest and Vector Control 2 Credits

Definitions: Pest, vector, vector control, pesticide, insecticide, larvicide, adulticide, biolarvicide,

200
etc.Importance of pest and vectors: Agents of disease transmission Causes of nuisance (biting,
irritation, itching. Droppings, odour, etc); General Control Principles: Identification and
morphological characteristics Biology (Life cycle, behaviour, resting place, dispersal, ecology,
food, etc) Public health importance: Diseases: Nuisance (irritation, biting, itching, droppings,
odours, etc); Pest/Vectors and Disease:
Pesticide Classification, Formulation and Use Regulation of Pesticide Use: Legislation to control
import and export, labelling, packaging, storage, transportation, safe use, etc. Institutional
Arrangements: Central government (Agriculture, Health and Environment) Ministries, districts
and local authorities; private sector (importers/retailers, pest control, service providers).

GSPH 344 Environmental Exposure Assessment 2 Credits

Environmental exposures to chemicals and biological contaminants; study design issues relating to
air water sediment and soil sampling, water protection inspection, water management and
protection of water quality, monitoring air quality, measures for the protection of farmland quality

GSPH 346 Systems Analysis and Design 2 Credits

The course will include the following: Basic definition-systems, systems analysis, information
system, General overview of systems development, systems theory and relevance to information
system, systems life cycle (SLDC)-preliminary investigation, the analysis phase, the design phase,
development stage, implementation, systems evaluation. System design tool-systems flow charts,
Entity relationship diagrams, data flow diagrams, Hipo chart, Warnier Orr diagram, decision tree,
pseudo code, data dictionary, application of systems analysis/design, systems management,
systems professionals, systems engineers, analysts, designer, architect, owner, developer user.

GSPH 348 Data Analysis and Presentation (HMIS) I 3 Credits

Review of the database structure, the Ministry of Health HMIS, coding system, the basic
indicators and their definition, analysis of defined dataset from the HMIS, generate basic
indicators and presentation of data.

GSPH 352 Applied Nutrition 2 Credits

Structure of nutritional programmes, mode of implementation and evaluation; effects of socio-
economic factors on nutrition; how urbanization affects nutrition; mode and objectives of nutrition
education to the public and methods of delivery and the role of local and international
organizations in combating hunger and malnutrition.

GSPH 354 Nutritional Surveillance 2 Credits

Principles of disease surveillance and how it applies to nutritional diseases. Nutritional diseases of
public health importance and their epidemiology. Surveillance of nutritional diseases of public
health importance. Standard indicators for nutritional surveillance and how to collect data.

GSPH 356 Lifestyle and Nutrition 2 Credits

Relationships between diseases, nutrition and diets. Epidemiology of diseases with dietary origins,
Vitamin A deficiency disorders, Iron deficiency anaemia, Iodine deficiency disorders, dental
disorders, GIT disorders, Gallstones, Cardiovascular diseases, obesity and diabetes, cancers. Diet,
nutrition and the prevention of chronic diseases. Dietary management in therapy. Food fads in
disease prevention and management.

GSPH 358 Behaviour Change Communication 2 Credits

The course will introduce students to definition of principles and concepts such as behaviour,
communication and behaviour change communication. It will also deal with the various steps to
behaviour change, health communication in cultural context, the challenges and considerations of
behaviour change communication.

GSPH 362 Mass Communication in Health Education and Public Health 3 credits
The course content will include mass communication theory and practice; community entry
processes, media use as a health promotion/health communication strategy; use of radio,

201
television, and the internet for health promotion; media use in health promotion campaigns (HIV
prevention campaigns; malaria prevention campaign, tobacco campaigns); marketing and
unhealthy advertising (alcoholic beverages); television and children's health; marketing and social
marketing; working with the media and writing media releases; Writing for the print media; cross
cultural communication; communication with people with disability; pre-testing developed media
materials; health sponsorships; coalition building, political lobbying and media advocacy for
health.

GSPH 401 Biostatistics for Public Health 2 Credits

The course focuses on basic statistical concepts especially on types of measurement in public
health. Basic concepts in data analysis, presentation of data and reports. The course will be very
practical using data from Ghana Health Service reports to illustrate the concepts and provide
analysis of reports in public health

GSPH 402 Health Promotion and Education 2 Credits

The course will equip the student with basic knowledge on the theories and principles of health
promotion and education. It will enable students to understand the complex and dynamic nature of
health promotion processes, and how to relate these to underlying themes of social and health
inequalities and to a broader societal values and practices. The course will provide a
multidisciplinary approach to health promotion from a sub-Saharan Africa and an international
perspective.

GSPH 403 Reproductive Health: Comprehensive Care for HIV/AIDS 3 Credits

Prevention of HIV transmission, HIV counselling and testing, opt out screening, prevention of
mother to child transmission, antenatal couple counselling; anti-retroviral therapy and prevention,
perception of HIV risk; “3 by 5” initiative

GSPH 404 Health Care for Aged and Elderly 2 Credits

The course will introduce students to major public health problems (both communicable and non-
communicable diseases) of the aged and elderly which include; foodborne diseases; emergence of
antimicrobial resistant bacteria; sexually transmitted diseases; vector borne diseases; vaccine
preventable diseases on the one hand and Diabetes mellitus, obesity, high blood pressure,
hypertension, stroke on the other hand. Students will be introduced to the provision of palliative
care for people with chronic conditions and complex care needs and provision of primary health
care for the aged and elderly. The course will also deal with nutrition and healthy eating, health
promoting physical activity and promoting healthy weight.

GSPH 405 Introduction to Gender and Health Care 2 Credits

Health and social construction of gender, gender stereotypes, health beliefs and behaviours:
resources for constructing gender, the social construction of disease, medical Institution and its
construction of gender and health, gender and utilization of health services, gender and responses
to symptoms

GSPH 406 Mental and Social Health Care 2 Credits

The course will deal with the theories and principles of medicine, mental health and the socio-
culture context of seeking care for mental health. In recent times, mental health has become an
important public health issue. Student will get the opportunity to acquire the skills of taking
history and assessing individual status of mental health. In addition to this, the course will teach
students the various forms of mental health conditions including depression, mania and cyclic
mood change, anxiety, psychosis, dementia and mild cognitive impairment and substance abuse
and dependence. The course will stress on how to manage such conditions at the community level.

GSPH 407 School Health Services II 2 Credits

Basic cause of common childhood diseases such as malaria common cold, HIV/AIDs, TB,
helminthes infection, cuts and wounds, and methods to prevent them. Alcohol use and smoking
and their effects on health.Local foods and fruits and their nutrient value and use.Monitoring and

202
evaluation of school health programmes.

GSPH 408 Monitoring and Evaluation of Health Programmes II 2 Credits

Framework for monitoring and evaluation of programmes; structure and responsibilities of the
monitoring and evaluation systems of various control programmes; data collection, collation and
management, Methodological frameworks for evaluating health programs, Health evaluation
categories & indicators, Typologies of indicators for evaluation of public health services,
Research designs for evaluative studies, How to quantify effects of health programmes, Reporting
health evaluation.

GSPH 409 Reproductive Health and Culture 2 Credits

Define reproductive health, cultural context of sexuality, cultural factors & determinants of use of
family planning, sexual violence, female genital mutilation, Reproductive tract infections, and
treatment, effects of contraception and health of mothers and children, adolescent fertility and
contraception

GSPH 410 Project Work 8 Credits

Students do individual project work under the supervision of faculty members and present a report
at the end of the academic year.

GSPH 411 Health problems of infants and children 2 Credits

Definition of the childhood morbidity and mortality; causes of perinatal and neonatal mortality,
prematurity and low birth weight; childhood diseases of public health importance.

GSPH 412 Health Promotion and Disease Prevention 2 Credits

The key challenge facing illness prevention today is how to effectively communicate public health
messages to the population at risk of getting certain diseases. This course will seek to introduce
students to health promotion theories and principles that will equip them to effectively
communicate public health issues to the general population. Students will be given the opportunity
to plan and implement community based health promotion activity and involve the mass media in
the activity. Particular attention will be paid to communicable (malaria, tuberculosis, HIV/AIDS)
and non-communicable diseases (heart disease, cancer, and diabetes). Issues relating to adopting
responsible and health behaviours to avoid ill-health will be addressed.

GSPH 413 Scientific Communication Including Report Writing 2 Credits

Definition of scientific communication; writing a scientific paper; when to begin writing;
preparing the text, abstract preparation, introduction, materials and methods, results, discussion,
acknowledgments, citation of references, ethics in scientific publishing; The publishing process,
conference communications, oral presentation, poster presentation, scientific style.

GSPH 414 Public Health Seminar II

Global public health diseases and developing countries, Poverty and health, measurements of
poverty and health; indicators of the Millennium Development goals

GSPH 415 Public Health Ethics 2 Credits

Traditions and values in public health, social determinants of health, ethical analysis and decision
making, ethics and pandemic power, participation and disparities, research with human subjects,
professional ethics, cross-cultural ethics.

GSPH 416 International Health Regulations 2 Credits

Definition of International Health Regulations; Purpose and scope, principle and responsible
authorities; information and public health response; points of entry; public health measures;
communicable disease control; health documents; general provisions; core capacity requirements
for surveillance and response; core capacity for designated airports, ports and ground crossings;
international cooperation; legislation.

203
GSPH 417 Database Management II 2 Credits
Database concepts-database files, types, records field, advantages and disadvantages of DBMS,
types of database organization, features of data-query, report data dictionary, utilities systems
recovery, database application development; overview of storage and indexing; database
profession, new developments in database management, data service delivery, diagnosis, health
information management and administration, ethics of using databases, health database systems,
features of application software, developing databases for health systems.

GSPH 418 Global Health Security 2 Credits

Definition of global health security, tropical infectious diseases, bioterrorism, trafficking of illicit
drugs, smuggling of people, illegal weapons sale, dumping of unsafe and ineffective
pharmaceuticals, food security

GSPH 421 Public Health Surveillance of Chronic Diseases 2Credits

The course content will include the new public health priorities, characteristics of chronic disease
surveillance, reporting of chronic disease surveillance, behavioural determinants of health and
disease, determinants of population health, global burden of disease approach, risk factors for
cardiovascular and cerebrovascular diseases. The epidemiology and prevention of diabetes
mellitus, Neoplasms, HIV/AIDS and Tuberculosis will be reviewed.

GSPH 422 Environmental Health Promotion and Education 2 Credits

This subject will provide students with an opportunity to identify, develop and evaluate practical
applications of health promotion with particular in environmental health. The subject introduces
the principles and theory of health promotion within environmental and community development
framework. Principles that guide education for health and planning education sessions will be
critically examined.

GSPH 423 Emergency/ Preparedness and Outbreak Investigation 2 Credits

The course will investigate the steps in outbreak investigation and the importance of team work in
the investigation of outbreak and the role of Laboratory in the disease outbreak investigation.

GSPH 424 Institutional Development and Sector Management for Environmental

Health 2 Credits
Definition: Institution, sector, vision, mission statement, management; development; Institutional
development process: stages of development, pressures for institutional developments, etc.;
Diagnosis (assessment) of institutional strengths and weaknesses and management of change;
Sector organizational development: Constraints to sectoral performance; pressures for sectoral
change, etc; Framework for assessing sectoral organization; sector institutions and their roles;
Special topics: Decentralization principles; local government system in Ghana; private sector
participation.

GSPH 426 Environmental Epidemiology 2 Credits

Environmental epidemiology and assessment of chemicals and biological contaminants; study
design issues relating to air water sediment and soil sampling, water protection inspection, water
management and protection of water quality, monitoring air quality, measures for the protection of
farmland quality, statistical methods for environmental epidemiology.

GSPH 427 Domestic and Industrial Waste Water Disposal 2 Credits

Principles: Definitions: Waste, Waste water, Sullage, Sewer, Soil pipe. Sources of waste water:
Domestic, Commercial, Industrial, etc.Classification: Liquid, Semi-liquid, Turbidity, colour,
Odour; Characteristics: 1) Composition (water, solids, dissolved matter Degradability (organic
decomposition, clarification, gaseous emissions, etc)
Facilities/Infrastructures for disposal of waste waters: Street drains, Storm water drain (natural,
built), house drains, open spaces, ponds, etc. Development and Management of Drainage:
Drainage network design, construction and maintenance. Private and public premises’
connections, Legislation and bye-laws and enforcement. Institutional Arrangements: Roles of

204
District Assemblies and local councils; definition of the responsibilities of property owners;
monitoring and promotion of development.

GSPH 429 Health Aspects of Housing 2 Credits

Definitions: Housing, premises, workplace, ventilation, illumination, town planning, zoning,
building code, building permit, etc; Health problems attributed to housing (diseases, injuries,
nuisance, etc);Town planning (physical planning) principles for development of communities
(layout, zoning, etc) Criteria for assessing healthfulness of housing: Fundamental physiological
needs; Protection against contagion (diseases); Protection against accidents; Legislation: Building
Code, permits, building inspection and enforcement of code; demolition; Institutional
Arrangements: Establishment of department/unit for regulation of building construction; human
resource development; logistics.

GSPH 431 Gender and Environmental Health Care 2 Credits

This course introduces students to the construction of gender and sex and gender as a theoretical
concept. It also looks at the historical, international, and domestic perspectives of gender, the
social structures that affect the development of individual and society’s health, and how gender
influences the construction of public health in different societies. The course will provide some
understanding into societal patterns of health, disease, and well-being, and the socio-cultural
determinants that affect people’s experiences and expectations of health. This course examines
some health issues where gender plays an important role: reproductive health, sexual health, health
policy etc.

GSPH 432 Medical Records and Management 2 Credits

Evolution and the development of the health record; the context of health records management; the
principles and practices of health records management; appraisal; storage and access issues;
confidentiality and security issues; organization and management of health records service: patient
identification and registration procedures, indexes and registers, filing and retrieval systems,
admission and discharge procedures.

GSPH 433 Public Health Legislation, Regulation and Enforcement 2 Credits

Definitions: Legislation, Acts, Regulations, Bye-laws, enforcement, sanctions.
Role of Legislation: Establish governmental institutions and agencies (eg. Local Government
Administration, Food and Drugs Board, etc); Regulations, Standards and tariff systems. Pressures
that initiate legislation: Problems with public cooperation, revenue mobilization, demand for
projects and services, etc. Relevant legislation for Environmental Health (i) National (e g.
Environmental Health Policy of Ghana, Environmental Protection Agency), (ii) Local (e g.
District Assembly bye-laws on sanitation), Procedures for Enactment of Legislation, Monitoring
and Enforcement: Establishment of department/office/unit for monitoring and enforcement;
provision of appropriate courts (e g.Sanitary courts); mechanisms for inter-agency coordination
and collaboration.

GSPH 434 Public Health Programme Planning and Evaluation 2 Credits

The course will involve introducing students to the history of health program planning, planning
and evaluation cycle, public health pyramid, use of public health pyramid in programme planning
and evaluation, defining community, community needs assessment, sample construction, sample
size and ethics and evaluation.

GSPH 435 Human Excreta and Sewage Disposal 2 Credits

Definitions: Human excreta, night soil, sanitary waste, degradability and sewerage.
Principles: Prevention of risk of exposure (hygienic handling), treatment to reduce hazardousness
and facilitate disposal. Collection and transportation (cartage, sewerage).Treatment methods and
systems: On/off site systems, types of facilities (toilets, urinals).Final disposal methods (land,
water, sea disposal) Institutional Arrangements: Relevant organizations and stakeholders: Central
Government (Ministry of Water Resources, Works and Housing, EPA, District/Local
Government, Waste Collection Service Providers, Households, establishment of district

205
departments/units to regulate services, sector organization.

GSPH 436 Clinical Data Classification and Coding II 2 Credits

Structure and applications of internal classification of health interventions; structure and
application of the international classification of diseases for oncology (ICD-O); General principles
and guidelines for the development of disease registry; Role of disease registry in health care
delivery and research; specific development and implementation of registry system for non-
communicable diseases such as cancers, development of communication and presentation skills.

GSPH 437 Introduction to Field Epidemiology 2 Credits

Definition of field epidemiology, operational aspects of epidemiologic investigations, conducting
a field investigation, surveys and sampling, using a computer for field investigations, analyzing
and interpreting data.

GSPH 438 Nutritional Rehabilitation Programmes 2 Credits

Protein-energy malnutrition in young children, under-nutrition, nutritional marasmus and
kwashiorkor; hospital based rehabilitation of severe malnutrition, acute phase, rehabilitation
phase, catch-up growth, methods to detect cases of severe malnourished children in the
community, distribution of supplement foods to children,

GSPH 439 Geographic Information Systems II 2 Credits

Definition of geographical information system; spatial data; database management; data input and
editing; data analysis; data editing; data quality issues; GIS project editing and management, use
of GISs in surveillance and monitoring vector-borne diseases, environmental health, children and
pedestrian

GSPH 441 Clinical Data Classification and Coding I 3 Credits

History and development of disease classification, the structure and conventions of the
International Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems; tenth Revision, Basic
coding principles, retrieval of relevant information from health records for the classification of
diseases and procedures in medicine.

GSPH 442 Food Laws and Regulations 2 Credits

International and national laws, regulations, policies and conventions related to processing,
packaging, marketing, distribution, and usage of foods. Food standards and quality. Emphasis on
public protection and safety aspects of food laws and regulations. Role of international and
national level agencies in the application, enforcement and monitoring of food laws (WHO, FAO,
Codex, WTO, FDB, GSB).Food laws and public safety advocacy.

GSPH 443 Electronic Health and Data Systems 2 Credits

Definition of electronic health record, difference between electronic health record and electronic
medical record; structure of electronic health records, context of use of electronic health records,
functions of an electronic health record, informed consent and electronic health records;
standardization of electronic health records; implementing security and access control for an
electronic health record, access to electronic health records, security infrastructure and archives for
electronic archives and electronic health records; secondary uses of electronic health records,
medico-legal purposes, quality management, education research, policy development/health
service management, health statistics analysis and trend analysis

GSPH 444 Nutrition Seminar 2 Credits

The course will attempt to expose students to the role nutrition plays in healthy living and
longevity. It will provide students the opportunity to review and learn from both international and
national research work on nutrition and health.

GSPH 445 Data Base Systems and Management II 3 Credits

Database concepts-database files, types, records field, advantages and disadvantages of DBMS,

206
types of database organization, features of data-query, report data dictionary, utilities systems
recovery, database application development; overview of storage and indexing; database
profession, new developments in database management, data service delivery, diagnosis, health
information management and administration, ethics of using databases, health database systems,
features of application software, developing databases for health systems

GSPH 446 Change Interventions for Chronic Disease 2 Credits

The course focuses on understanding theory-based chronic and lifestyle interventions at different
levels of change (individuals, networks/groups, organizations and communities). The course will
deal with research aspects of change interventions and this will take students through formative
(qualitative) research, Community-based participatory research, intervention Design and
evaluation. Key theories that students will be introduced to will include transtheoretical model,
social cognitive theory, theory of reasoned action/Planned behaviour, health belief model, social
networks and social support, mass communication, social marketing

GSPH 447 Food and Nutrition Policy 2 Credits

The course is designed to help students know the role of policy in food and nutrition programming
at the national level. The course will engage the students in discussing how policies are developed
and evaluated.

GSPH 448 Rights for the Health of Women and Children 2 Credits
The rights for the health of women and children in Ghana; laws and legislations for women and
children’s rights ; lapses in the legislations on the rights and health of women and children;
enforcement of legislations on the rights for the health of women and children, design and
implementation of programmes to promote women and children health rights.

GSPH 449 Communication for Nutrition and Healthy Lifestyle 3 Credits

The premise of this course is that nutritional and life styles problems are caused by human
behaviour and have long-term implications. To address and create long-term solutions to these
problems, behaviour needs to change. This course provides students with a practical introduction
to the strategies, methods and tools of nutrition and health life styles communication that
effectively leads to changes in behaviour. The field-based skills gained through this course will
provide students the skills of communicating nutritional and health life styles messages for
changing behaviours. The course will focus on nutritional and healthy life styles social marketing
strategies to ensure desired changes in behaviour.

GSPH 451 Nutrition Transition in Ghana 2 Credits

The concept of nutrition transition, obesity trends in the developing world, biological factors,
genetic factors, ecological factors, food availability and dietary intake; obesity and cardiovascular
diseases.

GSPH 452 Reproductive Health in Developing Countries 2 Credits

Healthy sexuality, sexual violence, reproductive tract infections, family planning including long
term methods and services, pregnancy and child bearing, interventions to reduce maternal
mortality. Organizational issues for reproductive health programmes.

GSPH 453 Diet and Disease 2 Credits

Nutritional measurement, chronic diseases, epidemiology of chronic diseases, relationship
between nutrition and chronic diseases, public health impact of nutrition in chronic diseases.

GSPH 454 Mental Health as a Public Health Issue 2 Credits

The course will cover emerging and contemporary debates in mental health. mental health
challenges facing both younger and older people, the influence of the life-course and life events on
mental health alongside the development and significance of personality, the wider implications
and possibilities for mental health services, the use of alternative and complementary approaches.

207
GSPH 455 School Feeding Programmes 2 Credits
History of school feeding, school health and nutrition recovery, school feeding as a nutrition
intervention, school feeding to improve child cognitive development, school feeding and short and
long term –food and security, designing school feeding programmes, evaluating school feeding
programmes.

GSPH 457 Food Safety and Hygiene 2 Credits

Principles, science and technology of Food preservation, Food deterioration, food additives; food
toxins, bacterial contamination. Food quality and acceptance; quality characteristics of foods and
their measurement Development of specifications and standards of quality, sampling for quality
control; Policies and guidelines for regulating and monitoring public food safety and hygiene;
HACCP, Codex; Personal hygiene in food safety regulation; Pest management in food storage and
transport; Food poisoning; epidemiology of food contamination Health effects of eating spoiled
foods; toxins in food; Food chain and bioterrorism. Agencies involved in food safety and hygiene
control: FDB, Standards board, Port Health.

GSPH 459 Intervention Strategies for Health Promotion 2 Credits

Health promotion interventions have become important aspect of health care provision in recent
years. A number of health promotion programmes have failed to achieve their intended goals due
to the fact that appropriate strategies were not put in place regarding the broader environment
within which such programmes were implemented. Sometimes the effectiveness or ineffectiveness
of a strategy is dependent upon time and season the intervention is implemented.
The course will deal with the following: Introduction to intervention strategies, definition of
terms; (health promotion, intervention, strategy), strategic frameworks for health promotion, the
Need for health promotion interventions, past and present health intervention strategies (planning,
implementation, monitoring, sustainability, partnership building, evaluation), factors that
determine the choice of strategies and communication as a strategy for intervention.

GSPH 461 Principles and Practice of Community Organization 2 Credits

Community involvement in the implementation of health interventions has become an important
part of intellectual discourse. This course aims at providing a general understanding of the basic
principles behind community organization for health. It is also intended to expose students to
community entry processes towards community organization for health.
It will deal with the following: definition of terms and concept (Community, organization,
community entry, community organization), the concept of community, types of community
(geographical, professional, etc), principles of community organization, steps in community
organization (stages of community organization), community analysis (strengths, weaknesses,
available resources, potentials, etc), major stakeholders in the community (governmental and
nongovernmental agencies, traditional institutions, youth, religious and other identifiable
groupings), importance of community entry for health intervention (identification of community
and group leadership, social marketing.

GSPH 463 Psychological Influence on Health 2 Credits

Health Psychology is an area that studies the social, behavioural, cognitive and emotional factors
that influence the maintenance of health, development of illness and disease, course of illness or
disease and client/patient as well as family’s response to illness and disease. Generally,
understanding how social factors relate to the promotion and maintenance of good health/wellness
gives way to an appreciation of the causation, prevention and treatment of illness.

GSPH 465 School Based Nutrition Education 2 Credits

Nutrition, health and academic performance. The School as a vehicle for nutrition interventions.
School-based nutrition interventions as a component of school health program. School-based
nutrition education, nutritional status assessment of school age children, school feeding policy,
program implementation and monitoring. Pre-school age feeding. Food choice and preferences of
school-age children. School feeding dietary quality. Costs and benefits of school-based nutrition
interventions.

208
GSPH 467 Adolescent Health: Social and Behavioural Perspective 2 Credits
This course is designed to assist students to learn about adolescent social and behavioural
environmental of adolescent health using theoretical frameworks based on contemporary theories
and strategies. Students will examine how adolescent behaviour impacts their health within the
context of individuals, groups and communities and its
Public health implication of adolescent health. It will also cover key issues that concerns
adolescents including adolescence sexuality and sexual health, contraception, teenage pregnancy
and abortion, peer influence, substance abuse, adolescent friendly programmes and recreational
activities.

209
 ACADEMIC CALENDAR
2015-2016 ACADEMIC YEAR

FIRST SEMESTER
LEVEL 100/POST-FIRST DEGREE LAW STUDENTS/LEVEL 200 LAW STUDENTS

Students Report Wednesday, September 16 - Saturday,

September 19, 2015

Level 100 Orientation Friday, September 18 - Saturday,

September 19, 2015

Teaching Begins Monday, September 21, 2015

Deadline for Registration Friday, October 9, 2015

Matriculation Saturday, October 17, 2015

Teaching Ends Friday, December 18, 2015

Christmas Break/Revision Monday, December 21, 2015-Thursday,

December 31, 2015

Students Return Saturday, January 2, 2016

First Semester Examinations Sunday, January 3- Sunday, January

17, 2016
Inter-Semester Break Monday, January 18 -Friday, January
29, 2016
(2 weeks)

Public Holidays Independence Day - Sunday, March 6,

Eidul-Fitr - Saturday, July 18, 2015* 2016
Founder’s Day - Monday September 21, Good Friday - Friday March 25,
2015 2016
Eidul-Adha - Saturday, September 24, Easter Monday - Monday, March
2015* 28, 2016
Farmers’ Day - Friday, December 4, 2015 May Day - Sunday, May 1,
Christmas Day - Friday, December 25, 2015 2016
Boxing Day - Saturday, December 26, AU Day - Wednesday, May
2015 25, 2016
New Year’s Day - Friday, January 1, 2016 Republic Day - Friday, July 1,
*Provisional dates: to be confirmed 2016

210
 ACADEMIC CALENDAR
2015-2016 ACADEMIC YEAR

SECOND SEMESTER
ALL STUDENTS
Students Report Friday, January 29 - Monday, February
1, 2016
Teaching Begins Monday, February 1, 2016

Deadline for Registration Monday, February 8, 2016

Deadline for: Add/Drop of Courses/Deferment Friday, February 19, 2016

Aggrey-Fraser-Guggisberg Memorial Lectures Wednesday March 16- Friday, March

18, 2016

Students’ Evaluation of Lecturers Monday, April 25 – Friday, April 29

2016
Teaching Ends Friday, April 29, 2016

Revision Monday, May 2- Friday, May 6, 2016

Second Semester Examinations Saturday, May 7 - Saturday, May 28,

2016
Second Semester Ends Saturday, May 28, 2016

Long Vacation Saturday, May 28- Friday, August

12, 2016
(11 weeks)
Distance Learning Revision/Examinations Monday, June 27- Friday, July 29, 2016
Congregation: Saturday, July 23, 2016
College of Basic and Applied Sciences, College of
Health Sciences, (School of Nursing, School of
Pharmacy, School of Medicine and Dentistry) College
of Humanities (UGBS),School of Graduate Studies.
Public Holidays
Eidul-Fitr - Saturday, July 18, 2015* Independence Day - Sunday, March
Founder’s Day - Monday September 21, 2015 6, 2016
Eidul-Adha - Saturday, September 24, 2015* Good Friday - Friday March
Farmers’ Day - Friday, December 4, 2015 25, 2016
Christmas Day - Friday, December 25, 2015 Easter Monday - Monday,
Boxing Day - Saturday, December 26, 2015 March 28, 2016
New Year’s Day - Friday, January 1, 2016 May Day - Sunday, May 1,
*Provisional dates: to be confirmed 2016
AU Day - Wednesday,
May 25, 2016
Republic Day - Friday, July 1,
2016

211